2019 cfa® program exam prep ift study notes · the cfa program curriculum is important and all ift...

263
© IFT. All rights reserved 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes Volume 1 Ethical and Professional Standards Quantitative Methods This document should be read in conjunction with the corresponding reading in the 2019 Level I CFA® Program curriculum. Some of the graphs, charts, tables, examples, and figures are copyright 2018, CFA Institute. Reproduced and republished with permission from CFA Institute. All rights reserved. Required disclaimer: CFA Institute does not endorse, promote, or warrant the accuracy or quality of the products or services offered by IFT. CFA Institute, CFA®, and Chartered Financial Analyst® are trademarks owned by CFA Institute. Visit: www.ift.world

Upload: others

Post on 24-Oct-2019

6 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

© IFT. All rights reserved

2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep

IFT Study Notes

Volume 1

Ethical and Professional Standards

Quantitative Methods

This document should be read in conjunction with the corresponding reading in the 2019 Level I CFA® Program curriculum. Some of the graphs, charts, tables, examples, and figures are copyright 2018, CFA Institute. Reproduced and republished with permission from CFA Institute. All rights reserved. Required disclaimer: CFA Institute does not endorse, promote, or warrant the accuracy or quality of the products or services offered by IFT. CFA Institute, CFA®, and Chartered Financial Analyst® are trademarks owned by CFA Institute.

Visit: www.ift.world

Page 2: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 1

Copyright © 2018 IFT.

All rights reserved. This book or any portion thereof may not be reproduced or used in any manner

whatsoever without the express written permission of the publisher except for the use of brief

quotations in a book review.

Published in 2018 by IFT

Errata information can be found at: https://ift.world/errata

ISBN

Page 3: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 2

Preface

IFThashelpedthousandsofcandidatessuccessfullyprepareforallthreelevelsoftheCFA®Programexamsince2011.IFTprovidesacompletelearningsystemandpreparationstrategy.AllIFTmaterialsremainclosetotheCFA®Programcurriculum.Wehelpstudentsdevelopathoroughunderstandingoffundamentalconceptsviaactivelearningandexampractice.IFTStudyNotesandDetailedLectureVideoshelpyouunderstandandretaincurriculumconcepts.PracticeusingIFTQuizzesandQuestionBankisessentialtotestyourgraspofthematerials.Closetotheexamdate,IFTHigh‐YieldVideos,High‐YieldNotesandHigh‐YieldQuestionBankalongwithmockexamswillhelpyouachievesuccess.

RecommendedExamPreparationStrategy

TheCFAProgramcurriculumisimportantandallIFTproductsfocusonitscoreconcepts.Startyourpreparationasearlyaspossible.Giveyourselfatleast6monthsforathoroughpreparationandbeginbymakingaschedule.Foreachreadinginthecurriculum,youshoulddothefollowing:

1. ReadIFTStudyNotesforeachreading.IFTrecommendsstartingwithQuantitativeMethods.Dothequestionsattheendofeachreadingtohelpreinforceandretaintheconcepts.

2. Ifyouneedadditionalhelp,watchIFTDetailedVideoLectures.Pause,rewind,andreviewwhereyouneedmoretimetounderstand.Printouttheslidesandtakeyourownnotesasyouarewatching.

3. Readtheexamplesinthecurriculum(alsoknownasblue‐boxexamples)anddothemonyourown.WatchIFTexamplevideostofurthergraspconceptsandpracticethem.

4. Dothepracticeproblemsfromthecurriculumattheendofeachreading.

5. DotheIFTQuestionBankforthatreading.

6. Afterdoingallthereadingsinatopic,taketheIFTTopicExam.

7. Twomonthspriortotheexamorwhenyouhavedonetheabovestepsforeveryreading,youshouldstartyourrevisionusingtheIFTHigh‐YieldCourse.

8. OnemonthbeforetheexamyoushouldattempttheCFAInstituteandIFTmockexams.Theseshouldbedoneinamannertoreplicateyourrealexamexperience.

BelowaresomefurtherdetailsaboutIFTresourcesforLevelIexampreparation.

IFTDetailedLectureVideos:Thesevideoscloselyfollowthecurriculumandcoverallsectionsandlearningoutcomesofareading.LecturesslidesareavailableinPDFformat.Youcanprinttheseslidesandmakenotesonthemasyoufollowthevideolecture.Thispracticeispartofactivelearningwherebyyoumakenotesandcarefullyfollowexamples.Thetotaldurationofthevideosisover70hours.

Page 4: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 3

IFTStudyNotes:IFTStudyNotesarecloselyalignedwiththeDetailedLectureVideosandpresentinformationinaneasilyunderstandablemanner.Themostimportantpoints,formulas,andexamplesarehighlightedandexplained.Readingthenoteshelpsreinforceyourunderstandingandgraspofconcepts.Bothnotesandvideosareorganizedtomatchthecurriculum(readingnumber/sectionnumber)soyoucanstayclosetoit.

IFTExampleVideos:Thesevideospresentexamplesandtheirworkedsolutions.Theyaresimilarbutnotexactlythesameastheblue‐boxexamplesfromthecurriculum.Theunderlyingconceptsarethesame,butthenumbersmightbedifferent.Thetotaldurationofthesevideosisapproximately30hours.

IFTQuestionBank:Practicinglotsofexam‐likequestions(andsolvingthemcorrectly!)isthekeytoyourexamsuccess.TheIFTQuestionBankhasover3,000questionswithdetailedexplanations.Questionsareavailableforeverylearningoutcome,reading,andtopic.Thequestionsarearrangedintestsof20‐25questionseach.

IFTTopicExams:Thesewilltestyourpreparationatthetopiclevel.Atopicexamshouldbetakenafteryouhavestudiedallreadingsofagiventopicandhavecompletedpracticequestionsforeachreading.Thisisanessentialstepinpreparingfortheexam.

IFTMockExams:IFThasfulllengthmockexamstogetyouexam‐ready.Answersanddetailedexplanationsareprovidedforself‐grading.

IFTHigh‐YieldNotes:IFTHigh‐YieldNotesarebasedonPareto’s80‐20ruleaccordingtowhich80%oftheexamquestionsarelikelytobebasedon20%ofthecurriculum.Hencethesenotesfocusonthe20%materialwhichismosttestable.Theysummarizethemostimportantconceptsfromeachreadingintwotofivepages.

IFTHigh‐YieldVideos:ThesearevideolecturesbasedontheHigh‐YieldNotes.Eachreadingiscoveredin10to20minutes.Totaldurationisapproximately15hours.

IFTHigh‐YieldQ‐Bank:TheIFTHigh‐YieldQ‐Bankhasbetween600and700questionscoveringconceptswhicharemostlikelytoshowupontheexam.Alllearningoutcomesarecoveredandthereisminimumoverlapofthequestions.

Q&AwithIFT:Whenareyouarestuckonaconcept,example,orquestion,thenthe‘Q&AwithIFT’serviceiswheretoturnto.Submityourquery,andanIFTinstructorwillprovideanindividualizedresponse.

Finally,besuretofollowIFTonsocialmediaandvisitwww.ift.worldformylatestblogsandstudyadvice.DoreachouttotheIFTteamifyouneedanyhelporhavequestions.Iwishyouallthebestinyourstudies.

Warmregards,

ArifIrfanullah,CFA

Page 5: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 4

TableofContentsR01EthicsandTrustintheInvestmentProfession..........................................................................8 

1.Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 8 2.Ethics .......................................................................................................................................... 8 3.EthicsandProfessionalism ...................................................................................................... 9 4.ChallengestoEthicalConduct .................................................................................................. 9 5.TheImportanceofEthicalConductintheInvestmentIndustry ........................................ 10 6.Ethicalvs.LegalStandards ..................................................................................................... 11 7.EthicalDecision‐MakingFramework .................................................................................... 12 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 14 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 16 

R02CodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct.......................................................19 

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 19 CFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgram ........................................................................... 19 CodeofEthics .............................................................................................................................. 20 StandardsofProfessionalConduct ........................................................................................... 20 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 25 

R03GuidanceforStandardsI‐VII...............................................................................................................26 

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 26 StandardI:Professionalism ....................................................................................................... 26 StandardII:IntegrityofCapitalMarkets .................................................................................. 32 StandardIII:DutiestoClients .................................................................................................... 34 StandardIV:DutiestoEmployers ............................................................................................. 40 StandardV:InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions ....................................... 44 StandardVI:ConflictsofInterest............................................................................................... 48 StandardVII:ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate ....................... 52 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 55 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 57 

R04IntroductiontoGIPS................................................................................................................................66 

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 66 1.WhyWeretheGIPSStandardsCreated? ............................................................................... 66 2.WhoCanClaimCompliance? .................................................................................................. 66 3.WhoBenefitsfromCompliance? ........................................................................................... 67 4.Composites .............................................................................................................................. 67 5.Verification .............................................................................................................................. 68 6.TheStructureoftheGIPSStandards ..................................................................................... 68 

Page 6: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 5

Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 69 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 70 

R05TheGIPSStandard....................................................................................................................................72 

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 72 GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee .................................................................................... 72 KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards .......................................................................................... 72 HistoricalPerformanceRecord ................................................................................................. 73 Compliance .................................................................................................................................. 73 ImplementingaGlobalStandard ............................................................................................... 74 NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards .............................................................................. 74 SamplePresentation ................................................................................................................... 78 Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 81 PracticeQuestions ...................................................................................................................... 82 

R06TimeValueofMoney..............................................................................................................................84 

IntroductoryNote ....................................................................................................................... 84 1.Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 84 2.InterestRates:Interpretation ................................................................................................ 85 3.TheFutureValueofaSingleCashFlow ................................................................................ 87 4.TheFutureValueofaSeriesofCashFlows .......................................................................... 92 5.ThePresentValueofaSingleCashFlow .............................................................................. 94 6.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofCashFlows ......................................................................... 97 7.SolvingforRates,NumberofPeriods,orSizeofAnnuityPayments ................................ 103 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 106 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 109 

R07DiscountedCashFlowApplications.............................................................................................113 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 113 2.NetPresentValueandInternalRateofReturn .................................................................. 113 3.PortfolioReturnMeasurement ............................................................................................ 117 4.MoneyMarketYields ............................................................................................................ 120 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 125 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 127 

R08StatisticalConceptsandMarketReturn....................................................................................131 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 131 2.SomeFundamentalConcepts ............................................................................................... 131 3.SummarizingDataUsingFrequencyDistributions ............................................................ 132 4.TheGraphicPresentationofData ........................................................................................ 133 5.MeasuresofCentralTendency............................................................................................. 135 

Page 7: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 6

6.OtherMeasuresofLocation:Quantiles ............................................................................... 138 7.MeasuresofDispersion ........................................................................................................ 139 8.SymmetryandSkewnessinReturnDistributions ............................................................. 143 9.KurtosisinReturnDistributions ......................................................................................... 144 10.UsingGeometricandArithmeticMeans ........................................................................... 145 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 146 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 150 

R09ProbabilityConcepts............................................................................................................................157 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 157 2.Probability,ExpectedValue,andVariance ......................................................................... 157 3.PortfolioExpectedReturnandVarianceofReturn ............................................................ 163 4.TopicsinProbability ............................................................................................................. 165 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 170 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 174 

R10CommonProbabilityDistributions..............................................................................................179 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 179 2.DiscreteRandomVariables .................................................................................................. 179 3.ContinuousRandomVariables ............................................................................................ 183 4.MonteCarloSimulation ........................................................................................................ 188 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 189 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 193 

R11SamplingandEstimation...................................................................................................................198 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 198 2.Sampling ................................................................................................................................ 198 3.DistributionoftheSampleMean ......................................................................................... 200 4.PointandIntervalEstimatesofthePopulationMean ....................................................... 201 5.MoreonSampling ................................................................................................................. 206 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 208 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 211 

R12HypothesisTesting................................................................................................................................216 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 216 2.HypothesisTesting ............................................................................................................... 216 3.HypothesisTestsConcerningtheMean .............................................................................. 221 4.HypothesisTestsConcerningVariance ............................................................................... 225 5.OtherIssues:NonparametricInference .............................................................................. 229 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 230 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 234 

Page 8: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

Ethical and Professional Standards and Quantitative Methods 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 7

R13TechnicalAnalysis..................................................................................................................................238 

1.Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 238 2.TechnicalAnalysis:DefinitionandScope ........................................................................... 238 3.TechnicalAnalysisTools ...................................................................................................... 239 4.ElliotWaveTheory ............................................................................................................... 252 5.Inter‐marketAnalysis ........................................................................................................... 253 Summary .................................................................................................................................... 254 PracticeQuestions .................................................................................................................... 258 

Page 9: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 8

R01EthicsandTrustintheInvestmentProfession

1.Introduction

Toillustratetheimportanceofethicalbehavior,thecurriculumcitestheexampleofananalyst’sactionatafinancialservicesfirm.Theresearchdepartmentatthefirmisresponsibleformakinginvestmentrecommendationstoclientsaftersoundanalysisandvaluationofcompanies.Oneoftheanalystsatthefirmmisrepresentsfactsinhisreportwiththeobjectiveofpleasingthemanagementofthesubjectcompany.Hehopedthiswouldleadtofinancialbenefitsforhisemployerandhimself.Clientswhoactedontherecommendationincurheavylossesandspreadanegativewordonseveralonlineforumsaboutthefirm.Thiseventuallyaffectsthereputationofthefirm,forcingittodownsizeandmanyemployeeslosetheirjob.Thisexampleillustrateshowonemember’sunethicalactionshaveaspiralingeffectonthefirmandotheremployeesfornofaultoftheirs.

Thefoundationoftheinvestmentmanagementindustryistrust.Thetopthreeattributesofaninvestmentmanagementfirmareasfollows:

Hastransparentandopenbusinesspractices. Takesresponsibleactionstoaddressanissueorcrisis. Hasethicalbusinesspractices.

Ethicalbehaviorisnotjustaboutadheringtothelaw,rules,andregulations.Itisaboutidentifyingpotentialconflictsandactingrighteouslyinsituationswheretherearenostatedrules.

2.Ethics

ThewordethicscomesfromtheGreekword“ethos”meaningcharacter,guidingbeliefs,orideals.Thereareseveraldefinitionsofethicsallofwhichessentiallyconveythesamemeaning.

Ethicscanbedescribedasasetofmoralprinciplesandrulesofconductthatprovideguidanceforourbehavior.Ethicalprinciplesdefinewhatisgood,acceptablebehaviorandwhatisforbiddenorunacceptablebehavior.Examplesofethicalprinciplesincludehonesty,diligence,justice,beingopenaboutthecostsinvolvedinaninvestment,fairness,andrespectfortherightsofothers.

Anotherdefinitionofethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalancesone’sowninterestwiththedirectandindirectconsequencesofthebehavioronothers.

Instructor’sNote:The‘others’areoftenreferredtoasstakeholders,i.e.groupsofpeopleorindividualswhoaredirectlyorindirectlyimpactedbyourdecisions.

Specificcommunitiesformallydefinetherulesforacceptableandforbiddenbehaviorintoawrittensetofprinciplescalledthecodeofconduct.Professionalassociations,universities

Page 10: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 9

andcompaniesoftenadoptacodeofethicsandexpecttheirmemberstoadheretothoserules,attheveryleast.Themembersmaychoosetodisplayhigherstandardsofbehaviorthanwhatisstipulatedinthecodeofethics.

Somecommunitiesmayalsoexpandontheircodeofethicsandadoptexplicitrulesorstandardsthatidentifyspecificbehaviorsrequiredofcommunitymembers.Thesestandardsofconductserveasabenchmarkoftheminimallyacceptablebehaviorexpectedfrommembersofacommunity.

CFAInstituteisanexampleofacommunitythathaslaiddownacodeofethicsandstandardsofconductforitsmembersandcandidatestofollow.ThesetofprinciplescomprisingtheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConductisclearlydocumentedintheCFAInstituteStandardsofPracticeHandbook.

MembersandcandidatesarerequiredtopledgetheircommitmenttoabidebytheCodeandStandardseachyear.TheyarealsorequiredtodiscloseanyviolationsoftheCodeandStandardsintheirProfessionalConductStatementeachyear.MemberswhoviolatetheCodeandStandardsfacedisciplinaryaction.

3.EthicsandProfessionalism

Anoccupationcanbedividedinto:job,vocation,andprofession.Ajobisworkonedoestoearnalivelihood,orearnmoney.Avocationisajobthatoneispassionateaboutdoing;onederivesasenseofsatisfactionormeaningfromit,asitishis/hercalling.Aprofessionistheultimateevolutionofoccupation.It:

1) requiresspecializedtrainingandskills,2) isbasedonservicetoothers,and3) ispracticedbymemberswhoshareandadheretoacommoncodeofethics.

Professionalsusetheiracquiredskillstoservetheirclients.Clientsdifferfromcustomers.Acustomerisonewhoengagesinasingleoraseriesoftransactionstobuyagoodorservice.Thisrelationshipistransactionalinnature.Aclient,ontheotherhand,usestheservicesofaprofessionalonanongoingbasis,forafee.Thebasisofthisrelationshipistrustandtheclient’sintereststakepriorityoverpersonaloremployer’sinterests.

Inanygivenprofession,thecodeofethicsopenlycommunicatestheestablishedprinciplesoftheprofessionandhowitsmembersareexpectedtobehave.Ithelpsinbuildingpublicconfidencethatmembersoftheprofessionwillusetheirskillsandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheirclients.

4.ChallengestoEthicalConduct

Someofthechallengestoethicalconductincludethefollowing:

Overestimatingone’smorality:Peoplebelievetheyaremoreethicalthantheyactuallyare.Thisoverconfidenceinthemselvescansometimesleadtofaultydecision‐making.Itisoften

Page 11: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 10

seenthatemotionscloudrationalthinking,promptingonetomakedecisionsthatmaynotbethemostethicalchoice.

Situationalinfluences:Theseareexternalfactorssuchascultural,social,andenvironmentalfactorsthatinfluenceone’sthinking,behavior,anddecision‐making.Someofthecommonsituationalinfluencesare: Moneyandprestige:Bothmoneyandprestigepushpeopletoactintheirownself‐

interestsandtakeactionsthatarelessethical.Thepromiseofalargefinancialbonusorapromotion,canimpactpeople’sthinkingabilityandcausethemtoactintheirownshort‐terminterestsandignorethelong‐termconsequencesoftheiractions.

Loyaltytoemployer,employee,andcolleagues:Loyaltycanhavebothpositiveandnegativeeffects.Forinstance,somecolleaguesmayencourageyoutobehavemoreethicallyandenrollintheCFAProgramtoadvanceyourcareer.Ontheotherhand,colleagueswhodonotadheretotheCodeandStandardsmayencourageyoutosimplyactinaccordancewiththelocallaw,eventhoughitmayfallshortofethicalconduct.

Complianceculture:Astrongcompliancepolicyisimportantforethicaldecision‐making;however,processesfocusedsolelyoncomplianceoversimplifydecision‐makinganddonothelpthelargercause.ThecurriculumcitestheexampleofEnron,whichengagedintransactionswiththird‐partyentitieswhereEnron’sCFO,AndrewFastow,hadapersonalinterest.Inkeepingwiththespiritofcompliance,FastowsoughtapprovalsfromtheboardofdirectorsforalltheproposedtransactionswithEnron.TheboardfailedtoseebeyondthecompliancerequirementsanddidnotquestionFastow’svestedintereststhatwerenotalignedwiththatofEnron’sshareholders.

5.TheImportanceofEthicalConductintheInvestmentIndustry

Theinvestmentindustryconnectstwoparties:investorsandborrowers.Borrowersarethosewhoareinneedofcapitaltofundtheirlong‐termgoalsortheirregularoperations.Long‐termgoalsmayincludebuildingschools,factories,bridges,etc.Investorsarethosewhosupplycapitalandseekareturn.Theinvestmentindustrybridgesthegapbetweenthosewhoareinneedofcapitalandthosewhoarewillingtoprovidecapital.

Thefoundationoftheinvestmentindustryisbuiltontrust.Alltheparticipantsinthesystemmustactethicallytobuildanenvironmentoftrust.Forinstance,ifinvestorstrusttheirfinancialadvisersandfinancialmarkets,ingeneral,thentheywillbewillingtolendcapital,takerisks,andnotpanicoverpricefluctuationsintheshortterm.Thiswillencouragemoreparticipationinthefinancialmarketsandensurecapitalflowtofundthegrowthofseveralprojectsthatwilllargelybenefitsociety.Similarly,organizationsinneedofcapitalwillbemorewillingtoexpandtheirbusinessesiftheyarereasonablyassuredofattractingfunds.

Whiletrustisimportantinanybusiness,itisparticularlyimportantintheinvestmentprofessionbecauseofthefollowingreasons:

Natureoftheclientrelationship:Investorsparktheirassetswithfinancialinstitutionsbecausetheytrustthefirmstosafeguardtheirassets.Ifthefirmandits

Page 12: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 11

employeesbreachthistrustandfailtoprotecttheirclient’sassets,theywilleventuallylosebusinessasclientswillnolongerentrustthefirmwiththeirassets.

Differenceinknowledgeandaccesstoinformation:Investmentmanagershavemoreaccesstoinformationandmorespecializedknowledgethantheirclients.Clientstrustthattheprofessionalswillusetheinformationandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheclient’sinterestsandwillinnowayacttotheirdisadvantage.

Natureofinvestmentproductsandservices:Unlikeotherindustries,theproductsandservicesintheinvestmentindustryareintangible.Theycannotbetouchedorphysicallyfelttojudgetheirquality.Intheinvestmentindustry,assetsareoftennotionalwithvaluesmeasuredintheformofnumbers.Forinstance,thevalueoftheinvestmentsaspresentedbyone’sfinancialadviserismerenumbersprintedelectronically.Investorstrustthattheinformationpresentedtothemiscomplete,accurate,andpresentsafairpicture.

6.Ethicalvs.LegalStandards

Thereisagreyareabetweenwhatislegallyacceptedandwhatisethical.Actinginaccordancewiththelawandactingethicallyarenotnecessarilythesame.Therearefourpossibleoutcomesforanyactionfromalegalandethicalperspective:

Notlegalbutethical:Forexample,civildisobedienceorprotestingpeacefullyagainstanissuemaynotbelegal,butitisethical.Anotherexampleofanillegalbutethicalactisthatofwhistleblowing.Whistleblowingisraisingthecurtainoffanillegalorcorruptactivity.

Notlegalandnotethical. Legalandethical. Legalbutnotnecessarilyethical:Somecountriesdonothavelawsthatprohibit

tradingwhileinpossessionofmaterialnonpublicinformation.Whilethisactoftradingislegalfromthelocalcountry’sperspective,itisconsideredunethicalbytheCFAInstituteandotherinvestmentprofessionals.

Thereareseveralreasonswhylawsarenotsufficienttoensureethicalconductamongmarketparticipants,asdiscussedbelow:

Lawsandregulationsareoftencreatedinresponsetoexistingmarketpractices.Anewlawmightaddressanexistingethicalproblembutcreateanopportunityforotherunethicalbehaviorinfuture.

Lawscanbeinterpreteddifferently.Marketparticipantsmaychoosetointerpretthelawtotheiradvantageordelaycompliancewherethereisnopunitiveaction.

Lawscanvaryacrossjurisdictions.Thismayencouragequestionablepracticetomovetoplacesthatarelessrestrictiveinnature.

Ethicalconductencouragesusto: Gobeyondwhatislegallyrequired. Considertheimpactonallstakeholders.

Page 13: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 12

Makegoodchoices,evenintheabsenceofclearlawsandregulations.

7.EthicalDecision‐MakingFramework

Firmsmuststrivetodevelopastrongethicalcultureandencourageinvestmentprofessionalstoapplyethicaldecision‐makingskillseveryday;somuchsothatitbecomessecondnature.Workingandoperatinginanenvironmentthatfostersintegrityandmotivatesitsemployeestodotherightthingwillgoalongwayinpreventingunethicalactions.

Settingupanethicalframeworkreinforcesinvestmentprofessionalstodotherightthing.Theethicalframework:

Helpsinevaluatingasituationfrommultipleperspectivesafterconsideringthelargerpictureinsuchawaythatitbenefitsstakeholdersinthelongterm.Often,theimpactofadecisionorallaspectsofasituationisnotclearintheshorttermanddecisionstakeninhastemayharmstakeholdersunintentionally.

Helpsdecisionmakersjustifyactionstoabroadergroupofstakeholders.

Thefollowingethicaldecision‐makingframeworkispresentedinthecurriculum.

Identificationphase:Identifyalltherelevantfacts.Thisincludesinformationonehasandwhatonewouldliketohave.o Identifyrelevantfactssuchasdetailsoftheemployer,informationonanIPOora

deal,rulesandregulationsoftheindustry,etc.o Identifythestakeholderssuchasemployer,marketparticipants,clients,

supervisor,investors,family,etc.o Identifyrelevantethicalprinciplesforthesituation.Thismayincludeloyaltyto

employer,clients’intereststakingprecedencebeforeeverythingelse,andmaintainingtheconfidentialityofinformation.

o Identifyanypotentialconflictsofinterest,orconflictsinyourdutiestoemployers/clients.Examplesofpotentialconflictofinterestincludedutiestooneclientversusotherclientsofthefirm,financialrewardslinkedtothesuccessofadealversusdutytoemployer,anddutytosupervisorversustheneedtoimpress.

Considerationphase:Seekguidancetonavigatethroughsituationalinfluencesandpersonalbiasesthatmayaffectdecision‐making.o Examplesofsituationalinfluencesincludehowmuchfeesthefirmwillearnfrom

adeal,howmuchbonusorcompensationoneexpectstoreceivebecauseofworkingonanIPO/deal,orassociatingone’sself‐worthtoworkingonaprestigiousaccount/deal.

o Examplesofwhereonecouldseekguidanceincludethefirm’scompliancedepartment,peers,theCFAInstituteCodeandStandards,orasupervisor.

Decideandact:Makeadecisionandact. Reflect:Oncethedecisionismade,assessthedecisiontoseeifithadthedesired

outcome.Ifnot,thenanalyzethereasons:werethestakeholdersidentified,wasthere

Page 14: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 13

anyconflictofinterest,weretheethicalprinciplesidentified,didyouseekguidanceonhowtodealwithsituationalinfluencesandpersonalbehavioralbiases?

Sometimestheinformationisnotsufficienttomakeadecisioninwhichcasetheprocessbecomesiterativeasyouseekguidancetogathermorerelevantinformation.

Page 15: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 14

Summary

LO.a:Explainethics.

ThewordethicsisderivedfromtheGreekword‘ethos,’whichmeanscharacter.Ethicsmeansmakinggoodchoices. Ethicsincludesasetofmoralprinciplesandrulesofconductthathelpusinourbehavior.

LO.b:Describetheroleofacodeofethicsindefiningaprofession.

Professionisthefinaldevelopmentofanoccupation.Professionis:

basedonspecializedknowledgeandskills. basedonservicetoothers. practicedbymemberswhoshareandagreetoadheretoacommoncodeofethics.

Inanygivenprofession,thecodeofethicsopenlycommunicatestheestablishedprinciplesoftheprofessionandhowitsmembersareexpectedtobehave.

Ithelpsinbuildingpublicconfidencethatmembersoftheprofessionwillusetheirskillsandknowledgeforthebenefitoftheirclients.

LO.c:Identifychallengestoethicalbehavior.

Onechallengeisthatpeopletendtobelievethattheirethicalstandardsareaboveaverage.Thisleadstooverconfidencebiasandthereforepeopleplacetoomuchimportanceontheirinternaltraits.However,studiesshowthatexternalfactors(situationalinfluence)arethemaindeterminantofethicalbehavior.Theyshiftourfocustotheimmediateratherthanlong‐termimpactsofadecision.Thethreemaintypesofsituationalinfluencesare:

Money&Prestige. Loyaltytoemployerand/orcolleagues. Strongcomplianceculture.

LO.d:Describetheneedforhighethicalstandardsintheinvestmentindustry.

Highethicalstandardsarealwaysimportant.However,theyareofparticularimportanceintheinvestmentindustry,becausethisindustryisbasedalmostentirelyontrust.Alsotheproductsandservicesofthisindustryareintangibleinnature.

Clientstrustinvestmentprofessionalstousetheirskillsandknowledgefortheirbenefitandtoprotecttheirassets.

Ifinvestmentprofessionalsadheretohighethicalstandards,allstakeholdersgainlong‐termbenefits.

LO.e:Distinguishbetweenethicalandlegalstandards.

Legalandethicalconductisnotalwaysthesame.

Page 16: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 15

Lawsarenotalwaysthebestmechanismtoreduceunethicalbehaviorbecause: Legalstandardsareoftencreatedtoaddresspastethicalfailings.Theydonotprovide

directionforaneverchangingandincreasinglycomplexworld. Lawsareoftenrule‐based. Lawswillvaryacrosscountries.

Ethicalconductgoesbeyondlegalstandards.

LO.f:Describeandapplyaframeworkforethicaldecision‐making.

Aframeworkforethicaldecision‐makingcanhelppeoplelookatandassessadecisionfromdifferentperspectives.Thisenablesthemtomakegooddecisions,andtolimitunplannedconsequences.

Ageneralethicaldecision‐makingframeworkhasthefollowingfoursteps.1. Identify:Relevantfacts,stakeholdersanddutiesowed,ethicalprinciples,conflictsof

interest.2. Consider:Situationalinfluences,additionalguidance,alternativeactions.3. Decideandact.4. Reflect:Wastheoutcomeasanticipated?Whyorwhynot?

Page 17: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 16

PracticeQuestions

1. Whichofthefollowingstatementsismostlikelycorrect?A. Ethicscanbedescribedasasetofmoralprinciplesthatprovideguidanceforour

behavior.B. Ethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalancesone’sowninterestwithonlythedirect

consequencesofthebehavioronothers.C. Professionalassociationsadoptacodeofethicstoprotecttheirownprofessional

community.2. Whichoneofthefollowingisleastlikelyareasonforaprofessiontoestablishacodeof

ethics?A. Acodeofethicsservesasanaidindecision‐making.B. Acodeofethicshelpsinstillconfidenceamongclientsandprospectiveclients.C. Acodeofethicshelpsensurethatmembersoftheprofessionwillfollowthelaw.

3. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyachallengefacedbyprofessionalstodisplayethical

behavior?A. Peopletendtobelievetheyaremoreethicalthantheyactuallyare.B. Peopletendtounderestimatetheirownmorality.C. Peopletendtounderestimatetheimpactofsituationalinfluences.

4. Whichofthefollowingstatementsisleastlikelyaccurate?Trustisparticularlyimportant

intheinvestmentprofessionbecause:A. investmentprofessionalshavespecializedknowledgeandaccesstoinformationis

asymmetrical.B. productsandservicesintheinvestmentindustrytendtobeintangible.C. returnscannotbeguaranteedformosttypesofinvestments.

5. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyareasonforlawsbeinginsufficienttoensureethical

conductamongmarketparticipants?A. Lawscanbeinterpreteddifferently.B. Lawsarelargelythesameacrossjurisdictions.C. Passingalawtakessignificanttime.

6. Whichofthefollowingstatementsaboutethicaldecisionframeworkis/aremostlikely

accurate? Statement1:Anethicaldecisionframeworkhelpsdecisionmakersjustifyactions

tostakeholders. Statement2:Toomanychoicescanatbestleadtoinaction.

Page 18: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 17

Statement3:Anethicaldecisionframeworkservesasatoolforinvestmentprofessionalstochoosethebestpossiblealternative.

A. Statement1and3.B. Statement3only.C. Statement1,2,and3.

Page 19: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R01 Ethics and Trust in the Investment Profession 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 18

Solutions1. Aiscorrect.StatementBisincorrectbecauseethicalconductisbehaviorthatbalances

one’sowninterestwiththedirectandindirectconsequencesofthebehavioronothers.StatementCisincorrect.

2. Ciscorrect.Thecodeofethicscannotensurethatmembersoftheprofessionwillfollow

thelaw.StatementsAandBaretrue.3. Biscorrect.Challengesfacedbyprofessionalstodisplayethicalbehaviorinclude:1)

overestimatingone’smoralityand2)underestimatingtheeffectofsituationalinfluences.4. Ciscorrect.StatementAandBarevalidreasonsfortrustbeingimportantinthe

investmentprofession.Cdoesnotrepresentareasonforwhytrustisparticularlyimportantintheinvestmentindustry.

5. Biscorrect.Lawscanvaryacrossjurisdictions.Thismayencouragequestionable

practicetomovetoplacesthatarelessrestrictiveinnature.StatementsAandCarevalidreasonsforwhythelawalonemightbeinsufficienttoensureethicalbehavior.

6. Ciscorrect.Allthreestatementsregardingethicaldecisionframeworksarecorrect.

Page 20: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 19

R02CodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct

Introduction

TheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct(CodeandStandards)stipulaterulesandguidelinesforCFAInstitutemembersandcandidatesonhowtoconductthemselvesinaprofessionalandethicalmanner,withintegrity,underallcircumstancesforthebenefitofsociety.

CFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgram

AllCFAInstitutemembersandcandidatesenrolledintheCFAprogramarerequiredtocomplywiththeCodeandStandards.TheProfessionalConductProgram(PCP),inconjunctionwiththeDisciplinaryReviewCommittee(DRC),isresponsibleforenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.

TheDRCisavolunteercommitteeofCFAcharterholderswhoserveonpanelstoreviewconductandpartnerwithprofessionalconductstafftoestablishandreviewprofessionalconductpolicies.

TheCFAInstituteBylawsandRulesofProcedureforProfessionalConductformthebasicstructureforenforcingtheCodeandStandards.

ProfessionalConductinquiriescanbepromptedbyseveralreasons: Self‐disclosure:OntheannualProfessionalConductStatement,membersdiscloseif

theyhavebeenasubjectofcivillitigationorcriminalinvestigation. Writtencomplaints:ThePCPstaffmayreceivewrittencomplaints. Evidenceofmisconduct:ThePCPstaffmaycomeacrossviolationsthroughmediaor

anypublicsource. ReportbyaCFAexamproctor:Ifacandidateviolatedanyrulesonexamdayandis

reportedbytheproctor. CFAInstitutemayconductanalysisofscoresandexammaterialsaftertheexam,as

wellasmonitoronlineandsocialmediatodetectdisclosureofconfidentialexaminformation.Forinstance,ifafriendsitsfortheexaminAustraliaanddiscussesspecificquestionsonlineaftertheexamwhileyouareintheUnitedStateswheretheexamhasn’tstarted,itcanbeconsideredaviolationoftheCodeandStandards.

Afteraninquiryisinitiated,theprofessionalconductteamconductsaninvestigation.IftheprofessionalconductstaffbelievesaviolationoftheCodeandStandardshasoccurred,theyproposesanctionswhichcaninclude:publiccensure,suspensionofmembershipanduseoftheCFAdesignation,andrevocationoftheCFAcharter.CandidatesmaybesuspendedorprohibitedfromfurtherparticipationintheCFAprogram.

Thememberorcandidatehastheopportunitytoacceptorrejectanychargesandtheproposedsanctions.Ifthemember/candidateacceptstheviolation,thenthesanctionswillbeimposed.Ifthemember/candidatedoesnotacceptthechargesortheproposedsanctions,

Page 21: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 20

thematterisreferredtotheDRC,whichreviewsmaterialsandpresentationsfromprofessionalconductstaffandfromthememberorcandidate.Thepanel’staskistodeterminewhetheraviolationoftheCodeandStandardsortestingpolicieshasoccurredand,ifso,whatsanctionshouldbeimposed.

CodeofEthics

MembersoftheCFAInstitute(includingCFAcharterholders)andcandidatesfortheCFAdesignation(“Membersandcandidates”)must:

1. Actwithintegrity,competence,diligence,andrespectandinanethicalmannerwiththepublic,clients,prospectiveclients,employers,employees,colleaguesintheinvestmentprofession,andotherparticipantsintheglobalcapitalmarkets.

2. Placetheintegrityoftheinvestmentprofessionandinterestsofclientsabovetheirownpersonalinterests.

3. Usereasonablecareandexerciseindependentprofessionaljudgmentwhenconductinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentactions,andengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.

4. Practiceandencourageotherstopracticeinaprofessionalandethicalmannerthatwillreflectcreditonthemselvesandtheprofession.

5. Promotetheintegrityandviabilityoftheglobalcapitalmarketsfortheultimatebenefitofsociety.

6. Maintainandimprovetheirprofessionalcompetenceandstrivetomaintainandimprovethecompetenceofotherinvestmentprofessionals.

Instructor’sNote:ThesixcomponentsofCodeofEthics,outlinedabove,areimportantandshouldbememorized.

StandardsofProfessionalConduct

TherearesevenStandardsofProfessionalConduct.Eachstandardhassub‐sections.Thestandardsarecoveredindetailinthenextreading.

I. ProfessionalismII. IntegrityofCapitalMarketsIII. DutiestoClientsIV. DutiestoEmployersV. Investmentanalysis,Recommendations,andActionsVI. ConflictsofInterestVII. ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMember,orCFACandidate

I. Professionalism

Page 22: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 21

A. KnowledgeoftheLawMembersandCandidatesmustunderstandandcomplywithallapplicablelaws,rules,andregulations(includingtheCFAInstituteCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct)ofanygovernment,regulatoryorganization,licensingagency,orprofessionalassociationgoverningtheirprofessionalactivities.Intheeventofconflict,MembersandCandidatesmustcomplywiththemorestrictlaw,rule,orregulation.MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglyparticipateorassistinandmustdissociatefromanyviolationofsuchlaws,rules,orregulations.

B. IndependenceandObjectivityMembersandCandidatesmustusereasonablecareandjudgmenttoachieveandmaintainindependenceandobjectivityintheirprofessionalactivities.MembersandCandidatesmustnotoffer,solicit,oracceptanygift,benefit,compensation,orconsiderationthatreasonablycouldbeexpectedtocompromisetheirownoranother’sindependenceandobjectivity.

C. MisrepresentationMembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglymakeanymisrepresentationsrelatingtoinvestmentanalysis,recommendations,actions,orotherprofessionalactivities.

D. MisconductMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyprofessionalconductinvolvingdishonesty,fraud,ordeceitorcommitanyactthatreflectsadverselyontheirprofessionalreputation,integrity,orcompetence.

II. IntegrityofCapitalMarkets

A. MaterialNonpublicInformationMembersandCandidateswhopossessmaterialnonpublicinformationthatcouldaffectthevalueofaninvestmentmustnotactorcauseotherstoactontheinformation.

B. MarketManipulationMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinpracticesthatdistortpricesorartifciallyinflatetradingvolumewiththeintenttomisleadmarketparticipants.

III. DutiestoClients

A. Loyalty,prudence,andcareMembersandCandidateshaveadutyofloyaltytotheirclientsandmustactwithreasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheirclientsandplacetheirclients’interestsbeforetheiremployer’sortheirowninterests.

B. FairDealingMembersandCandidatesmustdealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclientswhenprovidinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentaction,orengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.

Page 23: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 22

C. Suitability1. WhenMembersandCandidatesareinanadvisoryrelationshipwithaclient,they

must:a. Makeareasonableinquiryintoaclient’sorprospectiveclient’sinvestment

experience,riskandreturnobjectives,andfinancialconstraintspriortomakinganyinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentactionandmustreassessandupdatethisinformationregularly.

b. Determinethataninvestmentissuitabletotheclient’sfinancialsituationandconsistentwiththeclient’swrittenobjectives,mandates,andconstraintsbeforemakinganinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction.

c. Judgethesuitabilityofinvestmentsinthecontextoftheclient’stotalportfolio.

2. WhenMembersandCandidatesareresponsibleformanagingaportfoliotoaspecificmandate,strategy,orstyle,theymustmakeonlyinvestmentrecommendationsortakeonlyinvestmentactionsthatareconsistentwiththestatedobjectivesandconstraintsoftheportfolio.

D. PerformancePresentationWhencommunicatinginvestmentperformanceinformation,MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatitisfair,accurate,andcomplete.

E. PreservationofConfidentialityMembersandCandidatesmustkeepinformationaboutcurrent,former,andprospectiveclientsconfidentialunless:

1. Theinformationconcernsillegalactivitiesonthepartoftheclientorprospectiveclient,

2. Disclosureisrequiredbylaw,or

3. Theclientorprospectiveclientpermitsdisclosureoftheinformation.

IV. DutiestoEmployers

A. LoyaltyInmattersrelatedtotheiremployment,MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheiremployerandnotdeprivetheiremployeroftheadvantageoftheirskillsandabilities,divulgeconfidentialinformation,orotherwisecauseharmtotheiremployer.

B. AdditionalCompensationArrangementsMembersandCandidatesmustnotacceptgifts,benefits,compensation,orconsiderationthatcompeteswithormightreasonablybeexpectedtocreateaconflictofinterestwiththeiremployer’sinterestunlesstheyobtainwrittenconsentfromallpartiesinvolved.

C. ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors

Page 24: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 23

MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatanyonesubjecttotheirsupervisionorauthoritycomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andtheCodeandStandards.

V. InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions

A. DiligenceandReasonableBasisMembersandCandidatesmust:

1. Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestments,makinginvestmentrecommendations,andtakinginvestmentactions.

2. Haveareasonableandadequatebasis,supportedbyappropriateresearchandinvestigation,foranyinvestmentanalysis,recommendation,oraction.

B. CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClientsMembersandCandidatesmust:

1. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientsthebasicformatandgeneralprinciplesoftheinvestmentprocessestheyusetoanalyzeinvestments,selectsecurities,andconstructportfoliosandmustpromptlydiscloseanychangesthatmightmateriallyaffectthoseprocesses.

2. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientssignificantlimitationsandrisksassociatedwiththeinvestmentprocess.

3. Usereasonablejudgmentinidentifyingwhichfactorsareimportanttotheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,oractionsandincludethosefactorsincommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.

4. Distinguishbetweenfactandopinioninthepresentationofinvestmentanalysisandrecommendations.

C. RecordRetentionMembersandCandidatesmustdevelopandmaintainappropriaterecordstosupporttheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,actions,andotherinvestment‐relatedcommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.

VI. ConflictsofInterest

A. DisclosureofConflictsMembersandCandidatesmustmakefullandfairdisclosureofallmattersthatcouldreasonablybeexpectedtoimpairtheirindependenceandobjectivityorinterferewithrespectivedutiestotheirclients,prospectiveclients,andemployer.MembersandCandidatesmustensurethatsuchdisclosuresareprominent,aredeliveredinplainlanguage,andcommunicatetherelevantinformationeffectively.

B. PriorityofTransactions

Page 25: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 24

InvestmenttransactionsforclientsandemployersmusthavepriorityoverinvestmenttransactionsinwhichaMemberorCandidateisthebeneficialowner.

C. ReferralFeesMembersandCandidatesmustdisclosetotheiremployer,clients,andprospectiveclients,asappropriate,anycompensation,consideration,orbenefitreceivedfromorpaidtoothersfortherecommendationofproductsorservices.

VII. ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate

A. ConductasparticipantsinCFAInstituteProgramsMembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyconductthatcompromisesthereputationorintegrityofCFAInstituteortheCFAdesignationortheintegrity,validity,orsecurityofCFAInstituteprograms.

B. ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAprogramWhenreferringtoCFAInstitute,CFAInstitutemembership,theCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAProgram,MembersandCandidatesmustnotmisrepresentorexaggeratethemeaningorimplicationsofmembershipinCFAInstitute,holdingtheCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAProgram.

Page 26: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R02 Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 25

Summary

LO.a:DescribethestructureoftheCFAInstituteProfessionalConductProgramandtheprocessfortheenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.

TheProfessionalConductProgram(PCP),inconjunctionwiththeDisciplinaryReviewCommittee(DRC),isresponsibleforenforcementoftheCodeandStandards.TheCFAInstituteBylawsandRulesofProcedureforProfessionalConductformthebasicstructureforenforcingtheCodeandStandards.ProfessionalConductinquiriescanbepromptedby:self‐disclosure,writtencomplaintsandevidenceofmisconduct,andreportbyaCFAexamproctor.

IftheprofessionalconductstaffbelievesaviolationoftheCodeandStandardshasoccurred,sanctionsareproposed.Ifthemember/candidatedoesnotacceptthechargesorthesanctions,thematterisreferredtotheDRC,whichreviewsmaterialsandpresentationsfromprofessionalconductstaffandfromthememberorcandidate.TheDRCmakesafinaldecisiononwhethertherewasaviolationandifsowhatsanctionsmustbeimposed.

LO.b:StatethesixcomponentsoftheCodeofEthicsandthesevenStandardsofProfessionalConduct.

MembersoftheCFAInstitute(includingCFAcharterholders)andcandidatesfortheCFAdesignation(“Membersandcandidates”)must:

1. Actwithintegrity,competence,diligence,andrespectandinanethicalmannerwiththepublic,clients,prospectiveclients,employers,employees,colleaguesintheinvestmentprofession,andotherparticipantsintheglobalcapitalmarkets.

2. Placetheintegrityoftheinvestmentprofessionandinterestsofclientsabovetheirownpersonalinterests.

3. Usereasonablecareandexerciseindependentprofessionaljudgmentwhenconductinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentactions,andengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.

4. Practiceandencourageotherstopracticeinaprofessionalandethicalmannerthatwillreflectcreditonthemselvesandtheprofession.

5. Promotetheintegrityandviabilityoftheglobalcapitalmarketsfortheultimatebenefitofsociety.

6. Maintainandimprovetheirprofessionalcompetenceandstrivetomaintainandimprovethecompetenceofotherinvestmentprofessionals.

LO.c:ExplaintheethicalresponsibilitiesrequiredbytheCodeandStandards,includingthesub‐sectionsofeachStandard.

Coveredinthenextreading.

Page 27: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 26

R03GuidanceforStandardsI‐VII

Introduction

Thisisalongreading,whichprovidesguidanceandrecommendedcomplianceproceduresforeachstandard.Severalexamplesarealsogivenonhowthestandardsshouldbeapplied.IFTNotesfocusontheguidanceandrecommendedcomplianceprocedures.Readtheexamples(applicationsofthestandards)fromthecurriculum.

StandardI:Professionalism

Standard1(A)KnowledgeoftheLaw

MembersandCandidatesmustunderstandandcomplywithallapplicablelaws,rules,andregulationsofanygovernment,regulatoryorganization,licensingagency,orprofessionalassociationgoverningtheirprofessionalactivities.Intheeventofconflict,MembersandCandidatesmustcomplywiththemorestrictlaw,rule,orregulation.MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglyparticipateorassistinandmustdissociatefromanyviolationofsuchlaws,rules,orregulations.

Interpretation:

You,asamemberorcandidate,mustbeawareofalllawswhereyouconductbusiness.Statingthatyouarenotawareofthelawsandhenceaviolationoccurred,willnotbeacceptable.

Guidance: RelationshipbetweentheCodeandStandardsandApplicableLaw:Assumeyouarean

investmentadviserbasedinMalaysia.YouareaMalaysiancitizenandyourclientsarealsobasedinMalaysia.HeretheMalaysianlawisthe‘applicablelaw’.AsaLevelIcandidate,theCodeandStandardsmustalsobeconsidered.Let’sassumethatMalaysianlawsprohibitparticipationofinvestmentadvisersinIPOsbuttheCodeandStandardsallowparticipationunderspecifiedcircumstances,thenyouhavetofollowthestricterlaw–theMalaysianlawinthiscase.Ifthereisnoapplicablelaworregulation,thenMembersandCandidatesmustfollowtheCodeandStandards.

Investmentproductsandapplicablelaws:Followthemorestrictlaw. Participationinorassociationwithviolationsbyothers:Youareresponsiblefor

violationsinwhichyouknowinglyparticipateorassist.Knowinglyisthekeywordhere.Assumeyouarepartofagroupandyouhavereasonablegroundstobelieveaviolationistakingplace.Undersuchcircumstances:o First,makeanattempttostopthebehaviorbybringingittothenoticeofyour

supervisor/compliancedepartment.o Seektheadviceofindependentlegalcounselifthecompliancedepartmentwasnot

helpful.

Page 28: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 27

o Dissociateyourselfwiththatactivity.Dissociationvariesbasedonyourroleintheorganization;itcouldbe: Removingyournamefromtheinvestmentreportsandrecommendations. Askingforadifferentassignment. Refusingtoacceptanewclientorcontinuingtoadvisethecurrentclient.

o Inextremecases,leavetheorganization. Nottakinganactionafterreportingaviolation(andcontinuingassociationwiththe

illegalactivity),canbeconsideredasparticipatingintheillegalorunethicalconduct. Ifyouarenotsurethataviolationistakingplace,thentheappropriateactionwouldbe

toseektheadviceoflegal/compliancecounsel. CFAInstitutedoesnotcompelyoutoreportviolationstothegovernmentorregulatory

organizationunlessrequiredbylaw.

Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Stayinformed:Haveaprocedureorregulartrainingtokeepemployeesinformedofthe

changesinapplicablelaws,rules,regulationsetc. Reviewprocedures:Periodicallyreviewfirm’swrittencomplianceprocedurestoensure

itconformstotheapplicablelaw. Maintaincurrentfiles:Latestcopiesofapplicablerulesandregulationsshouldbe

availableforreference. Legalcounsel:Ifindoubthowtorespondtoapossibleviolation,seektheadviceof

legal/compliancepersonnel. Dissociation:Documenttheviolationifyouaredissociatingfromanillegalactivity;urge

thefirmtotakestepstoceasetheactivity,andresigninextremecases. Advise/encourageyourfirmto:

o Developand/oradoptacodeofethics.o Provideinformationonapplicablelaws:makealltheinformationregardinglaws

andrulesavailableinacentrallocation.o Establishproceduresforreportingviolations:makeiteasytoreportviolations.

Standard1(B)IndependenceandObjectivity

MembersandCandidatesmustusereasonablecareandjudgmenttoachieveandmaintainindependenceandobjectivityintheirprofessionalactivities.MembersandCandidatesmustnotoffer,solicit,oracceptanygift,benefit,compensation,orconsiderationthatreasonablycouldbeexpectedtocompromisetheirownoranother’sindependenceandobjectivity.

Interpretation:

Maintainindependenceandobjectivity.Donotcompromiseyourindependenceandobjectivityunderanycircumstanceasitcanhurtnotjustyourfirm,butthewholeindustry.Forinstance,assumeyouarewritingaresearchreportandthefirmyouarecoveringgives

Page 29: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 28

youanexpensivegift.Acceptingthegiftmayshroudyourjudgmenttobeimpartialandgiveanobjectivereport.

Guidance: Buy‐sideclients:Assumeyouworkintheresearchdepartmentofalargebrokerage(buy‐

side)firmandyoucoverpharmaceuticalfirms.Yourresearchreportsaredisseminatedtoinstitutionalclients(buy‐sideclients)suchasmutualfunds.Mutualfundswithlargepositionsinpharmastocksmighttrytoinfluenceyoutowritepositivereports.However,itisimportantforyou,nottosuccumbtopressure.Independenceandobjectivitymustbemaintained.

Investmentbankingrelationships:Nowassumeyourfirmalsohasaninvestmentbanking(IB)division.Pfizerisaclientofthefirm,andtheIBdivisionisworkingcloselyonPfizer’ssecondaryoffering.TheIBdivisionmayinfluenceresearchanalyststoissuefavorableresearchreports.But,asananalyst,youmustmaintainyourobjectivity.

Publiccompanies:Publiccompaniesmaytrytoinfluenceanalyststowritepositiveresearchreports.

Issuer‐paidresearch:Assumeacompanyisnotbeingwidelyfollowed.Ifthiscompanyapproachesyoutowritearesearchreportforthem,andcompensatesyou,thenthereisapotentialconflictofinterest.Thebestpracticeforindependentanalystsistonegotiateaflatfeeforthereport.Thefeeshouldbeindependentoftheeventualrecommendation.Disclosureofthetypeofcompensationisalsoimportant.

Travelfunding:Itisbestforcandidatestousecommercialtransportationpaidforbytheirfirm,andnottheclient.Ifcommercialtransportationisunavailable,membersandcandidatesmayacceptmodestlyarrangedtravel,toparticipateinappropriateinformation‐gatheringevents,suchasapropertytour.

Creditratingagencyopinions:Creditratingagenciesprovideratingsforfixed‐incomeproducts.Ifyouareworkingataratingagency,youmaybeofferedincentivesandcompensationbythesponsoringcompany(companiesissuingbonds)toissueafavorablerating.However,youshouldbeobjectiveabouttheanalysisandensuretheprocessesatyouragencydonotresultinaconflictofinterest.

Influenceduringthemanagerselection/procurementprocess:Assumealargepensionfundisintheprocessofselectinganassetmanagementcompany(AMC)tomanagetheirassets.Inordertogetthisbusiness,AMCsmaytrytoinfluencethehiringmanageratthepensionfundbygivinggifts,etc.Irrespectiveofwhichsideyouareintheprocess(pensionfundorAMCwhichisseekingbusiness),donotsolicitgiftsorcontributionseitherdirectlyorindirectlythatmayaffectyourindependence.

Brokeragehouses:Membersandcandidateshiresecondaryfundmanagerstomanagespecificassets,fortradingandreporting.Theremaybeattemptstoinfluencethemwithgiftsorcompensation.Itisimportantformemberstonotacceptsuchgiftsandstayobjectiveaboutthehiringdecision.

Page 30: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 29

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Protecttheintegrityofopinions. Createarestrictedlistforcompanieswhereafirmwantstodisseminateonlyfactual

information,andnonegativeorpositiveopinion. Restrictspecialcostarrangements:usecorporateaircraftonlyifcommercial

transportationisnotavailable. Limitgifts:astrictlimitfortokengiftsthatcanbeacceptedmustbeestablished. Restrictinvestments:Enforcepriorapprovalforemployeespurchasingequityorequity‐

relatedIPOs. Reviewprocedures. Establishanindependencepolicy. Appointedofficer:appointaseniorofficertoensurecompliancewiththefirm’scodeof

ethics.

Standard1(C)Misrepresentation

MembersandCandidatesmustnotknowinglymakeanymisrepresentationsrelatingtoinvestmentanalysis,recommendations,actions,orotherprofessionalactivities.

Amisrepresentationisanyuntruestatement,oromissionoffact,oranystatementthatisotherwisefalseormisleading.

Interpretation:

Thefoundationofanyclient‐customerrelationshipistrust.Iftrustislostbecauseofmisrepresentingfacts,itnotonlyhurtsyou,butalsohurtsconfidenceintheentireprofessionandintegrityofcapitalmarketsaswell.

Guidance: Impactoninvestmentpractice:Assumeyourfirmhasbeenmanagingalargecapequity

fundforseveralyearsandhasaddedasmallcapfundlastyear.Ifthefirmclaimsithasyearsofexperiencemanagingsmallcapfunds/stocks,thenitwouldbemisrepresentingfacts.o Membersandcandidatesmustnotmisrepresentfactsincludingtheirqualifications,

orcredentials.Forinstance,ifyouhaveclearedonlytwolevelsoftheCFAprogram,youcannotclaimtobeaCFAcharterholder.

o Whenissuingaresearchreport,youmaybeusingthird‐partyinformation.Youmustexercisecareanddiligencewhenusingthird‐partyinformationsuchascreditratings,research,ormarketingmaterials,toensurethereisnomisrepresentation.

o Ifyouareusingexternalmanagerstomanagespecificareas,youmustnotrepresenttheirinvestmentpracticesasyourown.

Page 31: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 30

Performancereporting:o Ifyouhavechosenabenchmarkforyourportfolio,arethestrategiesofboth

comparable?Areyouchoosingabenchmarkbecauseitmakestheportfolio’sperformancelookbetter?

o Youmustensuretheperformanceevaluationofyourportfoliohasareasonablebasis.

o Providepricinginformationofsecuritiestoclientsonaconsistentbasis.Donotchangepricingproviderssolelyonthebasisofhighervalueofasecurity.Thisisespeciallytrueofilliquidsecurities.Thiswillbemisrepresentinginformationasinvestorsmakethedecisionofwhetherornottoholdanilliquidsecuritybasedontheinformationprovided.

Socialmedia:ThelanguageusedonsocialmediaplatformssuchasFacebookandTwitterisofteninformal.However,membersandcandidatesmustensuretheinformationprovidedisthesameasintraditionalmodesofcommunication.TheformatmustadheretotheCodeandStandards,eventhoughthereisagreatdealofanonymity.

Omissions:Factsoroutcomesmustnotbeomitted,especiallywhenitcomestoperformancemeasurementandattribution.Forexample,assumeamanagerhadexceptionalperformanceinthepastthreeyears,butnegativereturnsinthethreeyearsprecedingit.Hemustpresenttheperformancefortheentireperiodandnotomityearsofbadperformance;thatiscalledcherrypicking(orselectivepresentation).

Plagiarism:Plagiarismisusingtheworkofotherswithoutacknowledgingorattributingthesourceofinformation.Examplesinclude:o Usingtheresearchreportofanotherfirm,andthenredistributingitbychangingthe

names.o Aresearchreportbasedonmultiplesourcesofinformationwithoutnamingthe

sources.o Excerptsfromarticleswithlittleornochangeinwording.o Notnamingspecificreferences,butinsteadattributingto“leadinginvestment

analysts”.o Usingchartsandgraphswithoutnamingtheirsources.

MembersandCandidatesmustdisclosethesourceofinformationusedintheirreports.Ifitispaidfor,thenitmustbedisclosed.Sentencesreproducedmustbewithinquotesandtheauthornamedspecifically.

Workcompletedforemployer:Work(models/reports/research)donewithinafirmmaybeusedbyothersinthefirmwithoutattribution.Ifthepersonwhodevelopedamodelhasleftthefirm,thefirmcancontinueusingitasitisapropertyofthefirmwithoutnamingtheperson.However,noonecanclaimthattheworkdonebythepersonwhohasquitthefirmhasbeendonebytheonewhoisnowusingit.

Page 32: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 31

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Factualpresentations:Eachmemberandcandidatemustbeawareofthefirm’sandthe

individual’scapabilitiesandlimitations.Awrittenlistofthefirm’savailableservicesshouldguidetheemployeeswhopresenttoclients.

Qualificationsummary:Eachmemberandcandidateshouldprepareasummaryofhis/herqualificationsandexperiencetopresenttoclients.Thesemustbeperiodicallyreviewed.

Verifyoutsideinformation:Ensurematerialfromathird‐partyisaccuratebeforepresentingittoclients.

Maintainwebpages:Anyinformationpublishedonawebpagemustbecurrent,andaccurate.

Plagiarismpolicy:Maintaincopiesofresearchreports/articlesusedinmakingyourresearchreport,attributequotationstotheirsource,andattributesummariestotheirsources.

Standard1(D)Misconduct

MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyprofessionalconductinvolvingdishonesty,fraud,ordeceitorcommitanyactthatreflectsadverselyontheirprofessionalreputation,integrity,orcompetence.

Guidance:

Anyactthatinvolveslying,cheating,stealing,orotherdishonestconductisaviolationofthisstandardiftheoffensereflectsadverselyonamember’sorcandidate’sprofessionalactivities.AlthoughCFAInstitutediscouragesanysortofunethicalbehaviorbymembersandcandidates,theCodeandStandardsareprimarilyaimedatconductandactionsrelatedtoamember’sorcandidate’sprofessionallife.Someimportantpointsbasedonexamplesseenoften: Usingalcoholduringbusinesshours,thoughnotillegalimpairsaperson’sabilitytothink

objectively. Ifamemberorcandidatedeclarespersonalbankruptcy,itisnotmisconduct.But,ifthe

circumstancesthatledtobankruptcyincludedeceitorfraud,thenitwouldbeaviolationanddeemedasmisconduct.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Codeofethics:Adoptacodeofethicsthateverymembermustadhereto. Listofviolations:Communicatetoallemployeesalistofpotentialviolationsandthe

associatedsanctions. Employeereferences:Dobackground(reference)checksofemployeestoensurethey

havenothadabrushwiththelawinthepastandareeligibletoworkintheinvestmentprofession.

Page 33: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 32

StandardII:IntegrityofCapitalMarkets

StandardII(A)MaterialNonpublicInformation

MembersandCandidateswhopossessmaterialnonpublicinformationthatcouldaffectthevalueofaninvestmentmustnotactorcauseotherstoactontheinformation.

Guidance: Whatismaterialinformation?:Thisisinformationthat,ifdisclosed,canhaveanimpact

onthepriceofasecurity,orinformationthatinvestorswouldwanttoknowbeforemakinganinvestmentdecision.Forexample,informationthattheCEOofacompanywasinvolvedinascandaltomanipulatefinancialstatementsandisgoingtobearrested,ismaterialinformation.Othercommonexamplesincludemergersandacquisitions,newproductlicenses,changesinmanagement,bankruptcies,legaldisputes,etc.

Whatconstitutes“nonpublic”information?:Asthenameimplies,informationthathasnotbeenmadepubliciscallednonpublicinformation.Forinstance,ifapharmaceuticalcompanyhasjustreceivednewsthataparticulardrughasbeenapprovedbyFDAanditisnotmadepublicyet,thenitconstitutesnonpublicinformation.Thisisalsomaterialinformationasitissomethinginvestorswouldliketoknowbeforeinvestinginthecompany.

Mosaictheory:AspertheMosaictheory,analystsarefreetoactonpublicandnonmaterialnonpublicinformationwithoutriskingviolation.Let’stakeanexamplefromthecurriculum.Ananalystisresearchingacompanyinthefurnitureindustry.Heanalyzesthepublicdisclosures,andspeakswithmanyfurnitureretailersonwhichhebaseshisrecommendationreport.Theinformationgatheredfromfurnitureretailersisanexampleofnonmaterialnonpublicinformationbecausetheinformationisnotpublic,andnotmaterialbyitselftoinfluencethestockpricesinanyway.

Socialmedia:Membersandcandidatesmustensurethatinformationobtainedfromclosedgroupsonsocialmedia(Facebook,LinkedIn)isaccessibletothepublicthroughothersources.

Usingindustryexperts:Usingexpertsisappropriateaslongasmembersarenotrequestingoractingonmaterialnonpublicinformation.

Investmentresearchreports:Assumeyouareawell‐knownanalystandyourrecommendationreportsmightimpactstockprices.Sinceyouarenotaninsideranddidnotbaseyourreportoninsiderinformation,StandardII(A)doesnotapply.Inthiscase,youarenotrequiredtomakethereportpublic.Ifthepublicwantsaccesstothereport,theycanbeaskedtopayforyourservices.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Achievepublicdissemination:Takestepstopubliclydisseminatematerialnonpublic

information.Ensurenoinvestmentactionistakenbasedontheinformation.

Page 34: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 33

Adoptcomplianceprocedures:Adoptcomplianceprocedurestopreventthemisuseofmaterialnonpublicinformation.Ex:reviewemployeetrading,investmentrecommendations,andinterdepartmentalrecommendations.

Adoptdisclosureprocedures:Sameinformationshouldbecommunicatedtothemarketinanequitablemanner.Theinformationreceivedbybuy‐sideclientsshouldbethesameassell‐sideclients,andthesamegoesforlargefirmsandsmallfirms.

Issuepressreleases:Pressreleasesmustbemadebeforeconferencecallsandanalystmeetingssothatnewinformationisdisclosedatsuchgatherings.

Firewallelements:Afirewallisaninformationbarriercreatedtopreventtheflowofmaterialnonpublicinformationwithinafirm;forinstance,betweenthebrokerageandinvestmentbankingdepartmentsofafirm.Listedbelowareafewwaysafirewallisimplemented:o Reviewofemployeetrading.o Routeinterdepartmentalcommunicationsthroughthecomplianceorlegal

department.o Documenthowtoenforceprocedurestolimitinformationflowwithinthefirm.o Review/restrictproprietarytradingwhenafirmisinpossessionofmaterial

nonpublicinformation. Appropriateinterdepartmentalcommunications:Documentproceduresforhow

interdepartmentalcommunicationsmustoccur,reviewtradingactivity,andwhatactionstotakeifviolationsoccur.

Physicalseparationofdepartments:Topreventsensitiveinformationflowingfromonedepartmenttoanother.Ex:IB/corporatefinancetobephysicallyseparatedfromsalesandresearchofabrokeragefirm.

Preventionofpersonneloverlap:Anemployeeshouldbeononlyonesideofthefirewall.Forinstance,anemployeeworkinginthecommerciallendingdepartmentofabankmustnotbeassociatedwithitstrust/researchdepartments.

Areportingsystem:Haveareportingsysteminwhichauthorizedpeoplecanreviewandapprovecommunicationsbetweendepartments.Ifsharingofcertaininformationisnecessaryacrossthefirewall,thenadesignatedofficermustascertainwhethersharingisessentialandmustmonitortheprocess.

Personaltradinglimitations:Enforcerestrictionsonpersonaltradingbyemployees.Monitorbothproprietaryandpersonaltrading.

Recordmaintenance:Maintainrecordsofinterdepartmentalcommunication. Proprietarytradingprocedures:Outlineproceduresforunderwhatsituationsthere

shouldberestrictionsonproprietarytrading:o Marketmaking:Restrictionsontradingifthefirmisamarketmakercanbe

counterproductiveasitmaybeasignaltotradersthatthefirmisinpossessionofsomematerialnonpublicinformation.Thefirmmusttakethecontrasideofunsolicitedcustomertrades.

Page 35: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 34

o Arbitragetrading:Mustnotengageinproprietarytradingifitisinpossessionofsensitiveinformation.

Communicatetoallemployees:Educateemployeesthroughtrainingsonhowtoidentifymaterialnonpublicinformationandhowtoact(consultasupervisor/complianceofficer)iftheypossesssuchinformation.Circulatewrittencompliancepoliciesandprocedurestoallemployees.

StandardII(B)MarketManipulation

MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinpracticesthatdistortpricesorartificiallyinflatetradingvolumewiththeintenttomisleadmarketparticipants.

Whatitincludes: Disseminatingfalseinformationintothemarket. Misleadingmarketparticipantsbydistortingprices.

Guidance: Information‐basedmanipulation:Spreadingfalserumorstoinducetradingbyothers.For

example,ananalystmaypumpfalseinformationintothemarketthroughblogsorsomeothermediatoartificiallyinflatestockprices.

Transaction‐basedmanipulation:Transactionsthatartificiallyaffectthepricesorvolumeofasecurity.Forexample,iftransactionsshowasecuritytobemoreliquid,thenmarketparticipantsperceiveitfavorablyandmaybuy.Forexample,alargefirmmayhaveofficesinTokyoandChicago.Oneofficemaysellalargenumberofsharesandtheotherofficemaybuy.Whileitmayappearasiftheliquidity/tradingvolumeofthesecurityisup.But,inreality,thetradingwaswithinthefirm.

StandardIII:DutiestoClients

StandardIII(A)Loyalty,Prudence,andCare

MembersandCandidateshaveadutyofloyaltytotheirclientsandmustactwithreasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheirclientsandplacetheirclients’interestsbeforetheiremployer’sortheirowninterests.

Interpretation:

Clientinterestscomefirst,followedbytheemployerand,then.personalinterestsofthememberorcandidate.Theonlyexceptionisthattheintegrityofcapitalmarketsmusttakeprecedenceovertheclient’sinterestsifthereisaconflict.Prudencerequirescautionanddiscretion.Whenhandlingfundsofaclient,prudencerequiresthatyoutreatthemwiththesameskill,care,anddiligenceasyouwouldtreatyourownfunds.

Page 36: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 35

Guidance: Understandingtheapplicationofloyalty,prudence,andcare:Investmentadvisershave

differentjobroles;somehavefiduciaryresponsibilitiesthatareimposedbylawandrequireahigherleveloftrustthanotherbusinessroles.Irrespectiveofwhetherornottheyareinafiduciaryrole,membersandcandidatesareexpectedtoworkintheclient’sbestinterest,andbeloyal,prudent,andexercisecareinmanagingtheclient’sportfolio.

Identifyingtheactualinvestmentclient:Identifywhoistheactualclient.It’softeneasytodefineaclientbutthereareinstanceswhenitmaynotbeclear.Forexample,ifapensionplanhiresaninvestmentmanager,thentheclientisnotthepensionplanbutthebeneficiariesoftheplan.Inthiscasethehiringentityisnotyourclient.Insomecases,theremaynotbeanydirectclientsorbeneficiaries.Ex:afundmanagermanagingthefundtoanindex.Insuchcases,fundmanagersshouldinvestaccordingtothestatedmandate.

Developingtheclient’sportfolio:Caremustbetakenindevelopingportfolios,whichareconsistentwiththeclients’objectives,circumstances,constraints,andrisks.Investmentdecisionsshouldbebasedontheoverallportfolio,ratherthanthecharacteristicsofanindividualinvestment.

Softcommission(dollar)policies:Assumeaclienthashiredyoutomanagehisfunds.Youhavediscretionovertheselectionofbrokerstoexecutetransactions.Conflictsmayariseifyouuseclientbrokerage(moneypaidbytheclientfortradeexecution)topurchaseresearchservicesfromthebroker.Thispracticeiscalled“softdollars”or“softcommissions.”Ifyoupayahigherbrokeragecommissionthanyouwouldnormallypay,toallowforthepurchaseofgoodsorservices,withoutacorrespondingbenefittotheclient,youhaveviolatedthedutyofloyaltytoyourclient.

Proxyvotingpolicies:Assumeyouareaninvestmentmanagerandyouhavepurchased1millionsharesofGeneralElectriconbehalfofyourclient.Sinceyouaremanagingyourclient’sportfolio,youcanvoteonbehalfoftheclient.Youshouldperformasimplecost‐benefitanalysistodecidewhetherornottovote.Whenyouvoteitshouldbeinthebestinterestoftheclient(shareholder),notthecompanymanagement.Yourfirm’sproxyvotingpoliciesshouldbedisclosedtoclients.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Regularaccountinformation:Submitaquarterlystatementtotheclientthatincludes

credits,debits,securitiesholdings,andtransactionsduringtheperiod.Indicatewhethertheclientmustholdorsellassets.Andifsold,wheretheproceedsshouldbeinvestedinandwhen.

Clientapproval:Ifunsureofwhatcourseofactiontotakewithrespecttoaclient,membersandcandidatesmustdiscusswiththeclientinwritingandtakeapproval.

Firmpolicies:Encouragefirmstoadoptthesepolicies:o Followallapplicablerulesandlaws.

Page 37: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 36

o Establishtheinvestmentobjectivesoftheclient:returnrequirements,riskprofile,experiences,andconstraints.

o Consideralltheinformationwhentakingactions:theclient’sneedsandcircumstances,theclient’sportfolio,andaninvestment’sindividualcharacteristics.

o Carryoutregularreviews:Ifaclient’scircumstanceshavechanged(suddenneedforlargesumsofmoney,oranunexpectedinflowofmoney),thentheymustbeaddressed.

o Dealfairlywithallclientswithrespecttoinvestmentactions.o Discloseconflictsofinterest.o Disclosecompensationarrangements:Ifamanageriscompensatedbasedonthe

returnsgeneratedforaclient,thenitmustbedisclosedtotheclient.o Maintainconfidentiality.

StandardIII(B)FairDealing

MembersandCandidatesmustdealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclientswhenprovidinginvestmentanalysis,makinginvestmentrecommendations,takinginvestmentaction,orengaginginotherprofessionalactivities.

Interpretation:Thestandardfocusesondealingfairlyandobjectivelywithallclients.Itdoesnotmeanequallybecausethecircumstancesofeveryclientwillbedifferent.Also,afirmmayofferdifferentlevelsofservices.Aclientpayingahigherfeeforapersonalizedservicecannotbetreatedinanequitablemannerwithonewhoisnot.Moreover,itisalsonotpossibletocommunicateinformationtoallclientsatthesametimeasthemodesofcommunicationmayvary(e‐mail,phone,andfax).

Guidance: Investmentrecommendationisanyopiniontobuy,sell,orholdasecurity/investment.

Guidelinesonhowrecommendationsmustbedisseminatedtoclients:o Allyourclientsmusthaveafairopportunitytoactontheinvestment

recommendation.o Thereshouldnotbeselectivedisclosuresuchthatyourlargeclientsreceivea

reportfirstandthesmallerclientslater.Theremaybepracticaldifficultiesinreachingallclientsattheexactsametimebecauseoftimedifferencesandmodesofcommunication,butaneffortmustbemadetocommunicateinanequitablemanner.

o Theremaybeinstanceswhenyoumaychangeyourrecommendation.Let’sassumeyouissuedabuyrecommendationforastockerroneously.Youchangeditlatertosellandifthereareclientswhohaveactedonthebuyorderbutarenotawareofthechangetosell,youmustadvisethemofthechangebeforeacceptingtheorder.

Guidelinesformembersandcandidateswhoseprimaryroleistotakeactionsbasedoninvestmentrecommendationsreceivedeitherfromwithinthefirmorexternalsources:

Page 38: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 37

o Takecaretotreatallclientsfairly.o IPOandsecondaryofferings:Distributetoallclientsforwhomtheinvestmentsare

appropriate.Allocationofthestockshouldbeconsistentwiththepoliciesofthefirm.

o Oversubscribedissues:Distributeonaprorataandround‐lotbasis.Refrainfrombuyingforindividualandfamilyaccounts.But,ifafamily‐memberisafee‐payingclient,thenthefamilymembermustbetreatedonanequalbasisasanyotherclient.

o Blocktrade:Allaccountsofclientsinablocktrademustbegiventhesameexecutionpriceandchargedthesamecommissionfee.

o Ordersmustbetimestamped.o Ordersaretobeexecutedonafirst‐inandfirst‐outbasis.o Disclosetotheclienttheallocationproceduresthatthefirmfollows.o MembersandcandidatesmustnotwithholdsecuritiesofIPOs,tradingatapremium

inthesecondarymarket,fortheirbenefit.

Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Developfirmpolicies.

o Limitthenumberofpeoplewhoknowthatarecommendationisgoingtobedisseminated.

o Shortenthetimeframebetweenthedecisiontomakeaninvestmentrecommendationandactualdissemination.

o Publishguidelinesforpre‐disseminationbehavior:Firmsmustbeencouragedtohaveguidelinesthatprohibitpersonnel,whoknowabouttherecommendation,fromtakingactionordiscussing.

o Simultaneousdissemination:Oncedisseminationtoallclientshashappened,membersandcandidatesmayfollowupwithindividualclients.

o Maintainalistofclientsandtheirholdings.o Developanddocumenttradeallocationprocedures(discussedabove).

Disclosetradeallocationprocedures. Establishsystematicaccountreview:Conductperiodicreviewtoensurenoclientis

receivingpreferentialtreatmentandtradesarebasedontheaccount’sobjectives.Ifthemanagerissellingfromoneaccountandbuyingitforanotheraccount,hemustdocumentthereasonsforboththetransactions.

Disclosethelevelsofserviceandtheassociatedfeestoallclients.

StandardIII(C)Suitability

1. Whenmembersandcandidatesareinanadvisoryrelationshipwithaclient,theymust:a. Makeareasonableinquiryintoaclient’sorprospectiveclient’sinvestment

experience,riskandreturnobjectives,andfinancialconstraintspriortomakinganyinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction,andmustreassessandupdatethisinformationregularly.

Page 39: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 38

b. Determinethataninvestmentissuitabletotheclient’sfinancialsituationandconsistentwiththeclient’swrittenobjectives,mandates,andconstraintsbeforemakinganinvestmentrecommendationortakinginvestmentaction.

c. Judgethesuitabilityofinvestmentsinthecontextoftheclient’stotalportfolio.

2. Whenmembersandcandidatesareresponsibleformanagingaportfoliotoaspecificmandate,strategy,orstyle,theymustmakeonlyinvestmentrecommendationsortakeonlyinvestmentactionsthatareconsistentwiththestatedobjectivesandconstraintsoftheportfolio.

Interpretation:

Determinethesuitabilityofaninvestmentbeforetakingactionbasedontheclients’circumstancesandotherfactors.Itistheresponsibilityofmembersandcandidateswhoprovideinvestmentadvicetoaclienttodeterminethesuitabilityofaninvestment.Sell‐sideanalystsandothermemberswhoexecuteinstructionsarenotresponsibleforsuitabilityanalysis.

Guidance: Developinganinvestmentpolicy:Gatherclientinformation(personaldata,objectives,

risk,andcircumstances)atthestartoftherelationship.DevelopanIPSthatoutlinesreturnrequirements,risktolerance,andallinvestmentconstraints.IPSalsooutlinestherolesandresponsibilitiesofthepartiesintheadvisoryrelationship,whenperiodicreviewswillbeconductedandtheIPSreevaluated.

Updatinganinvestmentpolicy:IPSistobeupdatedatleastannuallytoreflectchangesinmarketexpectationsandcircumstancesoftheclient.Needsandcircumstancesoftheclientscanchangeatanytimeandtheinvestmentrecommendations/decisionsmusttakenoteofthis.Examplesofchangesinanindividual’scircumstances:taxstatus,numberofdependents,liquidityneeds,lossofjob/changeincurrentincome,etc.

Theneedfordiversification:Combiningdifferentinvestmentsreducestheriskofaportfoliohavingallassetsinasingleinvestment.Aninvestmentthatisrelativelyriskyonitsownmaybesuitableinthecontextoftheentireportfolio.

Addressingunsolicitedtradingrequestso Requestsfromclientsfortradesthatdonotalignwiththeriskandreturnobjectives

ofaclient’sIPS:Membersandcandidatesmusttakeeffortstobalancetheclient’srequestwhilenotdeviatingfromtheIPS.

o Unsolicitedrequeststhatarenotsuitableinvestments:IfyourclientsaskyoutomakeatradethatisnotinaccordancewiththeIPS,thenrefrainfrommakingthetradeuntilyoudiscussitwiththeclient.EducatetheclientaboutthedeviationfromthecurrentIPS.

o Iftheclientinsistsonmakingthetradeandifyouthinkitwillhaveamaterialimpactontheportfolio,updatetheIPS.IftheclientrefusestohavetheIPSmodified,thendeterminethefutureoftheadvisoryrelationship.

Page 40: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 39

Managingtoanindexormandate:Investaccordingtothemandate.Forexample,assumeyouareaportfoliomanagerforasmallcapfundandyourmandateistoincludestocksbelowacertainmarketcapitalization.Youwouldbedeviatingfromthemandateifyoubuylargecapstocksevenifyouexpectlargecapstoperformexceptionallywell.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Investmentpolicystatement:Bothindividualandinstitutionalinvestorsmusthavean

IPS.TheIPSshouldoutlinethefollowing:clientidentification,investorobjectives,investorconstraints,andperformancemeasurementbenchmarks.

Regularupdates:IPSistobeupdatedonaregularbasis(atleastannually)toreflectchangingcircumstancesandcapitalmarketexpectations.

Suitabilitytestpolicies:Firmsmustbeencouragedtohavetestprocedurestodeterminethesuitabilityofinvestmentsfordifferenttypesofclients.

StandardIII(D)PerformancePresentation

Whencommunicatinginvestmentperformanceinformation,membersandcandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatitisfair,accurate,andcomplete.

Guidance: Providecredibleperformanceinformationtoclientsandprospectiveclients.Shouldnot

statethatpastperformancecanbeobtainedagain. Avoidmisstatingperformanceormisleadingclients. Ifthepresentationisbrief,makedetailedsupportinginformationavailabletoclientsand

prospectsonrequest.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance:ApplyingtheGIPSstandardsisrecommended,butnotrequired.FirmsthatclaimcompliancewithoutapplyingGIPSstandardsmustdothefollowing: Considertheknowledgeandsophisticationoftheaudience. Presenttheperformanceoftheweightedcompositeofsimilarportfoliosratherthan

usingasinglerepresentativeaccount.Assumetherearethreeportfolioswithsimilarmandatesworth2million,10million,and8million.Iftheygeneratedreturnsof9%,2%,and2%,respectively,thentakeaweightedaverageofreturns.

Includeterminatedaccountsaspartofperformancehistory.Alsostatewhenthoseaccountswereterminated.

Includedisclosuresthatfullyexplaintheperformanceresultsbeingreported. Maintainthedataandrecordsusedtocalculatetheperformancebeingpresented.

StandardIII(E)PreservationofConfidentiality

MembersandCandidatesmustkeepinformationaboutcurrent,former,andprospectiveclientsconfidentialunless:

1. Theinformationconcernsillegalactivitiesonthepartoftheclient.

Page 41: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 40

2. Disclosureisrequiredbythelaw.

3. Theclientorprospectiveclientpermitsdisclosureoftheinformation.

Guidance: Statusofclient:Evenifanentityisnolongeraclient,membersandcandidatesmust

maintaintheconfidentialityofclientrecords. Compliancewithlaws:Complywithapplicablelaw.Ifaclientisinvolvedinillegal

activitiesandtheapplicablelawrequiresmembersandcandidatestomaintainconfidentiality,thentheinformationmustnotbedisclosed.

Electronicinformationandsecurity:Membersandcandidatesneedtobeawareofpossibleaccidentaldisclosures.Theyshouldtakecarewhencommunicatingsensitiveclientinformation.Forinstance,assumetwoclientsaninvestmentmanagerisdealingwith,havesimilarnames.Whensendingane‐mailwithupdatedIPS,theinvestmentmanagertypesinthenameoftheintendedrecipientanddoesn’trealizethatitgoestotheotherclientinsteadoftheintendedrecipient.Suchmistakescanhavedireconsequences.

ProfessionalconductinvestigationsbyCFAInstitute:Ifpermissibleunderlaw,membersandcandidatesmustcooperatewithPCPandprovideinformationaboutaclientinsupportofaninvestigation.AnyinformationgiventoPCPstaysconfidential.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Thesimplest,mostconservative,andmosteffectivewaytocomplywithStandardIII(E)

istoavoiddisclosinganyinformationreceivedfromaclient,excepttoauthorizedfellowemployeeswhoarealsoworkingfortheclient.

Communicatingwithclients:Followfirm‐supportedcommunicationmethodsandcomplianceprocedureswhencommunicatingconfidentialinformation.

StandardIV:DutiestoEmployers

StandardIV(A)Loyalty

Inmattersrelatedtotheiremployment,MembersandCandidatesmustactforthebenefitoftheiremployerandnotdeprivetheiremployeroftheadvantageoftheirskillsandabilities,divulgeconfidentialinformation,orotherwisecauseharmtotheiremployer.

Interpretation: Assumeyouworkforaninvestmentmanagementfirmandhavecommittedtowork45

hoursaweek.Duringthistime,you’llnotindulgeinanyactivitythatwilldepriveyouremployerofyourskillsandabilities.

Now,assumeyouareabouttoplacealargebuyorderforastockforaclient.Youaretemptedtoplaceanorderforyourownaccountbeforebuyingfortheclient.Thisis

Page 42: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 41

calledfrontrunninganditmustbeavoided,asyoumustplaceyourclientandemployer’sinterestsbeforeyourowninterests.

Everythingelsetakesprecedencebeforedutytoyourownself.Ofcourse,it’snotablanketstatementthatrequiresmembersandcandidatestoalwaysputworkaheadofpersonalcommitmentsandimportantfamilyobligations.Thestandardrecommendsmemberstoenterintoadialoguewithemployerstostrikeabalancebetweenworkandpersonallife.

Guidance: Theemployermustnothaverules/writtenpoliciesthatconflictwithresponsibilitiesof

membersandcandidates.Ifthereareany,thenyoumustencourageyouremployertochangethosepolicies.

Independentpractice:Independentpracticeisengaginginabusinessactivitywhereyougetpaid,andtheworkisnotrelatedtotheemployer.Assumeyouarethinkingofstartinganindependentpracticetoworkovertheweekendsorafter‐workhours.Therearecertainrulesthatgovernthis:o Youmustnotstartapracticethatconflictswiththeinterestsofyouremployer.o Obtainconsentfromyouremployerbeforestartingthepractice.Disclosethetypes

ofservicesyouwillrender,theexpecteddurationoftheservices,andthecompensation.

Leavinganemployer:Assumeyouhavesubmittedyourresignationanddecidedtoleaveyouremployer.Thereisaonemonthnoticeperiod.Duringthisperiod:o Youmustcontinuetoactinthebestinterestsofyourcurrentemployer.o Youmustnotrevealtradesecretstoyournewemployer.o Youmustnotmisuseclientlists.o Youmustnotsolicitexistingclientstoshifttheirbusinesstothenewemployer.o Onceyouhaveleftyourcurrentemployerandarebeingpaidbythenewemployer,

youmayseekbusinessfromoldclientsifyouhavenotsignedanon‐competeagreementwiththepreviousemployer.

Guidelinesforwhatisacceptableafterstartingworkatanewfirm:o Itisokaytouseskillsandexperiencegainedatthepreviousemployerastheyare

notconsideredconfidential.Knowledgeofthenamesofformerclientsisnotconsideredconfidential.

o Onemustnotuseanything(records/work)storedinpaperorelectronicformatfromthepreviousfirm.Ex:Excelmodelforthepharmaceuticalindustrydevelopedatthepreviousemployer.

Useofsocialmedia:o Followfirmpolicieswithrespecttosocialmediaforinteractingwithclientsand

prospectiveclients.Ex:whenemployeesareleavinganorganization,itmaynotbeappropriatetoannounceitonsocialmediaasfirmsmayhaverulesonhowandwhentoannouncethistoclients.

Page 43: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 42

o Therecommendedpracticeistohaveseparateaccountsforpersonalandprofessionalsocialmediaactivities.

o Iftherearenofirmrules,it’sbesttoactinthespiritoftheStandardandnotengageinanyactivitythatwouldharmtheemployer.

Whistle‐blowing:Bringinginsiderknowledgeofillegal/unethicalactivitiesinanorganizationtotheattentionoflawenforcementactivitiesiscalledwhistle‐blowing.Whistle‐blowingisnotacceptableiftheintentisforpersonalgain.

Natureofemployment:Understandthenatureofemployment(full‐timeemployeeoracontractor).Youneedtobeawareofthetermsoftherelationship:numberofhours,compensation,benefits,worklocation,clientexpectations,etc.

Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Competitionpolicy:Relatestotheindependentpractice,wesawintheguidelinessection.

Youmustunderstandtherules/proceduresofyourfirmwithrespecttopursuinganindependentpractice.

Terminationpolicy:Understandtheterminationpoliciesofyouremployer. Incident‐reportingprocedures:Beawareofincident‐reportingproceduresatyourfirm.

Ifthereisnone,encourageyourfirmtoadoptone. Employeeclassification:Understandyourstatuswithinthefirm:part‐time,full‐time,or

contractor.Beawareofthepoliciesthatapplytoyourclass.

StandardIV(B)AdditionalCompensationArrangements

MembersandCandidatesmustnotacceptgifts,benefits,compensation,orconsiderationthatcompeteswithormightreasonablybeexpectedtocreateaconflictofinterestwiththeiremployer’sinterest,unlesstheyobtainwrittenconsentfromallpartiesinvolved.

Interpretation: Assumeyouareaportfoliomanagerworkingforaninvestmentmanagementfirm.

Assumeaclienthasbenefitedimmenselyfromyourwork,andwouldliketogiftanexpensivecruiseforyouandyourfamilyasatokenofappreciation.Thisisanexampleofadditionalcompensation.

Assumeyouuseabrokeragefirmtoexecuteordersforyourclients.Ifthebrokeragewantstosendagiftsothatyoucontinuetodirectbusinesstotheminthefuture,itisanexampleofadditionalcompensation.

Guidance: Obtainpermissionbeforeacceptingcompensationthatmightcreateaconflict.Youmust

firstdisclosetoyouremployerandobtainwrittenconsentforanycompensationthatmaycreateaconflict.

“Writtenconsent”includesanyformofcommunicationthatcanbedocumented.

Page 44: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 43

Notallgiftsneedtobereported.Forexample,ifabrokeragefirmsendsyouadesktopcalendar,orifaclientsendsyouapenasatokengift(notofsignificantvalue),thenitneednotbereported.

Discusspossiblelimitationstotheirabilitiestoprovideservicesthatmaybecompetingwithyouremployer’sduringthenegotiationandhiringprocess.

Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Makeanimmediatewrittenreporttoyoursupervisorandcomplianceofficerspecifying

anycompensationyouproposetoreceive. Thedetailsofthereportshouldbeconfirmedbythepartyofferingtheadditional

compensation,includingperformanceincentivesofferedbyclients.Inourearlierexample,wheretheclientofferedanexpensivevacation,whenyoudisclosethesametoyouremployer,itmustbevalidatedbytheclient.Thiswrittenreportshouldstatethetermsofanyagreement.

StandardIV(C)ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors

MembersandCandidatesmustmakereasonableeffortstoensurethatanyonesubjecttotheirsupervisionorauthoritycomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andtheCodeandStandards.

Interpretation: Thisstandardappliestoanyonewhohassupervisoryresponsibilities,irrespectiveof

whetherornottheemployeesundertheirsupervisionareCFAInstitutemembers,CFAcharterholders,orcandidates.

Ifthenumberofemployeesundersupervisionislarge,thensupervisorsmaydelegateresponsibilitiestosubordinates,butthatdoesnotabsolvethemofresponsibilityincaseaviolationhappens.Supervisorsmustensuretheirsubordinatesareawareoftherules,applicablelaws,firmpolicies,CodeandStandards,etc.

Theymusthaveregulartrainingprogramsoncompliancepoliciesforemployeesundertheirsupervision.

Ifthecomplianceproceduresatafirmareinadequate,theymustbringittotheattentionofthefirm’sseniormanagers.

Ifthecomplianceproceduresareinadequateornon‐existent,thenmembersandcandidatesshoulddeclinesupervisoryresponsibility.

Guidance: Systemforsupervision

o Understandthecomplianceproceduresofthefirm.o Ensureadequatecomplianceproceduresareinplacethatcoverallpossible

violations.Itisnotpossibletocovereverypotentialviolationthatmayoccur.

Page 45: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 44

o Onceaviolationisdetected,asupervisormustimmediatelyreportthemisconductandinitiateanassessmenttodeterminetheextentofwrongdoing.Itisnotsufficienttowarntheemployeeorrelyonhis/herstatementsthatitwillnotrecur.

o Hemustalsoensurethattheactisnotrepeateduntiltheinvestigationiscomplete. Supervisionincludesdetection

o Supervisorsareresponsiblefordetectingviolations.o Supervisorsareresponsibleforensuringcomplianceproceduresareimplemented

andthattheyarefollowedthroughperiodicreview.o Assumeyouasasupervisorhavetakenadequatestepstoensurecompliance

proceduresareinplace.Despitethis,aviolationoccurs.Sinceadequatestepsweretaken,youasamembermaynotbeinviolationofthestandardunderthesecircumstances.However,itisanindicationthattheexistingcomplianceproceduresarenotsufficient.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Encouragefirmstoadoptacodeofethicsforstrongethicalfoundation. HaveadequatecomplianceprocedurestoensurethepoliciesintheCodeandStandards,

andsecuritieslawsareimplementedatthefirm,andadheredto,onadailybasis. Distinguishbetweenthecodeofethicsandcomplianceprocedures.Keepingthem

separatehelpsservetheirindividualpurpose.o Complianceproceduresmustbewritteninplainlanguagesuchthatanyaverage

personcanunderstandandassimilatethemeasily.o Assignacomplianceofficerwhohastheauthoritytoimplementthefirm’s

complianceprocedures.o Establishthehierarchyofsupervisionandassigndutiesamongsupervisors.o Oncethecompliancesystemisinplace,supervisorsmustperiodicallymonitorto

detectviolationsand,ifdiscovered,musttakethenecessaryactions. Implementationofcomplianceeducationandtraining. Establishanappropriateincentivestructure.

o Supervisorsandfirmsmustanalyzethecompensationstructuretoseeifitencouragesprofitsattheexpenseofethicalbehavior.

o Is“how”profitsaregeneratedgivenlessimportancethan“howmuch”profitsaremadeforthefirm?

StandardV:InvestmentAnalysis,Recommendations,andActions

StandardV(A)DiligenceandReasonableBasis

MembersandCandidatesmust:

1. Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestments,makinginvestmentrecommendations,andtakinginvestmentactions.

Page 46: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 45

2. Haveareasonableandadequatebasis,supportedbyappropriateresearchandinvestigation,foranyinvestmentanalysis,recommendation,oraction.

Interpretation:

Thelevelofdiligenceandthoroughnessofresearchdependsontheinvestmentphilosophythemember/firmisfollowingandtheroleofthememberintheinvestmentdecision‐makingprocess.

Guidance: Definediligenceandreasonablebasis. Whenusingsecondaryorthird‐partyresearch(researchconductedbysomeoneoutside

themember’sfirm)makereasonableeffortstoensurethird‐partyresearchissound. Ensurethefirmhasapolicyaboutperiodicreviewofapprovedthird‐partyresearch

providers.Ifnot,youmustencouragethefirmtoadoptaformalreviewpractice. Youmayrelyonthejudgmentofothers(seniormanagers)inyourfirmifyoubelievethe

duediligencedonebythemwasadequate. Whenusingquantitativelyorientedresearch,ensurethesoundnessofmodels.Youare

notexpectedtobecomeanexpertineverytechnicalaspectofthemodels,butyoumustunderstandthedata,parameters,assumptions,andlimitationsofthesemodels.Testtheoutputofthesemodelsundervariousscenariosbeforedistributingtheproduct.Ensurethatthemodelincludesabroadrangeofscenarios–evenhigh‐riskandpotentiallynegativeoutcomesthatarenotcommonlyencountered.

Developingquantitativelyorientedtechniques:Ifyouareinvolvedindevelopingnewmodels/algorithms,thenyoumustexercisehigherdiligenceinreviewingnewproductsthanindividualswhowouldusethesemodels.Includedataforbothpositiveandnegativeeconomiccycles.Testmodelsusingadversevolatilityandperformanceexpectations.Testthemodelforawiderangeofinputexpectations.

Selectingexternaladvisersandsub‐advisers:Ifyouareusingexternaladviserstomanageaspecificmandate,thenyoumustdiligentlyreviewthemjustasyouwouldanindividualfund/security.Reviewifthepublishedreturninformationisaccurate.Understandtheadviser’scomplianceprocedures,investmentprocess,andifhe/sheadherestothestatedstrategy.

Groupresearchanddecisionmaking:Often,membersandcandidatesarepartofagroupthatcollectivelyproducesaninvestmentanalysisorresearch.Thegrouparrivesataconsensusandgivesarecommendation.Thenamesofthemembersareincludedinthereport.Ifyoudonotagreetothefinalrecommendation,butbelievethatconsensusopinionhasareasonableandadequatebasis,andisindependentandobjective,thenyouneednotdissociateyourselforaskthatyournameberemovedfromthereport.

Page 47: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 46

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Establishapolicythatresearchreportsmusthaveareasonableandadequatebasis.

Eitheranindividualorareviewcommitteeconsistingofagroupofemployeesmustbeappointedtoreviewthereportbeforeitiscirculatedtotheoutsideworld.

Developwrittenguidanceforanalysts,supervisoryanalysts,andreviewcommitteethatoutlineduediligenceproceduresifarecommendationhasareasonableandadequatebasis.

Developcriteriaforassessingthequalityofresearch. Developwrittenguidancefortestingofallcomputer‐basedmodels. Developmeasurablecriteriaforassessingoutsideproviders.Thisrelatestothe

guidelinesforusingexternal/thirdpartyresearch(wesawthisintheprevioussection).

StandardV(B)CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients

MembersandCandidatesmust:

1. Disclose to clients and prospective clients the basic format and general principles of theinvestment processes they use to analyze investments, select securities, and constructportfolios, and must promptly disclose any changes that might materially affect thoseprocesses.

2. Disclosetoclientsandprospectiveclientssignificantlimitationsandrisksassociatedwiththeinvestmentprocess.

3. Use reasonable judgment in identifying which factors are important to their investmentanalyses, recommendations, or actions, and include those factors in communicationwithclientsandprospectiveclients.

4. Distinguish between fact and opinion in the presentation of investment analyses andrecommendations.

Interpretation:

Thisstandardemphasizestheneedforcommunicatingclearlyandfrequentlywithclients.Itisimportanttocommunicatetoclientswhatfactorstheyconsideredwhilemakingtherecommendation.Ifthereisachangeintheriskcharacteristicsofasecurityorasset,thenthismustalsobecommunicated.

Guidance: Informingclientsoftheinvestmentprocess:Describeyour/firm’sinvestmentdecision‐

makingprocesstotheclient.Thismustincludetheprosandcons,risksandlimitationsoftheprocess.o Justcommunicatingthefinalrecommendation(forinstance,buy/sellasecurity)to

theclientisnotsufficient.Youmustexplaininsimplelanguagetheinvestmentprocess.

o Ifthereisanychangeintheprocess,informtheclient.o Communicatetotheclientifanyexternaladvisersarebeingusedfortheirexpertise

tomanageaspecificstrategy.

Page 48: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 47

Differentformsofcommunication:Communicationisnotrestrictedtotraditionalwrittenreport.Itcouldbein‐personmeetings,e‐mail,telephoneconversation,etc.o Careshouldbetakenwhencommunicatingthroughsocialmedia.o Iftherecommendationisconcise(stock‐list),thenyoumustnotifyclientsthat

additionalinformationwillsoonbemadeavailable. Identifyingriskandlimitations:Disclosetoclientstherisksandlimitationsofthe

investmentprocess/product. Reportpresentation:Inthereportincludethoseelementsthatwereimportantfor

analysisandconclusion. Distinctionbetweenfactsandopinionsinreports:Assumeyouarerecommendinga

sugarstockbecauseyoubelievethatthegovernmentwillraisetheexportquotalimit.But,thishasnotbeendoneyet;so,itisjustyouropinion.Youmustdistinguishbetweenfactsandopinionbystatingthisisanopinion.However,forinstance,ifyouwerepresentingtheperformanceofthepastthreequarters,thenthiswouldbeafact.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance:

Theinformationincluded/excludedinresearchreportsvariesgiventhediversenatureofclientsandinvestmentassets.Thereisnospecificchecklistforwhatmustbeincluded.But,firmsmusthavearigorousmethodologytoreviewresearchmeantfordisseminationtoclients.

StandardV(C)RecordRetention

MembersandCandidatesmustdevelopandmaintainappropriaterecordstosupporttheirinvestmentanalyses,recommendations,actions,andotherinvestment‐relatedcommunicationswithclientsandprospectiveclients.

Interpretation:

Membersandcandidatesmustretainrecordsthatsupporttheirresearch,analysis,andconclusion.Whatrecordstomaintaindependsonthememberinvolvedinthedecision‐makingprocess.Recordscanbemaintainedeitherinhardcopyorelectronicformat.

Guidance: Newmediarecords:Itisthemember’s/candidate’sresponsibilitytomaintainarecordof

informationposted/discussedinsocialmediaevenifthefirmdoesnothavearecordretentionpolicyyet.Examplesincludetwitter/blogposts,Facebookupdates,etc.

Recordscreatedaspartofanyprofessionalactivityarethepropertyofthefirm;ifamemberdecidestoleavethefirm,he/shecannottaketherecordsorsupportingdocumentswithouttheconsentofthepreviousemployer.

Memberscannotreusehistoricalresearchreportsifthesupportingdocumentationisnotavailable.

Everycountry/jurisdictionwhereyouoperatemayhavecertainrulesforhowmuchdatatoretain.Forinstance,acountry’sregulatormaycallforretainingdataforthepastfive

Page 49: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 48

years.Similarly,firmsmayalsohavepoliciesforretainingresearch/communicationrecords.CFAInstituterecommendsretainingrecordsforatleastsevenyears.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Theresponsibilitytomaintainrecordsthatsupportinvestmentactiongenerallyfalls

withthefirmratherthanindividuals. Youshouldarchiveresearchnotesandotherdocumentsthatsupportinvestment‐related

communications. Ifthefirmhaspoliciesandprocedurestofacilitaterecordretention,thenyoumustfollow

them.Ifnot,youmustencourageyourfirmtoadoptpoliciesforpreservingrecords.

StandardVI:ConflictsofInterest

StandardVI(A)DisclosureofConflicts

MembersandCandidatesmustmakefullandfairdisclosureofallmattersthatcouldreasonablybeexpectedtoimpairtheirindependenceandobjectivityorinterferewithrespectivedutiestotheirclients,prospectiveclients,oremployer.MembersandCandidatesmustensurethatsuchdisclosuresareprominent,aredeliveredinplainlanguage,andcommunicatetherelevantinformationeffectively.

Interpretation:

Conflictsoccuroftenintheinvestmentprofession.Theyoccurbetweentheinterestsofclients,interestsofemployers,ortheycouldbeyourownpersonalinterests.Disclosetheconflictofinterestinplainlanguagetoemployer,clients,orprospectiveclients.

Guidance: Disclosureofconflictstoemployers.Someexamples:

o Assumeyouareworkinginaninvestmentmanagementfirm.Youmanageaclient’sportfoliothathasperformedextremelywell.Theclientishappyandwishestocompensateyouforthisperformance.Thisisaconflictofinterestwithotherclientsandyoumustdisclosethistoyouremployer.

o Assumeyouvolunteeratacharityorganizationthatisinnowayrelatedtoyourwork,andyouarenotpaidforit.However,youarepassionateabouttheworkyoudoatthischaritywhichkeepsyoubusyonweekendsandmentallyoccupiedduringtheweek,andisdeprivingyouremployerofyourskills.Youmustdisclosethispotentialconflictofinteresttoyouremployer.

o Assumeyouholdstocksinyourpersonalaccountforwhichyourfirmhasabuyrecommendationandissuitableformanyclients.Thismaycreateaconflictofinterest.

Firmscreatepoliciestopreventactionsthatmayappearasaconflictofinterest.Policiesincluderestrictionsonpersonaltrading,outsideboardmembership,etc.

Page 50: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 49

Disclosuretoclients:Therearenumerousinstanceswhereaconflictofinterestexists;theseshouldbedisclosedtoclientssothattheyunderstandthecostoftheirinvestmentsandthebenefitsreceivedbythefirm.Afewinstancesarehighlightedbelow:o AssumeyouholdstocksofGeneralElectric(GE).Youareaskingyourclienttobuy

sharesofGE;itmaycreateapotentialconflictofinterestas,ifyourclientbuysandthestockpriceincreases,youwillbenefitfromthemovement.

o Youreceivecompensation(1%commission)fromyouremployerwhenyourecommendcertainmutualfunds.Youmustdisclosethistotheclientastheclientmaybelievethisrecommendationiskeepingtheclient’sbestinterestsinmind.Followingthedisclosure,theclientmaydecidewhetherthemutualfundissuitableornot.

o AssumeyouissueabuyrecommendationonGeneralElectricandrecommendyourclienttobuythestock.Ifyourfirmalsohasaninvestmentbankingrelationship,forinstance,thenitmustbedisclosedtotheclient.Theclientcanthendecideifitisinhisbestinterest,ortheinterestofthefirmandGE.

Cross‐departmentalconflicts:Assumeyouarearesearchanalyst(sell‐sideanalyst)workingatabrokeragefirm.Yourfirmhasaninvestmentbankingdepartment,andmaypressurizeyoutowritefavorablereportsforcompanieswithwhomtheyhaveanexistingrelationshiporaretryingtoforgeone.Ideally,existingcompaniesshouldbeonarestrictedlist.But,ifthatisnotpossible,thenyoumustmakeadisclosureoftheinvestmentbankingrelationshipintherecommendationreport.Anotherexamplewheresuchconflictsmayariseisbuy‐sideanalyst/bankswithunderwritingpowers.

Conflictswithstockownership:Membersandcandidatesmustdiscloseanymaterialownershipinastock/investmentthattheyarerecommendingtoclients.

Conflictsasadirector:Therearethreepossibleconflictsofinterestifyouareaninvestmentprofessionalandservingasadirectorofacompany:o Dutiesowedtoclientsanddutiesowedtoshareholdersofthecompany.o Asadirector,youmayreceivesecurities/optionstopurchasesecuritiesofthe

companyascompensation.Aconflictmayariseiftradinginthesesecuritiesincreasesthevalueofthesecurity.

o Asadirector,youmaybeprivytomaterialnonpublicinformationaboutthecompany.Theremaybeaperceptionthatthedirectorcommunicatesthisinformationtohisfirmandinvestmentrecommendationsarebasedonthatinformation.

Recommendedproceduresforcompliance: Disclosespecialcompensationarrangementswiththeemployerthatmightconflictwith

clientinterests,suchasbonusesbasedonshort‐termperformancecriteria,commissions,incentivefees,performancefees,andreferralfees.

Ifthefirmdoesnotpermitsuchdisclosure,youshoulddocumenttherequestandconsiderdissociatingfromtheactivity.Forexample,ifyoureceivea1%bonusfromyour

Page 51: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 50

firmforsellingcertainmutualfundsandyourfirmdoesnotpermitdisclosingthiscompensation,thenyoushouldconsiderdissociatingfromtheactivity.

StandardVI(B)PriorityofTransactions

InvestmenttransactionsforclientsandemployersmusthavepriorityoverinvestmenttransactionsinwhichaMemberorCandidateisthebeneficialowner.

Interpretation:

Ifyouaretradingforyourownaccount,thenyouarethebeneficialowner.But,assumethetransactionhappensinyourchildren’sorspouse’saccount.Eventhoughthoseaccountsarenotinyourname,youbenefitfromthemandyouarethebeneficialowner.Theaccounthereappliestoanyaccountwithwhomyouhaveadirectrelationship.

Guidance: Avoidingpotentialconflicts:Conflictsbetweenclient’sinterestandinvestment

professional’sinterestmayoccur.Thereisnothingunethicalaboutmanagers,advisers,ormutualfundemployeesmakingmoneyfrompersonalinvestmentsaslongastheyfollowthesethreerules:o Theclientisnotdisadvantagedbythetrade.Forexample,ifyouareexecutingasell

trade,thenitshouldnotaffectyourclientsinanyway.o Theinvestmentprofessionaldoesnotbenefitpersonallyfromtradesundertaken

forclients.o Theinvestmentprofessionalcomplieswithapplicableregulatoryrequirements.

Personaltradingsecondarytotradingforclients:Theorderofexecutingtradesis:clients,employers,andthenyourpersonalaccount,oroneinwhichyouarethebeneficialowner.Therationaleistopreventpersonaltransactionsfromadverselyaffectingtheinterestsofclientsoremployers.

Impactonallaccountswithbeneficialownership:MembersandCandidatesmayundertaketransactionsinaccountsforwhichtheyareabeneficialowner,onlyaftertheirclientsandemployershavehadanadequateopportunitytoactonarecommendation.Forexample,assumeyouareworkingasaninvestmentmanagerandyourgroupmadeabuyrecommendationonastock.Theclientmustgetthefirstopportunitytoactontherecommendation,thentheemployer,andthenyou.

Howshouldfamilyaccountsbetreated?:Assumeaclosefamilymemberisaclient.He/sheshouldreceivethesamelevelofserviceasanyotherclient.Ifyouhaveabeneficialrelationshipinthefee‐payingaccount,thenyoumaybesubjecttopreclearanceorreportingrequirementsoftheemployer.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: LimitedparticipationinequityIPOs:SomeIPO(initialpublicofferings)issuesarehighly

soughtafterandthesharepricerisesinvaluesignificantlyaftertheissueisbroughttothemarket.Usually,itisahotIPOifthesupplyislimitedandthedemandishigh.

Page 52: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 51

PurchaseoftheIPObyinvestmentprofessionalscreatesaconflictofinterestintwoways:o Itmayappearasifinvestmentpersonnelaretakingtheopportunityawayfrom

clientsforpersonalgain.Forexample,assumebothyouandyourclientareallotted200sharesinanIPO.Theclienthadappliedfor400butonlygot200.Allotmenttoyouraccountwillmakeitseemasifsomeopportunitywastakenawayfromtheclientforyourgain.

o ThepartythatisgivingtheinvestmentprofessionalthisopportunitytoparticipateintheIPOispossiblytryingtoinfluencehim/herinthefutureinvestmentdecisions.

Itisrecommendedthatmembersandcandidatesshouldpre‐clearparticipationinIPOsevenwherethereisnoappearanceofconflictofinterest,andstayawayfromequityIPOs.Fromafirm’sperspective,itmaynotberighttofollowablanketpolicythatbansemployeesfromIPOs.Instead,itwouldbeappropriatetohavereliableandsystematicproceduresinplacetoidentifyanyconflictofinterest,anddealtwithbysupervisors.

Restrictionsonprivateplacements:Privateplacementsaretransactionswhereyougetsharesofacompanythroughaprivateoffering,andnotthroughapublicoffering.TheconflictofinteresthereissimilartothatofIPOsasitmayseemthatthisparticipationinprivateplacementisafavorforfuturebusinessdeals.Assumeyouhaveparticipatedinaprivateplacement.Whentheinvestmentgoespublic,itmayseemasifyouhaveavestedinterestifyourecommendtheinvestmenttoclientsregardlessofitssuitability.

Establishblackout/restrictedperiods:Topreventfrontrunning(thepracticeoftradingforone’spersonalaccountbeforeclientaccounts),firmshaveblackoutperiodsduringwhichinvestmentpersonnelcannottradefortheirpersonalaccounts.Thisistosafeguardtheinterestsoftheclients.Thepolicyonblackoutandrestrictedperiodsvariesfromfirmtofirmdependingontheirsize.Itcanrangefromatotalbanontradingtopreventingtheinvestmentmanagerfromfrontrunning.

Supervisorsmustestablishreportingproceduresforinvestmentpersonnel.Forexample:o Disclosureofholdingsinwhichtheemployeehasabeneficialinterest:Thisshould

bedoneatthebeginningofemploymentandatleastannuallythereafter.o Providingduplicateconfirmationsoftransactions:Investmentpersonnelmust

directtheirbrokerstoprovideduplicatecopiesofallthesecuritiestransactionsdonewiththem.Itservestwopurposes:a)discouragesunethicalbehaviorbecausethereisanindependentverificationb)acleartransactionhistoryandflowofmoneyisavailable,andnotjusttheholdings.

o Preclearanceprocedures:Obtainingclearanceforplannedtradeshelpsreduceconflictofinterest.

Membersandcandidatesmustdisclosetoinvestorstheirfirm’spoliciesaboutpersonalinvesting/trading.Itshouldbeinsimplelanguagethatinvestorscanunderstand.

Page 53: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 52

StandardVI(C)ReferralFees

MembersandCandidatesmustdisclosetotheiremployer,clients,andprospectiveclients,asappropriate,anycompensation,consideration,orbenefitreceivedfromorpaidtoothersfortherecommendationofproductsorservices.

Interpretation: Assumeyouprovideequityinvestmentadvisoryservicetoaclient.Theclientisnow

interestedinmakingfixedincomeinvestmentsaswell.So,yourefersomeoneprovidingthisservicetotheclient.Youreceiveafeeforthisfromtheperson/firmgivingfixedincomeadvice.Asperthisstandard,youmustdisclosethefeeyougetforthereferral.

Anotherexampleiswhereyourecommendyourclienttopurchaseamutualfund,andthefundpaysyouacommission.Youmustdisclosethisarrangementtotheclientsothathe/shecanunderstandthefullcostoftheinvestmentandthebenefityouarereceiving.

Sayyoureceiveareferencefromsomeone/firm,andyoupayareferralfeetothepartyintroducingtheclient.Youmustdisclosetotheclientthefeepaidforthisreferral.

Guidance: Advisetheclientorprospectiveclientaboutanyreferralfeesbeforeenteringintoany

formalagreement. Disclosethenatureoftheconsiderationorbenefit.Forexample,flatfeeorpercentage

basis,one‐timefee,orcontinuingbenefitbasedonperformancemustbedisclosed.

RecommendedProceduresforCompliance: Encourageyouremployertodevelopproceduresrelatedtoreferralfees.Thefirmmay

completelyrestrictsuchfees. Provideclientsnotificationofapprovedreferralfeeprogramsandprovidetheemployer

regular(atleastquarterly)updatesontheamountandnatureofcompensationreceived.

StandardVII:ResponsibilitiesasaCFAInstituteMemberorCFACandidate

StandardVII(A)ConductasParticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms

MembersandCandidatesmustnotengageinanyconductthatcompromisesthereputationorintegrityofCFAInstituteortheCFAdesignationortheintegrity,validity,orsecurityofCFAInstituteprograms.

Interpretation: ThisstandardcoverstheconductofCFAInstituteandMembersinvolvedwiththeCFA

Program. CFAInstituteprogramsincludetheCFAprogram,certificateininvestmentperformance

measurement(CIPM),andtheClaritas®InvestmentCertificate.

Page 54: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 53

ThestandardcoversmanyaspectssuchascheatingonanyCFAInstituteexaminations,violatingthetestingpolicies,disclosingconfidentialexaminformationtothepublic,andimproperlyusinganyassociationwiththeCFAInstitutetofurtherpersonalorprofessionalgoals.

Guidance: Confidentialprograminformation:Candidatesmaydiscussnon‐confidentialinformation

andcurriculummaterialwithotherswhilepreparingfortheexam.Examplesofinformationthatcannotbedisclosedinclude:o Specificdetailsofquestionsappearingintheexam.o Discussingwhatareasorformulasweretestedontheexam.

AdditionalCFAprogramrestrictions:o Thereareadditionalpoliciesthatdefineallowedanddisallowedactionsduringthe

exam.Testingpoliciesincludecalculatorpolicy(onlytwocalculatorsareallowed)andthepersonalbelongingspolicy.

o MembersmayparticipateasvolunteersinvariousaspectsoftheCFAprogramsuchasgrading,administering,ordevelopingtheexam.Buttheyarenotallowedto: Discloseanymaterialappearingontheexam. Howquestionsarescored. Anyinformationontheexamprocess.

Expressinganopinion:MembersarefreetoexpresstheiropinionordiscontentwithCFAInstituteregardingitspoliciesandprocedures.Forexample,ifyousaytheexamwasnotagoodrepresentationofthecurriculum,thenitisnotaviolationofthestandard.However,ifyoudiscussspecifictopicsorquestions,thenitisaviolation.

StandardVII(B)ReferencetoCFAInstitute,CFADesignation,andCFAProgram

WhenreferringtoCFAInstitute,CFAInstitutemembership,theCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAprogram,MembersandCandidatesmustnotmisrepresentorexaggeratethemeaningoforimplicationsofmembershipinCFAInstitute,holdingtheCFAdesignation,orcandidacyintheCFAprogram.

Interpretation: ItisnotintendedtoprohibitfactualstatementsrelatedtothebenefitsofearningtheCFA

designation. However,themeritsofCFAInstitute,theCFAProgram,andtheCodeandStandardsmust

beexpressedastheopinionofthespeaker. Thisstandardappliestoallformsofcommunication. ItisnotallowedtostatethatsomeonewithaCFAdesignationwillexhibitsuperior

performance.

Page 55: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 54

Guidance: CFAInstitutemembership:CFAInstitutememberreferstoregular/affiliatemembersof

theCFAInstitutewhohavefulfilledthefollowingmembershiprequirements:o RemitannuallytoCFAInstituteacompletedProfessionalConductStatement.o AnnuallypayCFAInstitutemembershipdues.

UsingtheCFAdesignation:OnceyouhaveearnedtherighttousetheCFAdesignation,youmustfollowtherulesassociatedwiththeusageofthedesignation.CFAcharterholdersareindividualswhohaveearnedthisrightbycompletingtheCFAprogramandhavetherequiredyearsofworkexperience.Theymustalsosatisfythemembershiprequirementsinordertousethedesignation.

ReferringtocandidacyintheCFAprogram:CandidatesmayrefertotheirparticipationintheCFAprogram.Apersonisacandidateifthepersonappearsforaspecifiedexaminationaftercompletingtheregistrationprocessorthepersonhasappearedforaspecifiedexamination,buttheresultsareyettobeannounced.

MembersandcandidatesmustencouragetheirfirmstocreatetemplatesconsistentwithstandardVII(B).

Instructor’sNote:ThisisthemostimportantreadinginEthicsandwillrepresentamajorpercentageoftheEthicsquestionsontheExam.Todowellonthistopicyoushouldcarefullystudyalltheexamples(ApplicationsoftheStandard)inthecurriculumandalsodoasmanypracticequestionsaspossible.

Page 56: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 55

Summary

LO.a:DemonstratetheapplicationoftheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConducttosituationsinvolvingissuesofprofessionalintegrity.

Readthe“ApplicationoftheStandard”segmentforeachstandardinthecurriculum.

LO.b:DistinguishbetweenconductthatconformstotheCodeandStandardsandconductthatviolatestheCodeandStandards.

LO.c:RecommendpracticesandproceduresdesignedtopreventviolationsoftheCodeofEthicsandStandardsofProfessionalConduct.

1.A.Knowledgeofthelaw

Understandapplicablelawandrules.Complywiththemorestrictlaw.Donotknowinglyparticipate/disassociatefromsuchactivity.

1.B.Independenceandobjectivity

Usereasonablecareandjudgment.Maintainindependenceandobjectivity.Donotoffer/solicitgifts.

1.C.Misrepresentation Donotmisrepresentfacts/performancereports.Avoidplagiarism.Donotomitfacts.

1.D.Misconduct Aimedatprofessionallife;actslikelying,cheating,andstealingaffectprofessionalreputation/integrity.

2.A.MaterialNonpublicInformation

Donotactorcauseotherstoactonmaterialnonpublicinformation.Achievepublicdissemination.Notaviolation:MosaicTheory=materialpublicinformation+nonmaterialnonpublicinformation.

2.B.MarketManipulation

Information‐basedmanipulation:Blogs,othermediatoinflatestockprices.Transaction‐basedmanipulation:Makeasecuritytoappearmoreliquid.

3.A.Loyalty,PrudenceandCare

Usereasonablecareandexerciseprudentjudgment.Placeclient’sinterestsbeforeyouremployeroryourinterests.Softdollarsshouldbenefittheclient.Striveforbestexecution.

3.B.FairDealing Dealfairlyandobjectivelywithallclients.Note:itdoesnotstateequallybecauseofdifferentlevelsofservice.Fee‐payingfamilymembershouldbetreatednodifferentthananyotherclient.Disseminatereportswithoutbeingpartial.Sametimeisnotpossiblebecauseofdifferentmodesofcommunication.

3.C.Suitability DevelopIPS.Understandclient’sriskprofile.UpdateIPSperiodically.

3.D.PerformancePresentation

Donotmisstateperformance.Ensureperformanceinformationisfair,accurateandcomplete.

Page 57: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 56

3.E.PreservationofConfidentiality

Maintainconfidentialityofcurrent,formerandprospectiveclientsunless:a)lawmandatesdisclosureb)illegalactivitiesbyclientc)clientpermitsdisclosure.

4.A.Loyalty Avoidfrontrunning.Getwrittenconsentfromemployerbeforestartinganindependentpractice.Youcannottakeproprietaryinformation,clientlistsofthepreviousemployer.

4.B.AdditionalCompensationArrangements

Donotacceptgifts,benefits,orcompensationthatwillcreateaconflictofinterest.

4.C.ResponsibilitiesofSupervisors

Ensureanyoneunderyoursupervisioncomplieswithapplicablelaws,rules,regulations,andCodeandStandards.

5.A.DiligenceandReasonableBasis

Exercisediligence,independence,andthoroughnessinanalyzinginvestmentsandmakingrecommendations.Bediligentandhaveareasonablebasis,evenwhenusingsecondaryorthird‐partyresearch.

5.B.CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients

Disclosetoclientstheinvestmentprocess.Identifyrisksandlimitations.Distinguishbetweenfactandopinion.

5.C.RecordRetention Maintainrecordsthatsupportyouranalysisandresearch.CodeandStandardsrecommendstoringrecordsforatleastsevenyears.

6.A.DisclosureofConflicts

Makefullandfairdisclosureofmattersthatmayimpairindependenceandobjectivity.Disclosuretobemadeinplainlanguage.Exofconflicts:stockownership,director,crossdepartmental(IB/research)conflicts.

6.B.PriorityofTransactions

Anyaccountfromwhichyoubenefitmakesyouthebeneficialowner.Personaltradingsecondarytotradingforclients.Establishblackoutperiodstopreventfrontrunning.LimitparticipationinIPO.

6.C.ReferralFees Disclosereferralfeetoclients,prospectiveclients,andemployers.

7.A.ConductasparticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms

Keepquestions,examinformationconfidential.Complywithprogramrestriction.Youmayexpressanopiniononthedifficultyofexam,curriculumetc.

7.B.ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAprogram

Payannualduesandfillprofessionalconductstatementtoclaimmembership.Referencestopartialdesignationnotallowed(CFA,Level1).CFAmarkcanbeusedifyou’veclearedallthreelevelsandfulfilledthemembershiprequirements.

Page 58: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 57

PracticeQuestions

1. NargisDilawez,CFA,worksasanindependentresearchanalystandusesvariousonlinesocialmedia sites tomake announcements, recommendations, and analyses of varioussecurities.SheisaresidentofCountrySwherethereisnolawagainstpostingofcommentsandopinions, but since her views are read globally she isworried about regulators incertaincountrieswhoimposerestrictionsandrequirementsononlinecommunications.AccordingtotheStandards,Dilawezshould:A. continue to post her comments since her resident country does not impose any

regulatoryrestrictions.B. discontinue immediately and wait for the restrictions to ease in the nonresident

countries.C. seek guidance from appropriate, knowledgeable, and reliable sources to diligently

followlegalandregulatorytrendsaffectingherprofessionalresponsibilities.2. WynonaFritzworksforBradyBrokerageasafixedincomeanalyst.Sheisalsoregistered

to take the Level III examination.After analyzing both the qualitative andquantitativeaspectsofSaberInc.,Fritzconcludesthatthecompanyisnotcorrectlyratedbythecreditratingagencyandshouldbedowngradeddue to the leverage in itscapital structure.AseniormanagerfromtheinvestmentbankingdepartmentinformsherthatSaberInc.haschosenBradyBrokerageasoneof the firms tounderwriteandmarket theirnewbondissue. Fritz is concerned that her report will cause the company to terminate theirrelationshipwith Brady and affect her employment. According to the Standards, Fritzshould:A. dissociatefromthereport,theunderwriting,andtheclient.B. be independent and objective in her analysis based solely on the company’s

fundamentals.C. changeherrecommendationaboutthecreditratingtoremovetheconflict.

3. JulieGrosky,CFA,worksforHarvestMutualFundwhereshemanagesafixed‐incomefund.

Inahastilycompiledperformancereview,Groskyreportstoherclientsthatherfundhasexceededthebenchmarkby0.20%.StuartBrennanisaclientofHarvest,whowritesbackto inform Grosky that the fund actually underperformed the benchmark. Groskyincorrectly blames the error on a computer program newly implemented at Harvest.GroskyleastlikelyviolatedtheStandardrelatingto:A. Misrepresentation.B. Misconduct.C. IndependenceandObjectivity.

4. SteveMiller is enrolled as a candidate in the CFA Program. Heworks as an assistant

manager in Trust Investment Bank. He enjoys drinking liquor during his lunch break.

Page 59: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 58

Miller’scolleagueshavenoticedthatheisvisiblyintoxicatedafterthelunchbreakandisnot in a position tomake rational investment decisions.Millermost likely violates theStandardof:A. Misconduct.B. KnowledgeoftheLaw.C. DisclosureofConflicts.

5. Isaac Dobrogost, a candidate in the CFA Program,works as an investment advisor for

ZenithMutualFund.Heisinvitedbyoneofhisclients,SaharaInc.(SI),amanufacturingcompany,tomeetwiththefinancedirectoralongwithafewlargestakeholdersofSI.InthemeetingDobrogostfindsoutthatthecompanyisgoingthroughaleanperiodandwillannounceadecreaseinearningsintheirnextquarterfinancialresults.CanDobrogostusethisinformationtochangetheratingofthecompanyfrom“buy”to“sell”?A. No.B. Yes,becausethisinformationisgivendirectlybythecompany.C. Yes,becauseithasbeendisseminatedtotheotherstakeholdersaswell.

6. Weinberg Inc., a global asset management company, has a large position in Wessner

Pharma.Thetradingvolumeofthisstockislow.Inordertoboosttheliquidityofthestock,multiple tradingdesksatWeinburgstartbuyingandsellingWessnershares fromeachother.TheCFAInstituteStandardmostlikelyviolatedbyWeinbergis:A. MarketManipulation.B. Misconduct.C. ActingonNonPublicInformation.

7. JaniceMcDowell,CFA,isthechiefinvestmentofficerofZenithInvestmentBankandwants

toimprovethediversificationofoneofitsbalancedfundsinordertoimproveitsreturns.Theinvestmentpolicystatementofthefundmentionslowriskinvestmentsinlarge‐capequities,governmentbondsofAAratings,andcorporatebondsofhighinvestmentgraderatings.However,anewIPOofferingofasmallpharmaceuticalcompanywithhighgrowthpotential promises high returns since the issue is being offered at a discount. Heimmediatelyallocatessomeportionoftheissuetohisfundwithoutexceedingthelimitonthe equity exposure of this fund. McDowell has least likely violated the CFA InstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductrelatingto:A. Loyalty,prudenceandcare.B. Suitability.C. Fairdealing.

8. EileenConnorsisachieftraderforAscotInvestments,amoneymanagementfirm.Shehas

beentoldrecentlybyhermostlucrativeclient,ShelbyCompany,thatiftheperformanceofitsaccountsdidnotimprovetheywillbeforcedtochangetheirmoneymanagers.Connors

Page 60: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 59

haspurchasedcertainsecuritiesafewdaysback,whosepricehasgoneupsignificantly.Shehas failed to allocate these trades due to her busy schedule. After the threat fromShelby,shedecidestoallocatetheprofitabletradestoShelby’saccount,whilespreadingthelosingtradestootherAscot’saccounts.HasConnorsviolatedanyStandard?A. Yes,relatedtoFairDealing.B. No.C. Yes,relatedtoDiligenceandReasonableBasis.

9. JessicaMoralesworks as an investment adviser for Chris Crosby, amiddle‐aged, risk‐

averseinvestor.Aspertheinvestmentpolicystatement,Moralesinvestsinlow‐risk,high‐incomeequities forCrosbykeeping inmindhis currentneedsandobjectives.RecentlyCrosby’s mother passed away leaving him with a significant inheritance. Moralescontinuestoinvestasbeforewithoutanychangeintheinvestmentstrategy.AccordingtotheCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConduct,Moralesshould:A. stayabreastofchangesintheclient’snetworthandaccordinglyupdatetheinvestment

policytoreflectchangesininvestmentobjectives.B. considerthelong‐termaspectofMorales’investmentsandcontinuewiththecurrent

strategy.C. keepchangingtheassetallocationsinlinewithmarketchanges.

10. SaminaHaq a CFA candidate,works for SuperiorTrust Company.While reviewing the

performanceofoneofthetrustfunds,shefindsoutthatthetrustfundhasonanaverageperformedat5%forthelastthreeyears,yetthebrochureofherfundadvertisesanannualcompoundgrowthrateof20%whichhappenedonlyinthepastyear.Italsoboastsofaconsistent increment in the investmentvalueabove theentiremarket,whichalso tookplaceduringlastyear.Haq’shighestpriorityinavoidingaviolationoftheCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductisto:A. correcttheperformancecalculationandlengthoftime.B. continuewiththeadvertisementsinceitdidriseabovethemarket.C. usethefirm’saveragerateofreturninhermarketingmaterialforallaccounts.

11. PenelopeCoxisemployedbyJameasonInvestment,andprovidesinvestmentadvicetothe

trusteesofSYUUniversityinordertorecommendinvestmentsthatwouldgeneratecapitalappreciationinendowmentfunds.Coxhasbeengiveninternalreportsbythetrusteesthathighlight theexpansionof theuniversity.Cox isapproachedbyBradleyCooper,a localphilanthropistwhoisconsideringagenerouscontributiontoSYUandanotheruniversityinthearea,buthewouldliketoseetheexpansionplansofSYUbeforemakingthedonation.CoxknowsthathedoesnotwanttospeaktothetrusteeshenceshegivesacopyoftheinternalreporttoCooper.HasCoxviolatedtheCodeandStandards?A. No.B. Yes,preservationofconfidentiality.

Page 61: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 60

C. Yes,loyalty.12. LaraWhitman,CFA,workedforRapidResultsBrokerageCompany(RRBC)asatrader.She

recently resigned her position as a trader to join another competing investment andbrokerage firm.Whitmandidnotsignanynon‐competeagreementwhileatRRBC thatwouldhavepreventedherfromsolicitingformerclients.Whitman,however,hadsavedherclientlistandrecords,whileworkingatRRBC,inherpersonalcomputerathomeasasecond copy. She accesses this file to contact her former clients in her new job. TheStandardmostlikelyviolatedis:A. Loyalty.B. DutiestoClients.C. CommunicationswithClientsandProspectiveClients.

13. RobertBlakeisontheboardofdirectorsofRiceIndustriesandreceivesfreeticketsatthe

endofeachquarterforhisentirefamilytotraveltoanycityoftheirchoiceinEuropeforhisservicestotheboard.Blakedoesnotdisclosethisinformationtohisemployersinceitis not a monetary compensation. Has Blake violated any CFA Institute Standards ofProfessionalConduct?A. No.B. Yes,hehastoinformhisemployerofthebenefithereceives.C. Yes,becausehehasboughtstockofRiceforsomeofhisclientswhereappropriate.

14. AnnaBeckerisemployedbyJergenInvestmentManagementCompany(JIMC).Beckerisa

Level II candidate and is the only CFA candidate employed by JIMC. Becker is givensupervisoryresponsibilitiesofthecompliancedepartmentandaskedtoreviewthefirm’scompliancepoliciesandprocedures,whichshefindsinadequate.ShevoicesherconcernsduringameetingwiththeCEOwhotellshertosubmitherrecommendationsinareport,butthesewillnotbeimplementedsincethefirmisundergoingachangeinstructureandnocompliancechangeswillbeentertainedtillthen.AccordingtotheCodeandStandards,Beckershould:A. declinetoacceptsupervisoryresponsibilities.B. accept supervisory responsibilities and lay down the compliance policies and

proceduresforfuture.C. waittillanewstructureisimplementedandthenreviewtheentirefirm.

15. GregLouhasbeenaskedbyhisfirm,BinkleyInvestmentManagement,tofindanadviser

foroneof its fundswhich invests inderivativesandcomplexsecurities.Louselects12firmsbasedontheirannualtotalreturnperformanceandfinalizesontheadviserwiththehighestannualtotalreturn.WhichCFAInstituteStandardsofProfessionalConductdidLouviolate?A. CommunicationswithClientsandProspectiveClients.

Page 62: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 61

B. ProfessionalMisconduct.C. DiligenceandReasonableBasis.

16. AlexKarachanis,CFA,isanindependentfinancialadvisorwitharosterofover100clients.

Alongwithadvisoryservices,healsofacilitatesinexecutingthetradesforhisclientsandmanagestheirportfolio.AdoniaPapadakissignedupAlexinNovember2013toadviseandmanageher portfolio.After detaileddiscussions onAdonia’s circumstances and returnrequirements,itwasagreedthatonlylarge‐capequityinvestmentswillbemade.Inmid‐2013Alexfeltthatlarge‐capstockswereexcessivelyovervaluedandshifted50%oftheportfolio to small‐cap stocks. Over the next six months, small‐cap stocks significantlyoutperformedlarge‐capstocks.ItisnowJanuary2014andAdoniahasjustreceivedheraccount statement for 2013. She is very happywith the performance of her portfolio.WhichStandarddidAlexleastlikelyviolate?A. PerformancePresentation.B. CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClients.C. Loyalty,PrudenceandCare.

17. Raza Jafferyworks as an independent analyst for themedical equipment industry.His

reportsarebasedonananalysisofcustomerinterviews,manufacturers,on‐sitecompanyvisits,andsecondaryresearchfromotheranalysts.Jafferydoesnotmaintainanyrecordsorfilesfortheinformationhecollectsbuthementionsthesourceofhisresearchinhisreports.Iftheclientsneedinformationonthespecificwebsites,Jafferyalwaysprovidesthemwith the relevant information. Jafferymost likely violatedwhich of the followingStandards?A. RecordRetention.B. DiligenceandReasonableBasis.C. Misrepresentation.

18. Carla Simone, a CFA candidate and a research analyst, follows firms in the beverage

industry.ShehasbeenrecommendingthepurchaseofCitrusbecauseofitsintroductionof a popular new drink for athletes and exercise enthusiasts. Simone’s husband hasinherited,fromarelative,thestockofCitrusworth$3.5million.Simonehasbeenaskedtowrite a follow up report on Citrus. She writes the report and gives a strong buyrecommendation.Thereportdoesnotmentionherhusband’sownershipofthestock.HasSimoneviolatedtheCFAInstituteStandards?A. No.B. Yes,disclosureofconflicts.C. Yes,independenceandobjectivity.

19. IzzyZubeika,CFA,works forTopworthMutualFundand is aportfoliomanager foran

aggressivegrowthequityfund.Sheisplanningtosellalargeportionofherinvestmentto

Page 63: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 62

meet themedical costsofher ailinghusband.Zubeikawants to sell her stake inRoyalBeverages, but her firm has recently upgraded the stock from “hold” to “buy”.Nevertheless, after receiving approval from her employer she informs her broker toconduct the trade. Has Zubeika violated any CFA Institute Standards of ProfessionalConduct?

A. YesrelatedtoMarketManipulation.B. Yes,relatedtoPriorityofTransactions.C. No.

20. DaveDaisuke,CFA,works in thecorporate financedepartmentofAdvileSecurities.He

receives a non‐cash compensation for every referral he makes to the brokeragedepartment.Thisarrangementisanacceptednormwithinthecompanybuttheclientsare not informed because no cash is given out within the firm for interdepartmentalreferrals.AccordingtotheCFAInstituteStandards,themostappropriateactiontotakeforthefirmtoavoidaviolationisto:A. adjustthenon‐cashcompensationinthesalariesofthepersonnelincludingDaisuke

whoarereferringclientstothebrokeragedepartment.B. disclosetoclientsatthetimeofareferral,thereferralarrangementswithinAdvile’s

departments.C. stopthereferralpolicytoremoveanyconflictsofinterest.

21. LaurenCrawley is enrolled to take the Level I exam. As he tries hard to remember a

formulatocompleteaquestionhenoticesthatthepersoninfrontofhimgetsuptodrinkwaterandapieceofpaperslipsfromhispocketandfallsonCrawley’stable.Inordertoavoid a violation of the CFA Institute Standards of Professional Conduct, the leastappropriateactiontakenbyCrawleyisto:A. removeitwithoutlookingatitandcalltheproctor.B. immediatelycalltheproctortohertableandhavethepaperremoved.C. lookatthepaperandthenremoveitbeforeanyoneelsenoticesit.

22. Ankit Aacharya, CFA,whilemaking themarketingmaterial for his firmAakash Capital

writesinthebrochure,“AakashCapitaliscommittedtoachievingexcellentperformanceforitsclients.Ithiresthemosteligiblepersonnelinthefieldofinvestmentmanagement.Most of the employees have either completed the CFA Program or are enrolled ascandidatesintheCFAProgram.AsaCFAcharterholder,Iamthemostqualifiedtomanageclientinvestments.”AacharyamostlikelyviolatedtheStandardwithimproperreferencestothe:A. CFAdesignation.B. CFAProgram.C. CFAInstitute.

Page 64: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 63

Solutions1. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoStandardI(A)KnowledgeoftheLawDilawezshouldadoptthe

stricterlaw.2. Biscorrect.Fritzshouldbeindependentandobjectiveinherreport.Alternatively,Brady

BrokeragecouldplaceSaber Inc.onarestricted listand issueonly factual information.StandardI(B)IndependenceandObjectivity.

3. Ciscorrect.StandardI(B)IndependenceandObjectivityinvolvesmembersandcandidates

not accepting any gifts or benefits that could be expected to compromise theirindependence and objectivity. Since no benefits were received Grosky has least likelyviolatedI(B).GroskymostlikelyviolatedtheStandardsI(C)Misrepresentation,andI(D)Misconductbecausesheknowinglymisrepresentsthecauseoftheerror.

4. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardI(D)Misconduct.5. Aiscorrect.IftheinformationisnotpubliclydisseminatedbythecompanyandDobrogost

uses it, then it becomesmaterial nonpublic information, hence a violation of StandardII(A). A small group of stakeholders does not qualify as the public. He cannot use theinformation.

6. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardII(B)MarketManipulation.Weinbergcreatedanappearance

ofgreaterliquidityofstockthroughitstradingstrategyandwasabletomanipulatethemarket.

7. C is correct. The Standards related to III(A) Loyalty, Prudence, and Care and III(C)

Suitability are violated. The IPSmentions low‐risk securities, and describes the assetclasses.Thereforeinvestmentinthepharmastockmaynotbesuitableforthisportfolio.

8. Aiscorrect.ConnorshasviolatedStandardIII(B)FairDealingbyfailingtodealfairlywith

allherclientsintakingtheseinvestmentactions.9. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardIII(C)Suitability.10. Aiscorrect.AccordingtoStandardIII(D)PerformancePresentation,Haqneedstocorrect

thecalculationandlengthoftimespecifyingtheperformanceofhertrustfund.11. Biscorrect.Coxwasgiventheinternalreportsbythetrustees;becausetheinformation

wasconfidentialCoxshouldhaverefusedtodivulgeittoCooper.ThereforebyhandingtheinternalreportstohimCoxviolatesStandardIII(E)PreservationofConfidentiality.

Page 65: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 64

12. Aiscorrect.StandardIV(A)Loyaltyismostlikelyviolated.Amembercannottakerecordsor work performed on behalf of the firm in paper copy or electronically withoutpermissiontoanotherfirm.Inthiscaseshecannotusethefirm’srecordsofclientswithoutthefirm’spermission.

13. Biscorrect.BlakehasviolatedStandardIV(B)AdditionalCompensationArrangementsby

failing todisclose tohisemployerbenefitsreceived inexchange forhisserviceson theboard.

14. A is correct.According to Standard IV(C)Responsibilities of Supervisors, amemberor

candidateshoulddeclineinwritingtoacceptsupervisoryresponsibilitiesuntilreasonablecompliance procedures are laid down by a firm for her to assume and exerciseresponsibility.

15. Ciscorrect.LouviolatedStandardV(A)DiligenceandReasonableBasisbynotconducting

sufficientreviewofpotentialfirms.16. A is correct. Standard III(D) Performance Presentation is not violated as Alex sends a

quarterly itemized statement of the funds and securities in his custody and thetransactionsthatoccurredduringthisperiod.StandardV(B)CommunicationwithClientsandProspectiveClientsisviolatedbecauseAlexshouldhavediscussedthechangewiththeclientbeforemovingtosmall‐capstocks.StandardIII(A)Loyalty,Prudence,andCareisviolatedbecausesmall‐capstocksmightnotcorrespondtoclient’sriskprofile.

17. Aiscorrect.RefertoStandardV(C)RecordRetention.Jafferymustcarefullydocumentand

maintaincopiesofall informationthatgoesinhisreportsinordertoavoidviolationofStandardV(C).

18. Biscorrect.Simonemustdiscloseherhusband’sownershipofthestocktoavoidviolation

ofStandardVI(A)DisclosureofConflicts.19. C is correct. No violation has occurred because she has received approval from her

employer. Standard VI(B) Priority of Transactions does not limit transactions ofemployeeswhicharedifferentfromthecurrentrecommendationsaslongastheydonotdisadvantagethecurrentclients.

20. B is correct.Disclosure to clients is important even if the referrals result in anoncash

compensation.RefertoStandardVI(C)ReferralFees21. Ciscorrect.RefertoStandardVII(A)ConductasParticipantsinCFAInstitutePrograms.

Page 66: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R03 Guidance for Standards I-VII 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 65

22. A is correct. CFA Institute and CFA designationwere improperly referenced. Refer toStandardVII(B)ReferencetoCFAInstitute,theCFAdesignation,andtheCFAProgram.

Page 67: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 66

R04IntroductiontoGIPS

Introduction

Thisreadingfocuseson: WhytheGIPSstandardswerecreatedandwhomdotheyapplyto? Whatarecompositesandwhatistheirpurposeinperformancereporting? WhocanclaimcompliancewithGIPS,andisthereaverificationprocess?

Note:mostofthematerialpresentedhereistakenfromthecurriculum.

1.WhyWeretheGIPSStandardsCreated?

GIPSstandardswerecreatedtomakeiteasiertocomparedifferentinvestmentmanagementfirms.Withoutastandard,differentfirmswouldselectthemethodwhichwouldmaketheirperformancelookbetter.

TheGIPSstandardsareapractitioner‐drivensetofethicalprinciplesthatestablishastandardized,industry‐wideapproachforinvestmentfirmstofollowincalculatingandpresentingtheirhistoricalinvestmentresultstoprospectiveclients.TheGIPSstandardsensurefairrepresentationandfulldisclosureofinvestmentperformance.Inotherwords,theGIPSstandardsleadinvestmentmanagementfirmstoavoidmisrepresentationsofperformanceandtocommunicateallrelevantinformationthatprospectiveclientsshouldknowinordertoevaluatepastresults.

MisleadingpracticesintheabsenceofGIPSincluded: Representativeaccounts:Showcasingonlythetop‐performingportfolioto

representthefirm’soverallinvestmentresults. Survivorshipbias:Excludingpoorlyperformingportfoliosandpresentingan

averageperformancehistory. Varyingtimeperiods:Presentingperformanceforaselectedtime‐periodduring

whichthemandateproducedexcellentreturns.

2.WhoCanClaimCompliance?

Anyinvestmentmanagementfirmcanclaimcompliance.ComplyingwiththeGIPSstandardsisvoluntary.Onlyinvestmentmanagementfirmsthatactuallymanageassetscanclaimcompliance.Plansponsorsandconsultantscannotclaimcomplianceunlesstheymanageassetsforwhichtheyclaimcompliance.

Complianceisafirm‐wideprocessthatcannotbeachievedonasingleproductorcomposite.AfirmhasonlytwooptionswithregardtocompliancewiththeGIPSstandards:

FullycomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsandclaimcompliancethroughtheuseoftheGIPSComplianceStatement;or

NotcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsandnotclaimcompliancewith,ormakeanyreferenceto,theGIPSstandards.

Page 68: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 67

3.WhoBenefitsfromCompliance?

TwogroupsbenefitfromGIPScompliance:investmentmanagementfirmsandprospectiveclients.

FollowingtheGIPSstandardsallowsinvestmentmanagementfirmstoassureprospectiveclientsthatthehistoricaltrackrecordtheyreportisbothcompleteandfairlypresented.ComplianceenablestheGIPS‐compliantfirmtoparticipateincompetitivebidsagainstothercompliantfirmsthroughouttheworld.Achievingandmaintainingcompliancemayalsostrengthenthefirm’sinternalcontrolsoverperformance‐relatedprocessesandprocedures.

InvestorshaveagreaterlevelofconfidenceintheintegrityofperformancepresentationsofaGIPS‐compliantfirm.Investorscaneasilycompareperformancepresentationsfromdifferentinvestmentmanagementfirms.

CompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsdoesnoteliminatetheneedfordue‐diligence,butitenhancesthecredibilityofinvestmentmanagementfirmsthathavechosentoundertakethisresponsibility.

4.Composites

OneofthekeyrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsistheuseofcomposites.Acompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Assumeafirmmanagesportfoliosbasedononeofthefollowingstrategies:

StrategyA:Aggressivegrowth.Underthisstrategythefirmselectssmall‐capstockswithstronggrowthpotentialoverthenextfewyears.

StrategyB.Largecapvalue.Underthisstrategylarge‐capvaluestocksareselected.

GivethisscenariothefirmshouldcreateacompositeforStrategyA,andanothercompositeforStrategyB.

Acompositemustincludeallactual,fee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliosmanagedinaccordancewiththesameinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.By“actual”wemeantheseshouldberealandnotdummy/modelportfoliostosimulatethereturns.Portfoliosforwhichtheclientdoesnotpayafeemustnotbeincluded.Forinstance,theremaybecharitableorganizationsthatdonotpayafeefortheirassetsbeingmanaged.Theseshouldnotbeincluded.By“discretionary”,wemeantheinvestmentmanagementfirmhastherighttodetermineandpurchasesuitablesecuritiesforaportfolio.Ifthereisaportfoliowheretheclientdetermineswhatsecuritiesshouldbepurchased,thenitisnon‐discretionary.

Thedeterminationofwhichportfoliostoincludeinthecompositeshouldbedoneaccordingtopre‐establishedcriteria(i.e.onanex‐antebasis),notafterthefact.Thispreventsafirmfromincludingonlythebest‐performingportfolios.Thisisimportantbecauseperformancenumbersarereportedbasedoncomposites.

Page 69: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 68

5.Verification

FirmsthatclaimcompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsareresponsiblefortheirclaimofcomplianceandmaintainingthatcompliance.OnceafirmclaimscompliancewithGIPS,theymayvoluntarilyhireanindependentthird‐partytoperformverification.JustasGIPScomplianceisvoluntary,verificationisalsovoluntary.Verificationisperformedwithrespecttoanentirefirm.Itisnotdoneoncomposites,orindividualdepartments.

Verificationmustbeperformedbyanindependentthirdparty.Afirmcannotperformitsownverification.Third‐partyverificationbringsadditionalcredibilitytoafirm’sclaimofcompliance.Tounderstandwhyafirmwouldpaytobeverifiedifitisvoluntary,assumetherearetwofirms,AandB.FirmAclaimsGIPScomplianceandfirmBclaimsGIPScompliancewiththird‐partyverificationfromareputedfirm.Asaninvestor,whichfirmwouldyoubemorecomfortablewith?ObviouslyfirmB,andthatgivesfirmBanadvantageoverfirmA.

Verificationtestsinclude: Whethertheinvestmentfirmhascompliedwithallthecompositeconstruction

requirementsoftheGIPSstandardsonafirm‐widebasis,and Whetherthefirm’spoliciesandproceduresaredesignedtocalculateandpresent

performanceincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.

6.TheStructureoftheGIPSStandards

Theprovisionswithinthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsaredividedintoninesections:

0. FundamentalsofCompliance

1. InputData

2. CalculationMethodology

3. CompositeConstruction

4. Disclosure

5. PresentationandReporting

6. RealEstate

7. PrivateEquity

8. WrapFee.SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)Portfolios

Page 70: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 69

Summary

LO.a:ExplainwhytheGIPSstandardswerecreated,whatpartiestheGIPSstandardsapplyto,andwhoisservedbythestandards.

TheGIPSstandardswerecreatedtoavoidmisrepresentationofperformance.Theyapplytoinvestmentmanagementfirms.Theyareintendedtoserveprospectiveandexistingclientsoftheinvestmentfirms.

LO.b:Explaintheconstructionandpurposeofcompositesinperformancereporting.

Acompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Whenusedinperformancereporting,compositeshelpclientsevaluatehowwellacompanyhasperformedwithdifferentinvestmentstyles.

LO.c:Explaintherequirementsforverification.

Verificationisperformedwithrespecttoanentirefirm.Itisnotdoneoncomposites,orindividualdepartments.

Verificationmustbeperformedbyanindependentthird‐party.Afirmcannotperformitsownverification.

Page 71: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 70

PracticeQuestions

1. WhocanmostlikelyclaimcompliancewithGIPSStandards?A. CFAcharterholders.B. Individuals.C. Investmentmanagementfirms.

2. According to the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS), the criteria for

includingportfoliosincompositesis:A. all actual fee‐paying, discretionary portfolios must be included in at least one

composite.B. alldiscretionaryportfoliosmustbeincludedinacomposite.C. allactualfee‐payingportfoliosmustbeincludedinacomposite.

3. VerificationofGIPScomplianceis:

A. donebyanindependentthird‐party.B. mandatorytoclaimcompliance.C. donevoluntarilybythefirmunderthesupervisionoftheCFAInstitute.

Page 72: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R04 Introduction to GIPS 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 71

Solutions1. C is correct. Only investment management firms can claim compliance. Individuals,

charterholders,andsoftwaretoimplementtheStandardscannotclaimcompliance.2. Aiscorrect.Allactualfee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliosmustbeincludedinatleastone

composite.3. Aiscorrect.VerificationofGIPScomplianceisdonebyanindependentthirdparty.Afirm

cannotperformitsownverification.

Page 73: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 72

R05TheGIPSStandard

Introduction

Inthisreadingwefocuson: GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee. KeyfeaturesoftheGIPSstandardsandthefundamentalsofcompliance. Howhistoricalperformancerecordmustbepresented. TheninemajorsectionsoftheGIPSstandard.

Note:mostofthematerialpresentedhereistakenfromthecurriculum.

GoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommittee

ThegoalsoftheGIPSExecutiveCommitteearepresentedbelow: Toestablishinvestmentindustrybest‐practicesforcalculatingandpresenting

investmentperformancethatpromoteinvestorinterestsandinstillinvestorconfidence.

Toobtainworldwideacceptanceofasinglestandardforthecalculationandpresentationofinvestmentperformancebasedontheprinciplesoffairpresentationandfulldisclosure.

Topromotetheuseofaccurateandconsistentperformancedata. Toencouragefairglobalcompetitionamonginvestmentfirmswithoutcreating

barrierstoentry;and Tofosterthenotionofindustry“self‐regulation”onaglobalbasis.

KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards

ThekeyfeaturesofGIPSareasfollows: TheGIPSstandardsaretheethicalstandardsforinvestmentperformance

presentationtoensurefairrepresentationandfulldisclosureofinvestmentperformance.Inordertoclaimcompliance,firmsmustadheretotherequirementsincludedintheGIPSstandards.

MeetingtheobjectivesoffairrepresentationandfulldisclosureislikelytorequiremorethansimplyadheringtotheminimumrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.Firmsshouldalsoadheretotherecommendationstoachievebestpracticeinthecalculationandpresentationofperformance.

TheGIPSstandardsrequirefirmstoincludeallactual,discretionary,fee‐payingportfoliosinatleastonecompositedefinedbyinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategyinordertopreventfirmsfromcherry‐pickingtheirbestperformance.Thismeansfirmsmustcreatecompositesandeachactual,fee‐paying,discretionaryportfoliomustbeinatleastonecomposite.Ifaportfolioisnotincludedinanycomposite,thenthereturnsassociatedwithitwillnotbeincluded.

Page 74: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 73

TheGIPSstandardsrelyontheintegrityofinputdata.Theaccuracyofinputdataiscriticaltotheaccuracyofperformancepresentation.Theunderlyingvaluationsofportfolioholdingsdrivetheportfolio’sperformance.Itisessentialthattheseandotherinputsareaccurate.TheGIPSstandardsrequirefirmstoadheretocertaincalculationmethodologiesandtomakespecificdisclosuresalongwiththefirm’sperformance.

FirmsmustcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.

HistoricalPerformanceRecord

Afirmisrequiredtoinitiallypresent,ataminimum,fiveyearsofannualinvestmentperformancethatarecompliantwiththeGIPSstandards.Ifthefirmorthecompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thefirmmustpresentperformancesincethefirm’sinceptionorthecomposite’sinceptiondate.

Laterthefirmmustpresentanadditionalyearofperformanceeachyear,buildinguptoaminimumof10yearsofGIPS‐compliantperformance.

Firmsmaylinknon‐GIPScompliantperformancetotheirGIPS‐compliantperformanceprovidedthatonlyGIPS‐compliantperformanceispresentedforperiodsafter1January,2000andthefirmdisclosestheperiodsofnon‐compliance.

Firmsthatmanageprivate‐equity,realestate,and/orwrapfee/separatelymanagedaccount(SMA)portfoliosmustalsocomplywithsections6,7,and8respectively,oftheprovisionsoftheGIPSstandardsthatbecameeffectiveasof1January,2006.

ConsiderFirmAwhichwasestablishedin2013anddecidestobecomeGIPScompliantin2014.Initially,itmustpresentperformanceinformationfor2013and2014.Later,itmustkeepaddingperformancedataeveryyearuntilitbuildsuptoaminimumof10years.

ConsiderFirmBwhichwasestablishedin2008anddecidestobecomeGIPScompliantin2014.Initially,itmustpresentperformanceinformationforfiveyearsfromtheperiodendingin2010totheperiodendingin2014.Later,itmustalsoaddanadditionalyearuntilithas10yearsofGIPS‐compliantperformance.

Compliance

Thedefinitionofthefirmisthefoundationforfirm‐widecomplianceandcreatesdefinedboundarieswherebytotalfirmassetscanbedetermined.

FirmsmusttakeallstepsnecessarytoensurethattheyhavesatisfiedalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsbeforeclaimingcompliance.

Firmsarestronglyencouragedtoperformperiodicinternalcompliancechecks. Firmsmaychoosetohaveanindependentthird‐partyverificationthatteststhe

constructionofthefirm’scompositesaswellasthefirm’spoliciesandproceduresastheyrelatetocompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Verificationisrecommended,butitisvoluntaryandmustbedonebyathird‐partyverifier.

Page 75: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 74

Inadditiontoverification,firmsmayalsochoosetohavespecificallyfocusedcompositetesting(performanceexamination)performedbyanindependentthird‐partyverifiertoprovideadditionalassuranceregardingaparticularcomposite.

Theeffectivedateforthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsis1January,2011.Compliantpresentationsthatincludeaperformanceforperiodsthatbeginonorafter1January,2011mustbepreparedinaccordancewiththe2010editionoftheGIPSstandards.

ImplementingaGlobalStandard

ThepresenceofalocalsponsoringorganizationforinvestmentperformancestandardsisessentialforeffectiveimplementationandongoingsupportoftheGIPSstandardswithinacountry.ThecurriculumlistsGIPScountrysponsorsforafewcountries.

Countrysponsorensuresthatthecountry’sinterestsaretakenintoaccountastheGIPSstandardsaredeveloped.

TheGIPSexecutivecommitteestronglyencouragescountrieswithoutaninvestmentperformancestandardtopromotetheGIPSstandardsasthelocalstandard.Ifthereisnolocalstandardinacountry,thenitisidealforthecountrytopromoteandadoptGIPSasitisaglobalstandard,andwhenrequiredtranslatethemintothelocallanguage.

CompliancewithapplicablelawandrulesdoesnotnecessarilymeancompliancewithGIPS.

Incasesinwhichlawsand/orregulationsconflictwiththeGIPSstandards,firmsarerequiredtocomplywiththelawsandregulationsandmakefulldisclosureoftheconflictinthecompliantpresentation.FirmscanstillclaimcompliancewithGIPSbuttheymustdisclosewhereverthereisadeviationthatthelawofthelandisbeingfollowed.

NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards

Theprovisionswithinthe2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsaredividedintoninesections:0. FundamentalsofCompliance1. InputData2. CalculationMethodology3. CompositeConstruction4. Disclosure5. PresentationandReporting6. RealEstate7. PrivateEquity8. WrapFee/SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)portfolios

Page 76: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 75

Theprovisionsarecategorizedintorequirementsandrecommendations.Alltherequirementsmustbeimplementedtoclaimcompliance.

0.FundamentalsofCompliance

SeveralcoreprinciplescreatethefoundationfortheGIPSstandards,includingproperlydefiningthefirm,providingcompliantpresentationstoallprospectiveclients,adheringtoapplicablelawsandregulations,andensuringthatinformationpresentedisnotfalseormisleading.TwoimportantissuesthatafirmmustconsiderwhenbecomingcompliantwiththeGIPSstandardsarethedefinitionofthefirmandthefirm’sdefinitionofdiscretion.Thedefinitionofthefirmisthefoundationforfirm‐widecomplianceandcreatesdefinedboundarieswherebytotalfirmassetscanbedetermined.Thefirm’sdefinitionofdiscretionestablishescriteriatojudgewhichportfoliosmustbeincludedinacompositeandisbasedonthefirm’sabilitytoimplementitsinvestmentstrategy.

Samplefirmdefinition:XYXInvestmentFirmisabalancedportfolioinvestmentmanagerthatinvestssolelyinUS‐basedsecurities.XYZInvestmentFirmisdefinedasanindependentinvestmentmanagementfirmthatisnotaffiliatedwithanyparentorganization.

TherequirementsofProvision0arepresentedbelow(reproducedfromthecurriculum).

0.A.1:FirmsmustcomplywithalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,includinganyupdates,GuidanceStatements,interpretations,Questions&Answers(Q&As),andclarificationspublishedbyCFAInstituteandtheGIPSExecutiveCommittee,whichareavailableontheGIPSstandardswebsite(www.gipsstandards.org)aswellasintheGIPSHandbook.

0.A.2:Firmsmustcomplywithallapplicablelawsandregulationsregardingthecalculationandpresentationofperformance.

Iftherearenoapplicablelawsandrules,thenGIPScompliantfirmsmustfollowtheGIPSstandards.But,ifacountryhasapplicablelawsandregulationsregardingthecalculationandpresentationofperformance,thenthecountrylawsmustbefollowedandanydifferenceswithGIPSmustbedocumented.

0.A.3:Firmsmustnotpresentperformanceorperformance‐relatedinformationthatisfalseormisleading.

0.A.4:TheGIPSstandardsmustbeappliedonafirm‐widebasis.

0.A.5:FirmsmustdocumenttheirpoliciesandproceduresusedinestablishingandmaintainingcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards,includingensuringtheexistenceandownershipofclientassets,andmustapplythemconsistently.

0.A.6:IfthefirmdoesnotmeetalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,thefirmmustnotrepresentorstatethatitis“incompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandardsexceptfor...”ormakeanyotherstatementsthatmayindicatepartialcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.

Page 77: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 76

FirmsarenotallowedtoclaimpartialcompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.

0.A.7:Statementsreferringtothecalculationmethodologyasbeing“inaccordance,”“incompliance,”or“consistent”withtheGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards,orsimilarstatements,areprohibited.

0.A.8:Statementsreferringtotheperformanceofasingle,existingclientportfolioasbeing“calculatedinaccordancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards”areprohibited,exceptwhenaGIPS‐compliantfirmreportstheperformanceofanindividualclient’sportfoliotothatclient.

0.A.9:Firmsmustmakeeveryreasonableefforttoprovideacompliantpresentationtoallprospectiveclients.Firmsmustnotchoosetowhomtheypresentacompliantpresentation.Aslongasaprospectiveclienthasreceivedacompliantpresentationwithintheprevious12months,thefirmhasmetthisrequirement.

0.A.10:Firmsmustprovideacompletelistofcompositedescriptionstoanyprospectiveclientthatmakessucharequest.Firmsmustincludeterminatedcompositesonthefirm’slistofcompositedescriptionsforatleastfiveyearsafterthecompositeterminationdate.Acompositemustbeclearlydescribedastowhatmandateorstrategyitisfollowing:Forexample,small‐capequityvalue,Japan‐equity,fixed‐incomeetc.Ifacompositewasterminated,thenitsperformancemustbepresentedforatleastfiveyearsafterterminationtoovercomesurvivorshipbias.

0.A.11:Firmsmustprovideacompliantpresentationforanycompositelistedonthefirm’slistofcompositedescriptionstoanyprospectiveclientthatmakessucharequest.

AcompliantpresentationisonethatcomplieswithalltheGIPSprovisions.

0.A.12:Firmsmustbedefinedasaninvestmentfirm,subsidiary,ordivisionheldouttoclientsorprospectiveclientsasadistinctbusinessentity.

Scenario:AssumethereisafirmcalledUBLandithasasubsidiarycalledUBL‐AssetManagement(UBL‐AM).IfinvestorsapproachUBL‐AMtotradeandinvestinsecurities/funds,thenUBM‐AMisthefirmhere,andmustcomplywiththeGIPSstandards.

0.A.13:Forperiodsbeginningonorafter1January2011,totalfirmassetsmustbetheaggregatefairvalueofalldiscretionaryandnon‐discretionaryassetsmanagedbythefirm.Thisincludesbothfee‐payingandnon‐fee‐payingportfolios.

Donotconfusethiswithacomposite.Acompositemustincludeonlyactual,fee‐payingdiscretionaryportfolios.But,whenafirmreportsitstotalassets,itmustincludethefairvalueofalldiscretionaryandnon‐discretionaryassetsandallfee‐payingandnon‐feepayingportfolios.

0.A.14:Totalfirmassetsmustincludeassetsassignedtoasub‐advisorprovidedthefirmhasdiscretionovertheselectionofthesub‐advisor.

Page 78: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 77

0.A.15:Changesinafirm’sorganizationmustnotleadtoalterationofhistoricalcompositeperformance.

0.A.16:Whenthefirmjointlymarketswithotherfirms,thefirmclaimingcompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsmustbesurethatitisclearlydefinedandseparaterelativetootherfirmsbeingmarketed,andthatitisclearwhichfirmisclaimingcompliance.

Outlinedabovearerequirements.TheGIPSstandardsalsoincluderequirements.Forexample,assumeaninvestmentmanagementcompany,HS,hasdifferentgeographicaloffices,whichoperateunderthesamebrandnamebutasindividualinvestmentmanagementcompaniessuchasHSMaltaplc,HSSpain,HSIndiaLimited,HSMalaysiaLimited.Thefirmdefinitionshouldbebroadenoughtoincludeallgeographicalofficesunderoneumbrella.Thisisjustarecommendation,notarequirement.

Instructor’sNote:AtLevelIyouarerequiredtoknowthedetailsofProvision0(FundamentalsofCompliance).Forprovisions1–8youjustneedtoknowthebasicdescriptionswhicharegivenbelow:

1. InputdataConsistencyofinputdatausedtocalculateperformanceiscriticaltoeffectivecompliancewiththeGIPSstandardsandestablishesthefoundationforfull,fair,andcomparableinvestmentperformancepresentations.Forperiodsbeginningonorafter1January2011,allportfoliosmustbevaluedinaccordancewiththedefinitionoffairvalueandtheGIPSvaluationprinciples.

2. CalculationMethodologyAchievingcomparabilityamonginvestmentmanagementfirms’performancepresentationsrequiresuniformityinthemethodsusedtocalculatereturns.TheGIPSstandardsmandatetheuseofcertaincalculationmethodologiestofacilitatecomparability.

3. CompositeConstructionAcompositeisanaggregationofoneormoreportfoliosmanagedaccordingtoasimilarinvestmentmandate,objective,orstrategy.Thecompositereturnistheasset‐weightedaverageoftheperformanceofallportfoliosinthecomposite.Creatingmeaningfulcompositesisessentialtothefairpresentation,consistency,andcomparabilityofperformanceovertimeandamongfirms.Assumetherearetwoportfoliosinacomposite:portfolio1withavalueof$10millionandportfolio2withavalueof$90million.Thereturnsofthetwoportfoliosare10%and12%respectively.Theoverallreturnofthecompositemustbecloserto12%asthe12%returnhasa90%weightage.

4. DisclosureDisclosureallowsfirmstoelaborateonthedataprovidedinthepresentationandgivethereaderthepropercontextinwhichtounderstandtheperformance.TocomplywiththeGIPSstandards,firmsmustdisclosecertaininformationinallcompliantpresentationsregardingtheirperformanceandthepoliciesadoptedbythefirm.Oneoftheessentialdisclosuresfor

Page 79: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 78

everyfirmistheclaimofcompliance.OnceafirmmeetsalltherequirementsoftheGIPSstandards,itmustappropriatelyusetheclaimofcompliancetoindicatecompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Theallowedformatforfirmsthatclaimcomplianceis:<<Nameoffirm>>claimscompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards(GIPS)andhaspreparedandpresentedthisreportincompliancewiththeGIPSStandards.

5. PresentationandReportingAfterconstructingthecomposites,gatheringtheinputdata,calculatingreturns,anddeterminingthenecessarydisclosures,thefirmmustincorporatethisinformationinpresentationsbasedontherequirementsintheGIPSstandardsforpresentinginvestmentperformance.Nofinitesetofrequirementscancoverallpotentialsituationsoranticipatefuturedevelopmentsininvestmentindustrystructure,technology,products,orpractices.Whenappropriate,firmshavetheresponsibilitytoincludeinGIPS‐compliantpresentationsinformationnotaddressedbytheGIPSstandards.

6. RealEstateUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinSections0‐5.Realestateprovisionswerefirstincludedinthe2005editionoftheGIPSstandardsandbecameeffective1January,2006.The2010editionoftheGIPSstandardsincludesnewprovisionsforclosed‐endrealestatefunds.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsofsections0‐5donotapplytorealestateinvestmentsoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection6.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyhavebeennotedwithinsection6.

7. PrivateEquityUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinsections0‐5.Privateequityprovisionswerefirstincludedinthe2005editionoftheGIPSstandardsandbecameeffective1January2006.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsinsections0‐5donotapplytoprivateequityinvestmentsoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection7.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyhavebeennotedwithinsection7.

8. WrapFee/SeparatelyManagedAccount(SMA)PortfoliosUnlessotherwisenoted,thissectionsupplementsalloftherequiredandrecommendedprovisionsinsections0‐5.Firmsshouldnotethatcertainprovisionsinsections0‐5oftheGIPSstandardsdonotapplytowrapfee/SMAportfoliosoraresupersededbytheprovisionswithinsection8.Theprovisionsthatdonotapplyherehavebeennotedwithinsection8.

SamplePresentation

AsampleGIPS‐compliantpresentationreportispresentedbelow.Someoftheimportantaspectsthatyoucantakenoteofare:

Nameoffirm:Sample1InvestmentFirm;Composite:BalancedGrowth Grossreturn,netreturn,andno.ofportfoliosarerequireddatawhicharepresented.

Page 80: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 79

Sample1 InvestmentFirmBalancedGrowthComposite(fromthecurriculum)

1January2002through31December2011

Year CompositeGrossReturn(%)

CompositeNetReturn(%)

CustomBenchmarkReturn(%)

Composite3‐YrStDev(%)

Benchmark3‐YrStDev(%)

NumberofPortfolios

InternalDispersion(%)

CompositeAssets($M)

FirmAssets($M)

2002 ‐10.5 ‐11.4 ‐11.8 31 4.5 165 236

2003 16.3 15.1 13.2 34 2.0 235 346

2004 7.5 6.4 8.9 38 5.7 344 529

2005 1.8 0.8 0.3 45 2.8 445 695

2006 11.2 10.1 12.2 48 3.1 520 839

2007 6.1 5.0 7.1 49 2.8 505 1,014

2008 ‐21.3 ‐22.1 ‐24.9 44 2.9 475 964

2009 16.5 15.3 14.7 47 3.1 493 983

2010 10.6 9.5 13.0 51 3.5 549 1,114

2011 2.7 1.7 0.4 7.1 7.4 54 2.5 575 1,236

Sample1InvestmentFirmclaimscompliancewiththeGlobalInvestmentPerformanceStandards(GIPS®)andhaspreparedandpresentedthisreportincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Sample1InvestmentFirmhasbeenindependentlyverifiedfortheperiods1January2000through31December2010.Theverificationreportisavailableuponrequest.Verificationassesseswhether(1)thefirmhascompliedwithallthecompositeconstructionrequirementsoftheGIPSstandardsonafirm‐widebasisand(2)thefirm’spoliciesandproceduresaredesignedtocalculateandpresentperformanceincompliancewiththeGIPSstandards.Verificationdoesnotensuretheaccuracyofanyspecificcompositepresentation.

Notes:

1. Sample1InvestmentFirmisabalancedportfolioinvestmentmanagerthatinvestssolelyinUS‐basedsecurities.Sample1InvestmentFirmisdefinedasanindependentinvestmentmanagementfirmthatisnotaffiliatedwithanyparentorganization.Policiesforvaluingportfolios,calculatingperformance,andpreparingcompliantpresentationsareavailableuponrequest.

2. TheBalancedGrowthCompositeincludesallinstitutionalbalancedportfoliosthatinvestinlarge‐capUSequitiesandinvestment‐gradebondswiththegoalofprovidinglong‐termcapitalgrowthandsteadyincomefromawell‐diversifiedstrategy.Althoughthestrategyallowsforequityexposurerangingbetween50–70%,thetypicalallocationisbetween55–65%.Theaccountminimumforthecompositeis$5million.

Page 81: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 80

3. Thecustombenchmarkis60%YYYUSEquityIndexand40%ZZZUSAggregateBondIndex.Thebenchmarkisrebalancedmonthly.

4. ValuationsarecomputedandperformanceisreportedinUSdollars.

5. Gross‐of‐feesreturnsarepresentedbeforemanagementandcustodialfeesbutafteralltradingexpenses.Compositeandbenchmarkreturnsarepresentednetofnon‐reclaimablewithholdingtaxes.Net‐of‐feesreturnsarecalculatedbydeductingthehighestfeeof0.83%fromthemonthlygrosscompositereturn.Themanagementfeescheduleisasfollows:1.00%onthefirst$25million;0.60%thereafter.

6. ThiscompositewascreatedinFebruary2000.Acompletelistofcompositedescriptionsisavailableuponrequest.

7. Internaldispersioniscalculatedusingtheequal‐weightedstandarddeviationofannualgrossreturnsofthoseportfoliosthatwereincludedinthecompositefortheentireyear.

8. Thethree‐yearannualizedstandarddeviationmeasuresthevariabilityofthecompositeandthebenchmarkreturnsoverthepreceding36‐monthperiod.

Page 82: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 81

Summary

LO.a:DescribethekeyfeaturesoftheGIPSstandardsandthefundamentalsofcompliance.

Refertosections‘KeyFeaturesoftheGIPSStandards’and‘0.FundamentalsofCompliance’.

LO.b:DescribethescopeoftheGIPSstandardswithrespecttoaninvestmentfirm’sdefinitionandhistoricalperformancerecord.

InvestmentFirm’sDefinition Firmsmustbedefinedasaninvestmentfirm,subsidiary,oradivisionthatisheldout

toclientsandprospectsasa‘distinctbusinessentity’. Ifafirmhasdifferentgeographiclocations,alldoingbusinessunderthesamename,

thenthedefinitionofthefirmmustincludebranchesfromalllocations.

HistoricalPerformanceRecord

Initially, Afirmmustpresentaminimumoffiveyearsofcompliantpresentation. Ifthefirmorcompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,the

presentationshouldincludeperformancesinceinception.

Afterinitialcompliance, Thefirmmustaddoneyearofcompliantpresentationeachyear,

Sothatthefirmeventuallypresentsaminimumperformancehistoryof10years.

LO.c:ExplainhowtheGIPSstandardsareimplementedincountrieswithexistingstandardsforperformancereportinganddescribetheappropriateresponsewhentheGIPSstandardsandlocalregulationsconflict.

Incountrieswheretherearenoinvestmentperformanceregulations,useandpromotetheGIPSstandard.

Incountrieswherethereareexistinglawsandregulationsregardingperformancepresentation,adheretoGIPSinadditiontothelocallaws.

Incaseofaconflictwiththelocallaws,followthelocallawbutdisclosetheconflict

LO.d:DescribetheninemajorsectionsoftheGIPSstandards.

Refertosection‘NineMajorSectionsoftheGIPSStandards’.

Page 83: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 82

PracticeQuestions

1. WhichofthefollowingisnotakeyfeatureoftheGIPSstandards?A. Allactual,discretionary,fee‐paying,andnon‐feepayingportfoliosmustbeincluded

inatleastonecomposite.B. Firmsmustuseaccurateinputdata,followcertaincalculationmethodologies,and

disclosethemethodused.C. FirmsmustcomplywithallrequirementsoftheGIPSstandards.

2. Ifacompositehasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thenforwhatperiodisthe

firmmostlikelyrequiredtopresentGIPS‐compliantperformance?A. Twoyears.B. Oneyear.C. Sinceinceptiondate.

3. EritbaisasmallislandnationinthePacificwherelawsandregulationsexistforcalculation

andpresentationofinvestmentperformance.AccordingtotheGIPSstandards,whatlawsare firms in Eritba encouraged to complywith for the calculation and presentation ofinvestmentperformance?

A. GIPSstandardsonly.B. Applicablelaw,regulations,andGIPSstandards.C. Applicablelawandregulationsonly.

4. Which of the following is not one of the nine sections of the provisions of the Global

InvestmentPerformanceStandards?A. Disclosure.B. ProcessedData.C. RealEstate.

Page 84: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R05 The GIPS Standard 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 83

Solutions1. Aiscorrect.Itisnotmandatoryfornon‐feepayingportfoliostobeincludedinatleastone

composite.2. Ciscorrect.Ifafirmhasbeeninexistenceforlessthanfiveyears,thenafirmisrequired

to present compliant presentation since the firm’s inception date, or the compositeinceptiondate.

3. B is correct. Firms are encouraged to comply with applicable laws and regulatory

requirements in addition to the GIPS Standards. This is because compliance withapplicablelawdoesnotimplycompliancewiththeGIPSStandards.

4. Biscorrect. ‘InputData’,not ‘ProcessedData’, isasectionoftheprovisionsoftheGIPS

standards.

Page 85: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 84

R06TimeValueofMoney

IntroductoryNote

FinancialCalculator:CFAInstituteallowsonlytwocalculatormodelsduringtheexam: TexasInstrumentsBAIIPlus(includingBAIIPlusProfessional)and

HewlettPackard12C(includingtheHP12CPlatinum,12CPlatinum25thanniversaryedition,12C30thanniversaryedition,andHP12CPrestige)

UnlessyouarealreadycomfortablewiththeHPfinancialcalculator,werecommendusingtheTexasInstrumentsfinancialcalculator.ExplanationsandkeystrokesinourstudymaterialsarebasedontheTexasInstrumentsBAIIPluscalculator.Beforeyoustartusingthecalculatortosolveproblems,werecommendthatyousetthenumberofdecimalplacesto‘floatingdecimal’.1.Introduction

Ifyouhave$100today,versusanoptiontoreceive$100afterthreeyears,whatwouldyouprefer?

Obviously,youwouldprefer$100today.Eventhoughyouhavethesameamount($100)inbothcases,youprefer$100today.Thismeansthattherehastobesomevalueassociatedwithtime,becauseyouareputtingmorevalueonthe$100thatyouaregettingtoday,relativetothe$100atalaterpointintime.Thisisknownas‘timevalueofmoney.’

Letussaythatyouareindifferentbetween$100dollarstodayversus$110afteroneyear.

Presentvalue(PV):Themoneytodayorthevaluetodayiscalledthepresentvalue(PV=100).Thiscouldbeaninvestmentwhichyoumakeattime0.

Futurevalue(FV):Thevalueatafuturepointintimeiscalledthefuturevalue(FV=110).

Interestrate(I):Therelationshiporthelinkbetweenpresentvalueandfuturevalueisestablishedthroughaninterestrate(I=10%).

Inthisreading,weareessentiallygoingtotalkabouttheseconcepts:presentvalue(PV),futurevalue(FV),andthewaywelinkthesetwoconceptsusinginterestrates(I).

Page 86: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 85

2.InterestRates:Interpretation

Let’sdiscussthedifferentinterpretationsofinterestratesusinganexample.Sayyoulend$900todayandreceive$990afteroneyear(–vesignindicatesoutflow).

Interestratescanbeinterpretedas:

1. Requiredrateofreturn:Thefactthatyouarewillingtogive$900todayontheconditionthatyouget$990afteroneyearmeansthattoengageinthistransaction,yourequireareturnof10%.(Simplecalculationwillshowyouthattheinterestrateinthistransactionis10%).

2. Discountrate:Youcandiscountthemoneythatyouwillreceiveafteroneyeari.e.$990at10%togetthepresentvalueof$900(990/1.1=900).Therefore,the10%canalsobethoughtofasadiscountrate.

3. Opportunitycost:Let’ssayinsteadoflendingthe$900,youspentitonsomethingelse.Youhavethenforgonetheopportunitytoearn10%interest.Therefore,10%canalsobethoughtofasanopportunitycost.

InterestRates:InvestorPerspective

Asaninvestor,wecanthinkoftheinterestrateasasumofthefollowingcomponents:

Interestrate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium+Defaultriskpremium+Liquiditypremium+Maturitypremium

Let’slookatthedifferentcomponents.

Realrisk‐freeinterestrate:Thisistheratethatyougetonasecuritythathasnoriskandisextremelyliquid.Wemakeanassumptionherethatthereisnoinflation.

Inflationpremium:Wecanthenaddonaninflationpremium.Inflationpremiumistheexpectedannualinflationintheupcomingperiod.

Defaultriskpremium:Wecanalsothenaddadefaultriskpremium.Thisistheadditionalpremiumthatinvestorsrequirebecauseoftheriskofdefault.Example:Let'ssaythatyoulend$100eachtopersonAandpersonB.However,Bhasahighriskofdefault,soyouareworriedthathemightnotpay.ThereforeyoumightdemandahigherreturnfromBascomparedtoA,becauseoftheriskofdefault.Thisadditionalreturnthatyoudemandiscalledthedefaultriskpremium.

Liquiditypremium:Nextwehaveliquiditypremium.Thisisthepremiumthatinvestorsdemandbecauseofthelackofliquidityofaninvestment.

Page 87: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 86

Example:ThinkoftwoinvestmentsCandDwhicharesimilarinallregards.TheonlydifferenceisthatinvestmentCisextremelyliquid,whereasinvestmentDisnotthatliquid.Clearlyasinvestors,wewilldemandahigherreturnonDbecauseitisnoteasytosell.Thisadditionalreturnthatwedemandiscalledtheliquiditypremium.

Maturitypremium:Finallywehavethematuritypremium.Thisisthepremiumthatinvestorsdemandonasecuritywithlongmaturity.Thematuritypremiumcompensatesinvestorsfortheincreasedsensitivityofthemarketvalueofdebttoachangeinmarketinterestratesasmaturityisextended.Example:Let’ssaywehavetwosecurities,EandF.SecurityEhasamaturityof1yearandsecurityFhasamaturityof4years.Becauseofthelongermaturity,Fhasmorerisk,intermsofitspricebeingmoresensitivetochangesininterestrate.Instructor’sNote:Youwillunderstandthisconceptbetterwhenyoustudyfixedincomesecurities.Butfornow,youcantakeitasagiventhatFhashigherriskbecauseofthelongermaturity.Obviously,investorswilldemandsomecompensationforthehigherlevelofrisk.Thisadditionalreturnthatinvestorsdemandiscalledthematuritypremium.

Nominalriskfreerate:Nominalrisk‐freerate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium.Soiftherealrisk‐freerateis3%andtheinflationpremiumis2%,thenthenominalrisk‐freerateis5%.Instructor’sNote:Ontheexamifyougetaterm‘risk‐freerate’withnomentionofwhethertherateisrealornominal,thentheassumptionisthatwearetalkingaboutthenominalrisk‐freerate.Example

InvestmentsMaturity(inyears)

Liquidity Defaultrisk InterestRates(%)

A 1 High Low 2.0B 1 Low Low 2.5C 2 Low Low rD 3 High Low 3.0E 3 Low High 4.0

1. ExplainthedifferencebetweentheinterestratesonInvestmentAandInvestmentB.

2. Estimatethedefaultriskpremium.

3. CalculateupperandlowerlimitsfortheinterestrateonInvestmentC,r.

Solution:

1. InvestmentsAandBhavethesamematurityandthesamedefaultrisk.However,BhasalowerliquidityascomparedtoA.Hence,investorswilldemandaliquiditypremiumonB.

Page 88: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 87

Thedifferencebetweentheirinterestratesi.e.2.5–2.0=0.5%isequaltotheliquiditypremium.

2. ConsiderinvestmentsDandE,theyhavethesamematurity,butdifferentliquidityanddifferentdefaultrisk.Let’smakeliquiditythesameandcreateanewlowliquidityversionofD.Thisversionwillhaveahigherinterestrate,becausenowinvestorswilldemandaliquiditypremium.Wehavealreadydeterminedthattheliquiditypremiumis0.5%.Therefore,thelowliquidityversionofDwillhaveaninterestrateof3.0+0.5=3.5%.NowcomparethisversionofDwithinvestmentE.Theonlydifferencebetweenthetwoisdefaultrisk.Ehasahigherdefaultrisk.Therefore,thedifferencebetweentheirinterestratesi.e.4.0–3.5=0.5%mustbeequaltothedefaultriskpremium.

3. NoticethatbetweenBandC,theonlydifferenceisthatChasalongermaturity.Therefore,interestrateofCmustbehigherthanB(2.5%).AlsonoticethatbetweenCandthelowliquidityversionofD,theonlydifferenceisthatChasashortermaturity.Therefore,interestrateonChastobelowerthanthelowliquidityversionofD(3.5%).SotherangeforCis2.5<r<3.5.

3.TheFutureValueofaSingleCashFlow

Let’sunderstandthisconceptwithasimpleexample.Saypresentvalue(PV)=$100andinterestrate(r)=10%.Whatisthefuturevalue(FV)afteroneyear?Whatisthefuturevalue(FV)aftertwoyears?

Thefuturevalueofasinglecashflowcanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:

FV PV 1 r

where:FVN=futurevalueoftheinvestmentN=numberofperiodsPV=presentvalueoftheinvestmentr=rateofinterest

Therefore,

FV 100 1 0.1 $110

FV 100 1 0.1 $121

Page 89: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 88

Noticethatwithcompoundinterest,aftertwoyearswehave$121.Whereas,withsimpleinterest,aftertwoyearswewouldhave$120.Thedifferencebetweenthetwovalues($1)representstheinterestoninterestcomponent.InYear2,wenotonlyreceiveinterestonthe$100principal,butwealsoreceiveinterestonthe$10interestearnedinYear1thathasbeenreinvested.

Example

CyndiaRojersdeposits$5millioninhersavingsaccount.Theaccountholdersareentitledtoa5%interest.IfCyndiawithdrawscashafter2.5years,howmuchcashwouldshemostlikelybeabletowithdraw?

Solution:

FV PV 1 r

FV . 5 1 0.05 . $5.649million

FVCalculationusingaFinancialCalculator

YouwilloftenusethefollowingkeysonyourTIBAIIPluscalculator:N=numberofperiodsI/Y=rateperperiodPV=presentvalueFV=futurevaluePMT=paymentCPT=compute

OneimportantpointtonoteisthesignsusedforPVandFV.IfthevalueforPVisnegative“‐”,thenthevalueforFVispositive“+”.Aninflowisoftenrepresentedasapositivenumber,whileoutflowsaredenotedbynegativenumbers.Beforeyoubegin,setthenumberofdecimalpointsonyourcalculatorto9toincreaseaccuracy.

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][FORMAT][ENTER] Getintoformatmode DEC=9

[2nd][QUIT]Returntostandardcalcmode

0

Question:Youinvest$100todayat10%compoundedannually.Howmuchwillyouhavein5years?

Thekeystrokestocomputethefuturevalueofasinglecashflowareillustratedbelow.

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0

[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0

Page 90: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 89

5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5

10[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=10

100[PV] Setpresentvalue PV=100

0[PMT] Setpayment PMT=0

[CPT][FV] Computefuturevalue FV=‐161.05

3.1.TheFrequencyofCompounding

Whenourcompoundingfrequencyisnotannual,weusethefollowingformulatocomputefuturevalue:

FV PV 1rm

where:rs=thestatedannualinterestrateindecimalformatm=thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearN=thenumberofyears

Let’sunderstandthisconceptusinganexample.

Youinvest$80,000ina3‐yearcertificateofdeposit.ThisCDoffersastatedannualinterestrateof10%compoundedquarterly.Howmuchwillyouhaveattheendofthreeyears?

Solution:Therearetwomethodstosolvethisquestion.FormulaMethodPVis$80,000.Thestatedannualrateis10%.Thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearis4.Thetotalnumberofperiodsis4x3=12.Thereforefuturevalueafter12quarters(3years)is

FV $80,000 1 0.025 $107,591

CalculatorMethodYoucanalsosolvethisproblemusingafinancialcalculator;thekeystrokesaregivenbelow:N=12,I/Y=2.5%,PV=$80,000,PMT=0,CPTFV=‐$107,591PMTis0becausetherearenointermediatepaymentsinthisexample.Example

Donaldinvested$3millioninanAmericanbankthatpromisestopay4%compoundeddaily.WhichofthefollowingisclosesttotheamountDonaldreceivesattheendofthefirstyear?Assume365daysinayear.A. $3.003millionB. $3.122million

Page 91: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 90

C. $3.562million

SolutionThecorrectanswerisB.FormulaMethod

FV PV 1

FV 3million 1 . $3.122million

CalculatorMethodN=365,I/Y=4/365%,PV=$3million,PMT=0;CPTFV=‐$3.122million

3.2.ContinuousCompounding

Wesawexampleswithannualcompounding.Thenwediscussedquarterlycompoundingandintheaboveexamplewelookedatdailycompounding.Ifwekeepincreasingthenumberofcompoundingperiodsuntilwehaveinfinitenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyear,thenwecansaythatwehavecontinuouscompounding.

Theformulaforcomputingfuturevalueswithcontinuouscompoundingis:

FV PVe

where:r=continuouslycompoundedrateN=thenumberofyears

Let’slookatanexample.

Aninvestmentworth$50,000earnsinterestthatiscompoundedcontinuously.Thestatedannualinterestis3.6%.Whatisthefuturevalueoftheinvestmentafter3years?

Solution:

PV=$50,000;r=0.036;N=3

FV 50,000e . $55,702

ConceptBuildingExercise

Assumethatthestatedannualinterestrateis12%.Whatisthefuturevalueof$100atdifferentcompoundingfrequencies?Whatisthereturn?

Frequency Futurevalueof$100 ReturnAnnual 112.00 12.00%Semiannual 112.36 12.36%Quarterly 112.55 12.55%Monthly 112.68 12.68%Daily 112.75 12.75%Continuous 112.75 12.75%

Page 92: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 91

Instructor’sNote:

1.Forthesamestatedannualrate,thereturnskeepgettingbetteraswecompoundmoreoften.

2.IfyouhavetwobanksthatofferthefollowingratesA:12.5%compoundedannuallyB:12%compoundeddailyWhichofferisbetter?

EventhoughA’s12.5%looksbetter,B’s12%compoundeddailywilleffectivelygiveyouareturnof12.75%.ThereforetheofferfrombankBisbetter.

3.3.StatedandEffectiveRates

Nowwecometotherelatedconceptofstatedversuseffectiverates.Intheaboveconcept‐buildingexercise,thestatedratewas12%acrosstheboard,buttheeffectiveratethataninvestoractuallyearnsdependsonthecompoundingfrequency.Theeffectiveratesweredifferentfordifferentcompoundingfrequencies.

Ifwearegivenacompoundingfrequency,wecancomputeeffectiveratesusingthefollowingformulae:

Effectiveannualratefordiscretecompounding:

EAR 1 periodicinterestrate – 1

where:m=numberofcompoundingperiodsinoneyear Fordailycompounding,m=365 Formonthlycompounding,m=12 Forquarterlycompounding,m=4 Forsemiannualcompounding,m=2

Forexample,forastatedannualrateof12%andquarterlycompounding,theEARwillbeequalto:

EAR=(1+0.12/4)4–1=1.1255–1=0.1255=12.55%

Instructor’sNote:Alotofpeoplegetconfusedaboutthe‐1attheendoftheformula.Theideaisactuallyfairlystraightforward.Basicallywehave1.034whichistellingushowmuch$1willbecomeattheendof4periods.$1isgoingtobecome$1.1255.Butthisisnotarate.Tofigureouttheratewehavetosubtracttheoriginal$1thatweinvested.Soweareleftwith0.1255whichisoureffectiverate.

EffectiveAnnualRateforcontinuouscompounding:EAR e 1

Page 93: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 92

wherer =statedannualinterestrate

Forexample,forastatedannualrateof12%andcontinuouscompounding,theEARwillbeequalto:

EAR=e0.12–1=1.1275–1=0.1275=12.75%

4.TheFutureValueofaSeriesofCashFlows

Thedifferenttypesofcashflowsbasedonthetimeperiodsoverwhichtheyoccurinclude: Annuity:Afinitesetofequalsequentialcashflows.Thetwotypesare

o Ordinaryannuity:Thefirstcashflowoccursoneperiodfromnow(indexedatt=1).

o Annuitydue:Thefirstcashflowoccursimmediately(indexedatt=0). Perpetuity:Asetofequalnever‐endingsequentialcashflowswiththefirstcashflow

occurringoneperiodfromtoday.(Theperiodisfiniteincaseofanannuitywhereasinperpetuityitisinfinite.)

4.1.EqualCashFlows–OrdinaryAnnuity

Let’ssaythatwehaveanordinaryannuitywithA=$1,000,r=5%andN=5,i.e.wearegoingtoreceiveapaymentof$1,000attheendofeachyearforthenext5yearsandourdiscountrateis5%.WecancomputetheFVofthisannuityusingthefollowingthreemethods:

Brute‐ForceMethod

Wecantakeeachindividualcashflowandseehowmucheachofthesewillbeworthattheendoffiveyears.ThenwecanaddallthevaluestocomputethetotalFVoftheannuity.

Forinstance,thefirst$1,000depositmadeatt=1willcompoundoverfourperiods;theseconddepositof$1,000willcompoundoverthreeperiodsandsoon.Wethenaddthefuturevaluesofallpaymentstoarriveatthefuturevalueoftheannuitywhichis$5,525.63.

Page 94: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 93

FormulaMethod

Thefuturevalueofanannuitycanalsobecomputedusingthefollowingformula:

FV A1 r – 1

r

where:A=annuityamountN=numberofyears

Theterminsquarebracketsisknownasthe‘futurevalueannuityfactor’(FVAF).Thisfactorgivesthefuturevalueofanordinaryannuityof$1perperiod.Hencetheformulagivenabovecanalsobewrittenas:FV=AxFVAF.

Therefore,usingtheformula:

FV 1,000 . –

.$5,525.63

CalculatorMethod

Givenbelowarethekeystrokesforcomputingthefuturevalueofanordinaryannuity.

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0

[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0

5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5

5[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=5

0[PV] 0becausethereisnoinitialinvestment PV=0

1000[PMT] Setannuitypayment PMT=1000

[CPT][FV] Computefuturevalue FV=‐5525.63

Ontheexamyoushouldusethecalculatormethod,becausethisisthefastestmethodanddoesnotrequireyoutomemorizetheannuityformula.

Example

Haleydeposits$24,000inherbankaccountattheendofeveryyear.Theaccountearns12%perannum.Ifshecontinuesthispractice,howmuchmoneywillshehaveattheendof15years?

Solution:N=15,I/Y=12%,PV=0,PMT=$24,000;CPTFV=‐$894,713.15

Page 95: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 94

4.2.UnequalCashFlows

Ifcashflowstreamsareunequal,thefuturevalueannuityfactorcannotbeused.Inthiscase,wefindthefuturevalueofaseriesofunequalcashflowsbycompoundingthecashflowsoneatatime.

Thisconceptisillustratedinthefigurebelow.Weneedtofindthefuturevalueoffivecashflows:$1,000attheendofYear1;$2,000attheendofYear2;$3,000attheendofYear3;$4,000attheendofYear4;and$5,000attheendofYear5.

Thefuturevalueis$5,000+$4,000x1.05+$3,000x1.052+$2,000x1.053+$1,000x1.054

=$16,038.

5.ThePresentValueofaSingleCashFlow

Let'ssaythatoneyearfromtodayyouwillreceiveacashflowof$110.Whatisthevalueofthat$110today?(Assumethattheinterestrateis10%)

PVFV

1 0.1$110

1 0.1$100

The$110oneyearfromtodayhasapresentvalueof$100.Inotherwords,youwillbeindifferentbetween$100todayand$110oneyearfromtoday.

Whatifyouweregoingtoreceive$121attheendoftwoyears,whatisitspresentvalue?

Page 96: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 95

PVFV

1 0.1$121

1 0.1$100

UsingthesetwoexampleswecanwriteageneralformulaforcomputingPV.GivenacashflowthatistobereceivedinNperiodsandaninterestrateofrperperiod,thePVcanbecomputedas:

PVFV1 r

where:N=numberofperiodsr=rateofinterestFV=futurevalueofinvestment

Instructor’sNoteNoticethatthisformulacanalsobeobtainedbysimplyrearrangingtheformulaforFVthatwestudiedearlier.

FV PV 1 r PV

Basedonthisformulawecanmaketwoobservations

1. Foragivendiscountrate,thefartherinthefuturetheamounttobereceived,thesmallertheamount’spresentvalue.

Mathematicalexplanation:InthefirstcasethePVis$110/1.1,whereasinthesecondcasePVis$110/1.12.SincewearedividingbyalargernumberthePVwillbelowerinthesecondcase.

Intuitiveexplanation:Clearlyreceivingacertainamountofmoneysoonerisbetterthanreceivingthesameamountofmoneylatter.

Page 97: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 96

2. Holdingtimeconstant,thelargerthediscountrate,thesmallerthepresentvalueofafutureamount.

InthefirstcasePVis$110/1.1,whereasinthesecondcasePVis$110/1.2.ClearlythePVisgoingtobelowerinthesecondcase,becausewearedividingbyalargernumber.

Example

Liampurchasesacontractfromaninsurancecompany.Thecontractpromisestopay$600,000after8yearswitha5%return.WhatamountofmoneyshouldLiammostlikelyinvest?SolveusingtheformulaandTVMfunctionsonthecalculator.

Solution:FormulaMethod

PVFV1 r

$600,0001.05

$406,104

CalculatorMethod

N=8,I/Y=5%,PMT=0,FV=$600,000;CPTPVPV=‐$406,104Example

Mathewswishestofundhisson,Nathan’s,collegetuitionfee.Hepurchasesasecuritythatwillpay$1,000,000in12years.Nathan’scollegebegins3yearsfromnow.Giventhatthediscountrateis7.5%,whatisthesecurity’svalueatthetimeofNathan’sadmission?

Solution:

PV$1,000,0001.075

$521,583.47

ExampleOrlandoisamanageratanAustralianpensionfund.5yearsfromtodayhewantsalumpsumamountofAUD40,000.Giventhatthecurrentinterestrateis4%ayear,compoundedmonthly,howmuchshouldOrlandoinvesttoday?

Page 98: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 97

Solution:

Wehavemonthlycompounding,thereforetheinputstoourcalculatorwillbeN=5x12=60I=4/12%PMT=0FV=$40,000CPTPV=‐$32,760.12

6.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofCashFlows

6.1.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofEqualCashFlows

OrdinaryAnnuity

Anordinaryannuityisaseriesofequalpaymentsatequalintervalsforafiniteperiodoftime.Examplesofordinaryannuity:mortgagepayments,pensionincomeetc.

ConsideranordinaryannuitywithA=$10,r=5%andN=5.

WecancomputethePVofthisannuityusingthreemethods

Brute‐ForceMethod:

SimplytakeeachcashflowandcomputethePV.AddallvaluestogetthePVfortheannuity.

PV=$43.29.

Page 99: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 98

FormulaMethod:

Thepresentvaluecanalsobecomputedusingthefollowingformula:

PV A1

r

where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypaymentsTheterminsquarebracketsiscalledthepresentvalueannuityfactor(PVAF).Hencetheequationabovecanalsobewrittenas:PV=AxPVAF.

Therefore,usingtheformulaweget,

PV 101

.

0.05$43.29

CalculatorMethod:

Thekeystrokestosolvethisusingafinancialcalculatoraregivenbelow:

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0

[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet 0

5[N] Fiveyears/periods N=5

5[I/Y] Setinterestrate I/Y=5

0[FV]Setto0becausethereisnofinalpaymentotherthantheperiodicannuityamounts

FV=0

10[PMT] Setannuitypayment PMT=10

[CPT][PV] Computepresentvalue PV=‐43.29

AnnuityDueWithanannuityduethefirstpaymentisreceivedatthestartofthefirstperiod.SoifwehaveanannuityduewithA=$10,r=5%andN=5.Thecashflowswillbe

Page 100: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 99

Again,therearethreemethodstocalculatethePVofthisannuitydue.

Brute‐Forcemethod

TakeeachcashflowandcomputethePV.AddallvaluestogetthePVfortheannuity.

PV=$45.46.

Noticethatwithanannuitydueyouarereceivingmoneyfaster,whichmeansthatthe

PVannuitydue($45.46)>PVordinaryannuity($43.29).

Formulamethod:

Wecanalsousethefollowingformula:

PV A1

r1 r

where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments

Thereforeusingtheformula,

PV 101

.

0.051 0.05 $45.46

Instructor’sNote:

NoticethatA isbasicallytheformulaforcomputingthePVofanordinaryannuity.

IfyouusetheordinaryannuityformulathePVthatyougetwillbeattimeperiod‐1.Sothisneedstobetakenforwardoneperiodbymultiplyingitby(1+r)

Page 101: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 100

CalculatorMethod:

SetthecalculatortoBGNmode.Thistellsthecalculatorthatpaymentshappenatthestartofeveryperiod.(ThedefaultcalculatorsettingisENDmodewhichmeansthatpaymentshappenattheendofeveryperiod).Thekeystrokesareshownbelow:

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][BGN][2nd][SET] Setpaymentstobereceivedatbeginningratherthanend

BGN

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode BGN0

[2nd][CLRTVM] ClearsTVMWorksheet BGN0

5[N] Fouryears/periods BGNN=5

5[I/Y] Setinterestrate BGNI/Y=5

10[PMT] Setpayment BGNPMT=10

0[FV] Setfuturevalue BGNFV=0

[CPT][PV] Computepresentvalue BGN PV=‐45.46

[2nd][BGN][2nd][SET]Setpaymentstobereceivedattheend

END

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardcalcmode 0

AlwaysremembertoputyourcalculatorbackintheENDmodeafteryouaredonewiththecalculations.

6.2.ThePresentValueofanInfiniteSeriesofEqualCashFlows–Perpetuity

Aperpetuityisaseriesofneverendingequalcashflows.Thepresentvalueofperpetuitycanbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:

PVAr

where:A=annuityamountr=discountrate

Let’ssaythatwehaveareallysimpleperpetuitywherewereceive$10attheendofeveryyearforever,andlet’ssaythattheinterestrateis5%.

ThePVofthisperpetuitycanbecomputedas:

Page 102: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 101

PV100.05

$200

Instructor’sNote:Keepinmindthatthepresentvalueof$200isoneperiodbeforethefirstcashflow.Manystudentsshowthepresentvalueof$200atthesametimeasthefirstcashflow,whichisincorrect.

6.3.PresentValuesIndexedatTimesOtherThant=0

Anannuityorperpetuitybeginningsometimeinthefuturecanbeexpressedinpresentvaluetermsoneperiodpriortothefirstpayment.Thatvaluecanthenbediscountedbacktotoday’spresentvalue.Let’ssayyouareofferedacashflowof$10attheendofyear5,endofyear6,andsoonforever.WhatisthePVofthesecashflows,assumingadiscountrateof10%?

ThePVoftheperpetuityattheendofyear4canbecomputedas:

PV100.1

$100

ThisvaluehastobediscountedbackfourperiodstogetthePVattimeperiod0.

PV0=$100/1.14=$68.30

ExampleBillGrahamiswillingtopayforaperpetualpreferredstockthatpaysdividendsworth$100peryearindefinitely.Thefirstpaymentwillbereceivedatt=4.Giventhattherequiredrateofreturnis10%,howmuchshouldMr.Grahampaytoday?

Solution:Thetimelineforthisscenariois

ThePVoftheperpetuityattheendofyear3canbecomputedas

PV1000.1

$1,000

Thisvaluehastobediscountedback3periodstogetthePVattimeperiod0.

Page 103: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 102

PV0=$1,000/1.13=$751.31

6.4.ThePresentValueofaSeriesofUnequalCashFlows

Whenwehaveunequalcashflows,wecanfirstfindthepresentvalueofeachindividualcashflowandthensumtherespectivepresentvalues.

Let’ssaythatwehavethefollowingcashflows:

Timeperiod CashFlow1 $1002 $2003 $300

Assumingadiscountrateof10%,thePVofthesecashflowscanbecomputedas:

PV=100/1.1+200/1.12+300/1.13=$481.59

Example

Andymakesaninvestmentwiththeexpectedcashflowshowninthetablebelow.Assumingadiscountrateof9%whatisthepresentvalueofthisinvestment?

TimePeriod CashFlow($)

1 50

2 100

3 150

4 200

5 250Solution:PV=50/1.09+100/1.092+150/1.093+200/1.094+250/1.095=$550.03

Wecanalsousethecashflowregisteronourfinancialcalculatortosolvethisproblemquickly.Thekeystrokesareasfollows:

Page 104: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 103

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0

[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0

0[ENTER] Nocashflowatt=0 CF0=0

[↓]50[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=50

[↓][↓]100[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=100

[↓][↓]150[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=150

[↓][↓]200[ENTER] EnterCFatt=4 C04=200

[↓][↓]250[ENTER] EnterCFatt=5 C05=250

[↓][NPV][9][ENTER] Enterdiscountrate I=9

[↓][CPT] ComputeNPV 550.03

7.SolvingforRates,NumberofPeriods,orSizeofAnnuityPayments

7.1.SolvingforInterestRatesandGrowthRates

Aninterestratecanalsobeconsideredagrowthrate.Wecancomputetherateusingtheformulamethodorthecalculatormethod.Example:A$100deposittodaygrowsto$121in2years.Whatistheinterestrate?Useboththeformulaandthecalculatormethod.Usingtheformula100(1+r)2=121.Thereforer=0.1or10%Usingthecalculatormethod,inputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$100(WhenweenterbothPVandFV,theyshouldbegivenoppositesignstoavoidacalculatorerror.)FV=$121N=2PMT=0CPTII=10%Example:Thepopulationofasmalltownis100,000on1Jan2000.On31December2001thepopulationis121,000.Whatisthegrowthrate?InputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$100,000FV=$121,000N=2PMT=0CPTII=10%

Page 105: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 104

Example:Youinvest$900todayandreceivea$100couponpaymentattheendofeveryyearfor5years.Inaddition,youreceive$1,000andtheendofyear5.Whatistheinterestrate?InputstothecalculatorarePV=‐$900FV=$1,000N=5PMT=100CPTII=12.83%

7.2.SolvingfortheNumberofPeriods

Similarly,wecandeterminethenumberofperiodsgivenotherinformationsuchasfuturevalue,presentvalueandinterestrate.Example:Youinvest$2,500.Howmanyyearswillittaketotripletheamountgiventhattheinterestrateis6%perannumcompoundedannually?Useboththeformulaandthecalculatormethod.FormulaMethod:FV PV 1 r 7,500 2,500 1 0.06 1.06 3Nx ln 1.06 ln 3

Nln 3

ln 1.0618.85

CalculatorMethod:Usingthecalculator:I/Y=6%,PV=$2,500,PMT=0,FV=‐$7,500,CPTN=18.85.

7.3.SolvingfortheSizeofAnnuityPayments

Giventhenumberofperiods,interestrateperperiod,presentvalue,andfuturevalue,itiseasytosolvefortheannuitypaymentamount.Thisconceptcanbeappliedtomortgagesandretirementplanning.Considerthefollowingexample.

Example:Freddieboughtacarworth$42,000today.Hewasrequiredtomakea15%downpayment.Theremainderwastobepaidasamonthlypaymentoverthenext12monthswiththefirstpaymentdueatt=1.Giventhattheinterestrateis8%perannumcompoundedmonthly,whatistheapproximatemonthlypayment?

Loanamount=85%of$42,000=0.85x42,000=$35,700PV=$35,700N=12I/Y=8/12%FV=0 CPTPMTPMT=$3,105.48

Page 106: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 105

7.4.ReviewofPresentandFutureValueEquivalence

Let’ssaythatwehaveanordinaryannuitywithA=10,r=5%andN=5.

Asperourdiscussionsofar,wecancomputethePVandFVofthisannuityPV(attime0)=$43.29andFV(attime5)=$55.26Accordingtotheconceptofpresentandfuturevalueequivalence,alumpsumof$43.29attime0isequivalenttoanannuityof$10overfiveyears.Further,boththeseoptionsareequivalenttoalumpsumof$55.26attime5.Givenaninterestrateof5%,youwouldbeindifferentbetweenthesechoices.

7.5.TheCashFlowAdditivityPrinciple

Amountsofmoneyindexedatthesamepointintimeareadditive.Forexample,ifyouhavethefollowingcashflows:

Youcannotsimplyaddthesethreenumbers.Youhavetotakeeachofthesenumbersandbringthemtoaparticularpointintime.Let’ssaythatwefindthepresentvaluesattimezeroforeachofthesecashflows.Accordingtothisprinciple,thesepresentvaluesthatareallindexedtotimezerocanbeadded.

Page 107: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 106

Summary

LO.a:Interpretinterestratesasrequiredratesofreturn,discountrates,oropportunitycosts.

Aninterestrateistherequiredrateofreturn.Ifyouinvest$100todayontheconditionthatyouget$110afteroneyear,therequiredrateofreturnis10%.Ifthefuturevalue(FV)attheendofYear1is$110,youcandiscountat10%togetthepresentvalue(PV)of$100.Hence,10%canalsobethoughtofasadiscountrate.Finally,ifyouspent$100ontakingyourspouseoutfordinneryougaveuptheopportunitytoearn10%.Thus,10%canalsobeinterpretedasanopportunitycost.

LO.b:Explainaninterestrateasthesumofarealrisk‐freerate,andpremiumsthatcompensateinvestorsforbearingdistincttypesofrisk.

Interestrate=Realrisk‐freeinterestrate+Inflationpremium+Defaultriskpremium+Liquiditypremium+Maturitypremium.

Nominalriskfreerate=realriskfreerate+inflationpremium

LO.c:Calculateandinterprettheeffectiveannualrate,giventhestatedannualinterestrateandthefrequencyofcompounding.

Thestatedannualinterestrateisaquotedinterestratethatdoesnotaccountforcompoundingwithintheyear.Theeffectiveannualrate(EAR)istheamountbywhichaunitofcurrencywillgrowinayearwhenwedoconsidercompoundingwithintheyear.Example:Ifthestatedannualrateis12%withmonthlycompounding,theperiodicormonthlyrateis1%.Since$1investedatthestartoftheyearwillgrowto1.0112=1.1268,theEARis12.68%.

LO.d:Solvetimevalueofmoneyproblemsfordifferentfrequenciesofcompounding.

Whenourcompoundingfrequencyisnotannual,weusethefollowingformulatocomputefuturevalue:

FV PV 1rm

where:rs=thestatedannualinterestrateindecimalformatm=thenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyearN=thenumberofyears

Ifwekeepincreasingthenumberofcompoundingperiodsuntilwehaveinfinitenumberofcompoundingperiodsperyear,thenwecansaythatwehavecontinuouscompounding.Theformulatocomputefuturevalueis:

FV PVe where:

Page 108: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 107

r=continuouslycompoundedrate N=thenumberofyears

LO.e:Calculateandinterpretthefuturevalue(FV)andpresentvalue(PV)ofasinglesumofmoney,anordinaryannuity,anannuitydue,aperpetuity(PVonly),andaseriesofunequalcashflows.

Thefuturevalueandpresentvalueforasinglesumofmoneycanbecalculatedusingthefollowingformulae:

FV=PV(1+r)NandPV=FV/(1+r)N

Anannuityisafinitesetofequalsequentialcashflowsoccurringatequalintervals.Therearetwotypesofannuities:

Ordinaryannuity:Cashflowsoccurattheendofeveryperiod. Annuitydue:Cashflowsoccuratthestartofeveryperiod(hence,thePeriod1cash

flowoccursimmediately).Thefuturevalueofanordinaryannuitycanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:

FV A1 r – 1

r

where:A=annuityamountN=numberofyears

Thepresentvalueofordinaryannuitycanbecomputedusingthefollowingformula:

PV A1

r

where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments

Withanannuityduethefirstpaymentisreceivedatthestartofthefirstperiod.Theformulatocalculatepresentvalueofannuitydueisasfollows:

PV A1

r1 r

where:A=annuityamountr=interestrateperperiodcorrespondingtothefrequencyofannuitypaymentsN=numberofannuitypayments

Page 109: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 108

Alternatively,youmayalsousetheTVMkeysonthecalculatorinsteadoftheformulastocomputethepresentvaluesandthefuturevaluesofannuities.

Aperpetuityisaseriesofneverendingequalcashflows.Thepresentvalueofperpetuitycanbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:

PVAr

where:A=annuityamountr=discountrate

LO.f:Demonstratetheuseofatimelineinmodelingandsolvingtimevalueofmoneyproblems.

Youcansolvetimevalueofmoneyquestionsbyshowingcashflowsonatimelinesuchastheoneshownbelow:

Sayyouwillreceive$150attheendofYear4,Year5,andYear6andyouwanttocalculatethePVattime0.YoucantreatthethreepaymentsasanannuityandcalculatethePVattheendofyear3.Thisvalue,assuminga10%discountrate,is:$373.03.Wecanthenfurtherdiscount$373.03totime0.Plug:FV=$373.03,N=3,I=10%,PMT=0.ComputePV.Youshouldget$280.26.

Page 110: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 109

PracticeQuestions

1. Interestratescanbeleastlikelyinterpretedas:A. discountrates.B. opportunitycosts.C. sunkcosts.

2. Thefollowinginformationisprovidedregardingasecuritywhosenominalinterestrateis

10%: Therealrisk‐freerateofreturnis4% Thedefaultriskpremiumis1% Thematurityriskpremiumis1% Theliquidityriskpremiumis2%An investor wants to determine the inflation premium in the security’s return. Theinflationpremiumisclosestto:A. 2%.B. 4%.C. 6%.

3. Which of the following fixed income instruments has thehighest effective annual rate

(EAR)? Compoundingfrequency AnnualinterestrateInstrument1 Monthly 6.20%Instrument2 Quarterly 6.25%Instrument3 Continuously 6.00%

A. Instrument1.B. Instrument2.C. Instrument3.

4. Howmuchshouldbeinvestedtodayat8%interestcompoundedquarterlytoaccumulate

$10,000fiveyearsfromtoday?Theamountthatmustbeinvestedtodayisclosestto:A. $6,210.B. $6,730.C. $6,840.

5. Theamountaninvestorwillhavein10years,if$1000isinvestedtodayatacontinuously

compoundedrateof7%,willbeclosestto:A. $2,014.B. $2,038.C. $2,044.

Page 111: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 110

6. Nancy Scott is buying a house. She expects her budget to allow amonthly payment of$2000ona20‐yearmortgagewithastatedannualinterestrateof6percent.IfMs.Scottputsa15percentdownpayment,themostshecanpayforthehouseisclosestto:A. $279,160.B. $328,425.C. $336,160.

7. A tenantpays rentof $800monthlydueon the firstdayof everymonth. If theannual

interestrateis7percent,thepresentvalueofafullyear’srentisclosestto:A. $9,245.B. $9,300.C. $9,355.

8. The preferred shares of Crane Industries are expected to pay a $10 dividend forever,

startingfromtheendofthisyear.Iftherequiredrateofreturnonequivalentinvestmentsis9%,ashareofCraneIndustriespreferredstockshouldbeworth:A. $90.50.B. $111.10.C. $124.60.

9. Aninvestmentisexpectedtoproducethecashflowsof$100,$200,and$300attheend

ofthenextthreeyears.Iftherequiredrateofreturnis10%,thepresentvalueofthisinvestmentisclosestto:A. $456.65.B. $475.83.C. $481.59.

10. JamesMillerwantstosaveforhisson’scollegetuition.Hewillhavetopay$40,000atthe

endofeachyearforthefouryearsthathissonattendscollege.Hehas6yearsuntilhissonstartscollegetosaveupforhistuition.Usinga8%interestratecompoundedannually,theamountMillerwouldhavetosaveeachyearfor6yearsisclosestto:A. $16,190.B. $18,060.C. $19,530.

Page 112: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 111

Solutions1. Ciscorrect.Interestratescanbeinterpretedas

Required rate of return: It is theminimum rate that the investors require tomakeinvestments.

Discountrate:Futurevaluescanbediscountedbyinterestratestoarriveatpresentvalues.

Opportunitycosts:Ifinsteadofinvesting,youspendthemoneyonsomethingelse,thenyouhavegivenuptheopportunitytoearninterest.

Sunkcostisacostthathasalreadybeenincurredandcannotberecovered.2. Aiscorrect.Nominalinterestrate=realrisk‐freerateofreturn+inflationpremium+risk

premiums(default,liquidity,maturitypremiums)Therefore,Inflationpremium=10%‐4%‐1%‐1%‐2%=2%

3. Biscorrect.UsetheEAR(effectiveannualrate)tocomparetheinvestments:

Instrument Formula EARInstrument1 (1+.062/12)^12–1 6.379%Instrument2 (1+.0625/4)^4–1 6.398%Instrument3 e^(0.060×1)–1 6.183%

4. Biscorrect.EnterintoyourfinancialcalculatorFV=10,000,N=5x4=20,I/Y=8/4=2,

PMT=0,andsolveforPV.PV=‐6,729.715. Aiscorrect.Thefuturevalueofanamountcalculatedusingcontinuouscompoundingis:

FV Pv e Thus:FV 1000 e . $2,013.75

6. Biscorrect.Theconsumer’sbudgetwillsupportamonthlypaymentof$2,000.Givena

20‐yearmortgageat6percent,theloanamountwillbe$279,161(N=20x12=240,%I=6/12=0.5,PMT=2,000,FV=0solveforPV).Ifshemakesa15%downpayment,thenthemostshecanpayforthenewhouse=$279,161/(1–0.15)=$328,424.7.

7. Biscorrect.Usingafinancialcalculator:PMT=800,I=7/12=0.583,n=12Computeannuity

duePV,PV=$9299.6(PutthecalculatorinBGNmodeforannuityduecalculations)8. Biscorrect.

PV/

$

.$111.11

Page 113: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R06 Time Value of Money 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 112

9. Ciscorrect.Usingyourcashflowkeys,(CF0=0),CF1=100,CF2=200,CF3=300,I=10

ComputePV,PV=$481.59

10. Biscorrect.Usingafinancialcalculator,wefirstneedtocalculatethetotalvalueofthetuitionfeesneededattheendof6years.Notethatthefirstpaymentof40,000needstobemade7yearsfromtoday.N=4,I/Y=8,PMT=40,000,FV=0ComputePV:PV=$132,485.07.Thisistheamountofmoneyneededattheendof6years.Using$132,485.07astheFVforthesavingphaseannuity,wecomputeyearlydepositswiththeinputs:N=6,I/Y=8,PV=0,FV=132,485.07ComputePMT:PMT=$18059.75~$18060.

Page 114: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 113

R07DiscountedCashFlowApplications

1.Introduction

Thisreadingcovers: Decisiontools:netpresentvalue(NPV)andinternalrateofreturn(IRR). DecisionrulesforNPVandIRR. ConflictingsituationsunderIRR,andwhatruletouseinsuchcases. Calculatingreturnsofaportfolio:money‐weightedreturnandtime‐weightedreturn. Calculatingdifferentyieldmeasuresformoneymarketinstruments.

2.NetPresentValueandInternalRateofReturn

Netpresentvalueandinternalrateofreturnareoftenappliedinallfieldsoffinance.Butperhapsthemostcommonandwellknownapplicationoftheseconceptsisinthefieldofcapitalbudgeting,wherecompaniesneedtomakedecisionsonwhichprojectstopursueandwhichprojectstoreject.

2.1NetPresentValueandtheNetPresentValueRule

Thenetpresentvalue(NPV)ofaninvestmentisthepresentvalueofitscashinflowsminusthepresentvalueofitscashoutflows.ThestepstocalculateNPVareasfollows:

Identifyallthecashflowsassociatedwithaninvestment(bothinflowsandoutflows). Determinetheappropriatediscountrate‘r’fortheinvestmentproject.‘r’isalso

knownasthecostofcapitalortheopportunitycost. Usingthediscountrate‘r’,findthepresentvalueofeachcashflow. Inflowsarepositiveandoutflowsarenegative.Sumthepresentvaluesofallcash

flows,includingtheinitialinvestment.Thisvaluerepresentstheinvestment’snetpresentvalue.

FormulaforcomputingNPVis:

NPV presentvalueofcashinflows– presentvalueofcashoutflows

NPVCF1 r

where:CFt=theexpectednetcashflowattimetN=theinvestment’sprojectedlifer=thediscountrateoropportunitycost

TounderstandtheNPVconcept,letusconsiderasimpleexample.

Page 115: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 114

Example

Aprojectrequiresaninitialoutlayof$750,000.Itisexpectedtoproduce$200,000inthefirstyear,$300,000inthesecondyear,and$400,000inthethirdyear.Thecostofcapitalforthisprojectis10%.WhatistheNPV?Shouldtheprojectbeaccepted?

Solution:FormulaMethod:

UsingtheformulaforNPV,

NPV CF0 CF11 r

CF21 r

CF31 r

NPV 750,000200,0001.1

300,0001.1

400,0001.1

NPV=‐19,722

Whilethismethodisconceptuallysimple,itcanbetediousifthenumberofcashflowsislarge.Itismucheasiertousethefinancialcalculator.Thestepsareoutlinedbelow:

CalculatorMethod:Keystrokes Explanation Display[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0750[+/‐][ENTER] InitialOutlay(in000’s) CF0=‐750[↓]200[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=200[↓][↓]300[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=300[↓][↓]400[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=400[↓][NPV][10][ENTER] Enterdiscountrate I=10[↓][CPT] ComputeNPV ‐19.722Thepresentvalueofcashinflowsis$730,278whichislessthanthecostof$750,000.Valueisbeingdestroyed.TheNPVisnegativeandhencethisprojectshouldberejected.

NPVDecisionRule

Forindependentprojects(whereyoucanmakeadecisiononeachprojectindependently): IftheNPVispositiveAccepttheproject. IftheNPVisnegativeRejecttheproject.

Formutuallyexclusiveprojects(whereonlyoneprojectcanbeaccepted): AccepttheprojectwiththehigherNPVaslongastheNPVispositive.

2.2TheInternalRateofReturnandtheInternalRateofReturnRule

Theinternalrateofreturn(IRR)isthediscountratethatmakesthenetpresentvalueequaltozero.Itis‘internal’becauseitdependsonlyonthecashflowsoftheinvestment;noexternaldataisneeded.TheformulaforIRRisasfollows:

Page 116: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 115

NPV CF CF

1 IRR

CF1 IRR

… CF

1 IRR0

where:CF usuallytheinitialinvestmentwhichisacashoutflowCFt=theexpectednetcashflowattimetNPV=netpresentvalueoftheinvestmentIRR=internalrateofreturn

TheIRRisasinglenumberwhichrepresentsthereturngeneratedbyaproject.Consideraverysimpleprojectwheretheinitialinvestmentis$100.Oneyearlatertheamountreceivedfromthisprojectis$110.Therearenoothercashflows.IfweapplytheformulaforIRRweget:

100110

1 IRR0

SolvingthisequationshowsthatIRR=0.1or10%.

Example

Consideraprojectthatrequiresaninitialinvestmentof$150,000.Estimatedcashflowsforthefollowingthreeyearsare$50,000,$100,000and$40,000respectively.WhatistheIRR?

Solution:WecansetupanequationwiththeinitialoutflowequaltothepresentvalueoffuturecashflowsandsolvefortheIRR:

CF0 CF1

1 IRR

CF21 IRR

CF3

1 IRR

Plugginginthevalues,weget:

$150,000 $50,0001 IRR

$100,0001 IRR

$40,0001 IRR

Whileitistheoreticallypossibletosolvetheaboveequation,itismuchsimplertousethefinancialcalculator.Keystrokes Explanation Display[2nd][QUIT] Returntostandardmode 0[CF][2nd][CLRWRK] ClearCFRegister CF=0150[+/‐][ENTER] Initialoutlay(in000’s) CF0=‐150[↓]50[ENTER] EnterCFatt=1 C01=50[↓][↓]100[ENTER] EnterCFatt=2 C02=100[↓][↓]40[ENTER] EnterCFatt=3 C03=40[↓][ÌRR][CPT] ComputeIRR 13.11%

TheIRRRule

Forindependentprojects:

Page 117: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 116

IfIRR>OpportunitycostAccepttheproject. IfIRR<OpportunitycostRejecttheproject.

Formutuallyexclusiveprojects: AccepttheprojectwiththehigherIRR,aslongastheIRR>Opportunitycost.

IRRusestheopportunitycostofcapitalasthehurdlerate.Forexample,ifatagivencompanythecostofcapital(opportunitycost)is10%,thenonlyprojectswithIRR>10%willbeaccepted.

Example

Billisinterestedinaprojectwhichrequiresaninvestmentof$1.5million.Theprojectshallpay$200,000peryearinperpetuity.Thefirstcashflowwillbereceived1yearfromtoday.Thecostofcapitalis8%.WhatistheIRR?ShouldBillinvestinthisproject?

Solution:IRRcanalsobethoughtofasthediscountratewhichmakestheinitialoutlayequaltothepresentvalueoffuturecashflows.Heretheinitialoutlayis$1,500,000.Becausetheproject’scashflowsareaperpetuity,thepresentvalueoffuturecashflowscanbewrittenas:$200,000/IRR.Hencetheequationbecomes:

1,500,000200,000IRR

WecansolveforIRRas:

IRR200,000

$1,500,0000.133or13.3%

SincetheIRRof13.3%isgreaterthanthecostofcapitalof8%,Billshouldinvestinthisproject.

2.3ProblemswiththeIRRRule

NPVandIRRrulesgivethesameacceptorrejectdecisionwhenprojectsareindependent.However,whendealingwithmutuallyexclusiveprojects,itispossiblethatthehighestNPVprojectisnotthesameasthehighestIRRproject.Thisiscalledarankingconflict.

IRRandNPVcanrankprojectsdifferentlywhen: Thesizeorscaleoftheprojectsdiffers. Timingoftheprojects’cashflowsdiffers.

Toillustratethefirstpoint(differenceinsize),consideracompanywith$100millionavailabletoinvest.Ithastwoinvestmentprojectsasshownbelow:

Project Investmentatt=0 Cashflowatt=1 IRR(%) NPVat10%A ‐100 120 20% 10D ‐1,000 1,150 15% 45

Page 118: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 117

TheIRRruleranksProjectAfirstbecauseofthehigherIRR.TheNPVrule,however,ranksProjectDfirstbecauseofthehigherNPV.

Toillustratethesecondpoint(differenceincashflowtiming),considerProjectsAandCasshowninthetablebelow:

Project CF0 CF1 CF2 CF3 IRR(%)NPVat10%

A ‐100 120 0 0 20 10C ‐100 0 0 170 19 28

TheIRRruleranksProjectAfirstbecauseofthehigherIRR.TheNPVrule,however,ranksProjectCfirstbecauseofthehigherNPV.

WheneverthereisaconflictinrankingbetweentheIRRruleandtheNPVrule,theNPVruleshouldbeusedtodecidebetweenmutuallyexclusiveprojects.ThisisbecausetheNPVrepresentstheexpectedadditiontoshareholderwealthfromaninvestment.Themaximizationofshareholderwealthisabasicfinancialobjectiveofacompanyandhence,theNPVrulemustbegivenpreference.

Therefore,inthefirstcaseyoushouldselectProjectDoverProjectA.Similarly,inthesecondcaseyouselectProjectCoverProjectA.

3.PortfolioReturnMeasurement

Portfolioperformancemeasurementinvolvescalculatingreturnsinalogicalandconsistentmanner.Forinstance,determiningthereturnsofaportfoliohelpsincomparingandrankingdifferentmutualfunds.Inthissection,wecoverthefollowingreturnmeasuresandidentifysituationswhenthesemeasuresaretobeused:

Holdingperiodreturn Money‐weightedrateofreturn(MWRR) Time‐weightedrateofreturn(TWRR)

HoldingPeriodReturnHoldingperiodreturn(HPR)isthereturnthataninvestorearnsoveraspecifiedholdingperiod.Theholdingperiodcanrangefromdaystoyears.TheformulaforcalculatingHPRforaninvestmentthatmakesone‐timecashpaymentattheendoftheholdingperiodisgivenbelow:

HPRP –P D

Pendingvalue– beginningvalue cashflow

beginningvalue

where:P0=initialinvestmentP1=pricereceivedattheendoftheholdingperiodD1=cashpaidbytheinvestmentattheendoftheholdingperiod

Page 119: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 118

Example

Assumewebuyastockfor$50.Sixmonthslater,thestockpricegoesupto$53andwereceiveadividendof$2.Calculatetheholdingperiodreturn.Solution:Thereturnforthesix‐monthholdingperiodisgivenbelow:

HPR= =0.10=10%

3.1Money‐WeightedRateofReturn

Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnistheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofaprojectoraninvestment.

Letusconsiderasimpleexampletoillustratethispoint.Attimet=0,aninvestorbuysasharefor$20.00.AttheendoftheYear1,hereceivesadividendof$0.50andpurchasesanothersharefor$22.50.AttheendoftheYear2,hesellsbothsharesfor$23.50eachafterreceivinganotherdividendof$0.50pershare.Whatisthemoney‐weightedreturn?

Sincethemoney‐weightedreturnistheIRR,wecanuseafinancialcalculator.Thefirststepistodeterminethenetcashflowsforeveryperiod.Thisisillustratedinthetablebelow:

Time(endofperiod)

Outflow(‐) Inflow(+)Netcashflow

0 ‐$20.00Topurchasethefirstshare

‐$20.00

1 ‐$22.50Topurchasethesecondshare

$0.50Dividendreceivedonfirstshare

‐$22.00

2 Dividendreceived=$0.50x2shares=$1.00Fromsalesof2shares=$47

+48.00

Afterenteringthesecashflows,usethecalculator’sIRRfunctiontofindthemoney‐weightedrateofreturnas9.39%.

3.2Time‐weightedRateofReturn

Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnmeasuresthecompoundgrowthrateof$1initiallyinvestedintheportfoliooverastatedmeasurementperiod.Thetime‐weightedreturncanbecalculatedusingthefollowingsteps:1. Breaktheoverallevaluationperiodintosub‐periodsbasedonthedatesofcashinflows

andoutflows.2. Calculatetheholdingperiodreturnontheportfolioforeachsub‐period.3. Linkorcompoundholdingperiodreturnstoobtainanannualrateofreturnfortheyear

(thetime‐weightedrateofreturnfortheyear).4. Iftheinvestmentisformorethanayear,takethegeometricmeanoftheannualreturns

toobtainthetime‐weightedrateofreturnoverthatmeasurementperiod.

Page 120: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 119

Considerthesameexamplewediscussedabovewiththefollowingcashflows:TimeOutflow Inflow0 $20.00topurchasethefirstshare

1$22.50topurchasethesecondshare

$0.50dividendreceivedonfirstshare

$1.00dividends($0.50x2shares);$47.00fromselling2shares@$23.50pershare

CalculatingtheTWRRforthisexampleisrelativelysimplebecausecashflowsonlyoccuratthestart/endofeveryyear.Wewillfollowthestepsmentionedearlier:

Steps1:Breakintoevaluationperiodandvaluetheportfolioatstart/endofeveryperiod. ValueoftheportfolioatthestartofYear1(t=0)is$20.00. ValueofportfolioattheendofYear1(t=1)beforethepurchaseofthenewshareis

22.50+0.50=$23.00.Notethatthedividendof$0.50onthefirstshareisreceivedattheendofYear1.

ValueoftheportfolioatthestartofYear2(t=1)afterthepurchaseofthesecondshareis22.50+22.50=$45.00.Thedividendof$0.50fromthefirstshareispaidoutandisnotconsideredaspartoftheportfolio.

ValueoftheportfolioattheendofYear2(t=2)is23.50+23.50+0.50+0.50=$48.00.Bothsharespayadividendof$0.50attheendofthesecondyear.

Step2:Calculatetheholdingperiodreturnontheportfolioforeachsub‐period. Inthisquestionthecashflowsaretakingplaceatthestart/endofeachperiod.Hence

therearenosub‐periods.Scenariosinvolvingsub‐periodswillbecoveredinthenextexample.

Step3:Linkorcompoundholdingperiodreturnstoobtainanannualrateofreturnfortheyear. Theannualrateofreturnisbasedontheportfoliovalueatthestartandendofeach

period. TheportfoliovalueatthestartofYear1was$20.00andthevalueattheendofYear1

was$23.00.Hencetheholdingperiodreturnwas15.00%. TheportfoliovalueatthestartofYear2was$45.00andthevalueattheendofYear2

was$48.00.Hencetheholdingperiodreturnwas6.67%.

Step4:Iftheinvestmentisformorethanayear,takethegeometricmeanoftheannualreturnstoobtainthetime‐weightedrateofreturnoverthatmeasurementperiod.

TheTWRRiscalculatedas: 1.15 ∗ 1.067 – 1=0.1077=10.77%.

Page 121: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 120

Example

Consideraninvestmentwherecashflowsoccuratthestart/endofeveryquarter.Hereeachquarterisconsideredasub‐period.Thereturnforeachsub‐periodhasalreadybeencalculatedandisshownbelow:

Calculatethetime‐weightedreturn.

Solution:

Step1(breakevaluationintosub‐periods)andstep2(calculateHPRforsub‐periods)havebeendoneforyou.

Step3:LinkthequarterlyreturnstodeterminethereturnforYears1and2respectively.Foryear1:(1+0.10)(1–0.05)(1+0.15)(1–0.10)=1.0816Foryear2:(1–0.20)(1+0.30)(1+0.20)(1+0)=1.2480

Step4:Determinetheannualizedreturnbytakingthegeometricmean.TWRR=(1.0816x1.2480)1/2‐1=0.1618=16.18%.

Money‐weightedv/stime‐weightedreturns

Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnisimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.

Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnisnotimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.

Thetime‐weightedreturnisanappropriateperformancemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerdoesnotcontrolthetimingandamountofinvestment.

Ontheotherhand,money‐weightedreturnisanappropriatemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerhascontroloverthetimingandamountofinvestment.

4.MoneyMarketYields

Themoneymarketisthemarketforshort‐termdebtinstruments(oneyearmaturityorless).Someinstrumentsrequiretheissuertorepaythelendertheamountborrowedplustheinterest.Othersarepurediscountinstrumentsthatpayinterestasthedifferencebetweentheamountborrowedandtheamountpaidback.

Thefollowingyieldmeasuresareusedwhendealingwithmoneymarketinstruments: Bankdiscountyield Holdingperiodyield Effectiveannualyield Moneymarketyield

Page 122: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 121

Bondequivalentyield

BankDiscountYieldThebankdiscountyieldiscomputedasfollows:

BDYDFx360t

where:BDY=theannualizedyieldonabankdiscountbasisD=thedollardiscount,whichisequaltothedifferencebetweenthefacevalueofthebillandthepurchasepriceF=facevalueofthebillt=theactualnumberofdaysuntilmaturity

Example

ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Thedollardiscount,D,is$2,000.Calculatethebankdiscountyield.

Solution:

BDY2,000100,000

x360150

0.048 4.8%

Thebankdiscountyield(BDY)istheindustrystandardmeasureforquotingT‐bills.However,theBDYisnotanaccuratemeasureofinvestors’returnsforthefollowingthreereasons:1. Theyieldisbasedonthefacevalueofthebond,notonitspurchaseprice.Intheabove

example,thedollardiscountof$2,000isdividedthebythefacevalueof$100,000.Amoreaccuratemeasureofreturncanbeobtainedifwedividebytheinvestmentamount(ortheT‐billprice)of$98,000.

2. Theyieldisannualizedbasedona360‐dayyearratherthana365‐dayyear.3. Thebankdiscountyieldannualizeswithsimpleinterest.Intheaboveexamplethe150‐

dayreturnismultipliedby360/150.Thisignorestheopportunitytoearninterestoninterest(compoundinterest).

HoldingPeriodReturnItisthereturnaninvestorwillearnbyholdingtheinstrumenttomaturity.Itisalsoknownasholdingperiodyield(HPY).

HPYP –P D

P

where:P0=initialpurchasepriceoftheinstrumentP1=pricereceivedfortheinstrumentatmaturity

Page 123: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 122

D1=cashpaidbytheinstrumentatmaturity

Note:ThisconcepthasbeendiscussedearlierinSection3.

Example

ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalueof$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Determinetheholdingperiodyield.

Solution:

HPY=(100,000–98,000+0)/98,000=0.0204=2.04%

MoneyMarketYieldThemoneymarketyieldiscomputedbyannualizingtheHPYassumingsimpleinterestanda360‐dayyear.Theformulaisasfollows:

MMYHPYx360

t

where:HPY=holdingpriceyield360=numberofdaysinayeart=theactualnumberofdaysuntilmaturity

Example

ConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Calculatethemoneymarketyield.

Solution:

Weearliercalculatedtheholdingperiodyieldas2.04%.

MMY0.0204x360

1500.0490 4.90%

EffectiveAnnualYieldThemostaccuratemeasureofinvestors’returnsistheeffectiveannualyield(EAY).Theeffectiveannualyieldiscalculatedasfollows:

EAY 1 HPY – 1

where:

HPY=holdingpriceyield365=numberofdaysinayeart=theactualnumberofdaysremainingtomaturity

Theeffectiveannualyieldaddressesthethreeweaknessofthebankdiscountyield:1. TheHPYcorrectlygivesareturnwithrespecttotheinvestmentamountandnottheface

value.

Page 124: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 123

2. TheHPRisannualizedbasedona365‐dayyear,nota360‐dayyear.3. Byusinganexponent,compoundinterestisbeingusedratherthansimpleinterest.

ExampleConsideraT‐billwithafacevalue(orparvalue)of$100,000and150daysuntilmaturitywhichissellingfor$98,000.Determinetheeffectiveannualyield.

Solution:

Inanearlierexample,wecalculatedtheholdingperiodyieldas2.04%.

EAY 1 0.0204 – 1 0.0504 5.04%

BondEquivalentYield

Bondequivalentyieldiscomputedas:

Bondequivalentyield=2xsemiannualyield

Mostbondsmakecouponpaymentseverysixmonths.Considerabondworth$100andwhichmakesacouponpaymentof$4semi‐annually.Thesemi‐annualorsix‐monthyieldonthisbondis4/100=4%.Thebondequivalentyieldistwotimesthesix‐monthyield:2x4%=8%.Notethatforthisbondtheeffectiveannualyieldwillbe1.042–1=0.0816or8.16%.

Instructor’sNote:

Hereisasuggestiononhowtorememberthevariousmoneymarketyields.

Bankdiscountyield(BDY)=D/Fx360/t.Rememberfromthenamethatthereisadiscountinvolved.Thediscountisrelativetothefacevalue.HencewehaveD/FintheBDYexpression.NextD/Fneedstobeannualizedusingsimpleinterestsowemultiplyby360/twheretisthenumberofdaystomaturity.Sotheoverallformulabecomes:BDY=D/Fx360/t.Alsorememberthethreelimitationsofthismeasure:1)thediscountisdividedbyfacevalueratherthanprice,2)theuseof360daysinayearratherthan365days,and3)theuseofsimpleinteresttoannualizeratherthancompoundinterest.

Holdingperiodyield(HPY)=(Increaseinprice+anyothercashflow)/Investmentamount.Asthenameimpliesthisistheyieldorreturnforagivenholdingperiod.Itisdefinedasthegain(increaseinpriceplusanydividendorcouponpayment)overtheholdingperioddividedbytheoriginalinvestmentamount.Bydefinitionthisyieldmeasureisnotannualized.

Moneymarketyield(MMY)=HPYx360/t.HereweareannualizingtheHPYusinga360‐dayyearandsimpleinterest.SincetheHPYisbasedonthegaindividedbytheinvestmentamount,MMYaddressesthefirstandmostsignificantlimitationoftheBDY.Theothertwolimitationsremain.

Effectiveannualyield(EAY)=(1+HPY)365/t–1.ThismeasurecompoundstheHPYusinga365‐dayyear.HenceitaddressesallthreelimitationsoftheBDY.

Page 125: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 124

Convertingbetweenyieldmeasures

Thetablebelowsummarizeshowtoconvertbetweendifferentyieldmeasures:Thecurriculumoutlinesaformulaforconvertingabankdiscountyieldtoamoneymarketyield,butitiseasierandmoreintuitivetousetheprocessshowninthetablebelow:

Conversion Formula/MethodHPYtoMMY MMY=

HPYtoEAY EAY 1 HPY – 1HPYtoBDY(bankdiscountyield)

GiventhefacevalueandHPY,computepriceandthediscount.Usingthediscount,facevalueandnumberofdaystomaturity,computethebankdiscountyield.

BDYtoEAY FromtheBDY,computethediscount.Fromthediscount,computetheHPY.FromtheHPY,computetheEAY.

BDYtoMMY FromtheBDY,computethediscountandtheprice.Fromthediscountandtheprice,computetheHPY.FromtheHPY,computetheMMY.

ExampleConsideraT‐billwithafacevalueof$100,000and150daysuntilmaturity.Assumethebankdiscountyieldisgivenas4.80%.Determinetheholdingperiodyieldandthemoneymarketyield.

Solution:

1. Computethediscount:0.048x$100,000x $2,000andtheprice:

$100,000– $2,000 $98,0002. Fromthediscountandprice,wecancomputetheHPY:

$2,000$98,000

0.0204

3. FromtheHPY,computetheMMY:0.0204x =0.04896=4.90%

Page 126: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 125

Summary

LO.a:Calculateandinterpretthenetpresentvalue(NPV)andtheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofaninvestment.

Thenetpresentvalue(NPV)ofaninvestmentisthepresentvalueofitscashinflowsminusthepresentvalueofitscashoutflows.

Theinternalrateofreturn(IRR)isthediscountratethatmakesthenetpresentvalueequaltozero.

LO.b:ContrasttheNPVruletotheIRRrule,andidentifyproblemsassociatedwiththeIRRrule.

TheNPVruleforindependentprojectsistoaccepttheprojectiftheinvestment’sNPVispositiveandrejecttheprojectifNPVisnegative.However,formutuallyexclusiveprojectstheinvestormustchoosetheprojectwiththehighestpositiveNPV.

TheIRRruleforindependentprojectsistoaccepttheprojectiftheinvestment’sIRRisgreaterthanthecostofcapitalandrejecttheprojectifitislessthanthecostofcapital.Incaseofmutuallyexclusiveprojects,theprojectwiththehighestIRRmustbeselected.

ThereisatheoreticallimitationofIRR,wherebyinterimcashflowsareassumedtobereinvestedattheIRRrateandnotatthecostofcapital.Thisleadstoarankingconflict,i.e.whendecidingbetweenprojectswhicharenotindependent,theNPVandIRRrulesdonotalwaysleadtothesamedecision.WheneverthereisaconflictinrankingbetweentheIRRruleandtheNPVrule,theNPVruleshouldbeusedtodecidebetweenmutuallyexclusiveprojects.

LO.c:Calculateandinterpretaholdingperiodreturn(totalreturn).

HoldingPeriodReturn(HPR)isthereturnthataninvestorearnsoveraspecifiedholdingperiod.

HPRP –P D

P

where:P0=initialinvestment,P1=pricereceivedattheendoftheholdingperiod,D1=cashpaidbytheinvestmentattheendoftheholdingperiod.

LO.d:Calculateandcomparethemoney‐weightedandtime‐weightedratesofreturnofaportfolioandevaluatetheperformanceofportfoliosbasedonthesemeasures.

Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnaccountsforthetimingandamountofallcashflowsintoandoutofaportfolio.Itissimplytheinternalrateofreturn.

Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnmeasuresthecompoundrateofgrowthof$1initiallyinvestedintheportfoliooverastatedmeasurementperiod.

Money‐weightedv/stime‐weightedreturns

Page 127: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 126

Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnisimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.

Thetime‐weightedrateofreturnisnotimpactedbythetimingandamountofcashflows.

Thetime‐weightedreturnisanappropriateperformancemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerdoesnotcontrolthetimingandamountofinvestment.

Ontheotherhand,money‐weightedreturnisanappropriatemeasureiftheportfoliomanagerhascontroloverthetimingandamountofinvestment.

LO.e:Calculateandinterpretthebankdiscountyield,holdingperiodyield,effectiveannualyield,andmoneymarketyieldforUSTreasurybillsandothermoneymarketinstruments.

BDY DF

∗360t

HPY P –P D

P

EAY 1 HPY 365/t 1

MMYHPY ∗ 360

t

LO.f:Convertamongholdingperiodyields,moneymarketyields,effectiveannualyields,andbondequivalentyields.

HPYtoBDY(bankdiscountyield)

GiventhefacevalueandHPY,computepriceandthediscount.

Usingthediscount,facevalue,andnumberofdaystomaturity,computethebankdiscountyield.

BDYtoEAY FromtheBDY,computethediscount.

Fromthediscount,computetheHPY.

FromtheHPY,computetheEAY.

BDYtoMMY FromtheBDY,computethediscountandtheprice.

Fromthediscountandtheprice,computetheHPY.

FromtheHPY,computetheMMY.

Bond‐equivalentyield=2xsemi‐annualYTM

Page 128: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 127

PracticeQuestions

1. Theincrementalafter‐taxcashflowsofaprojectaregivenbelow:Year 0 1 2 3 4Cashflow(€) ‐100,000 50,000 40,000 20,000 6,000

Thediscountrateforevaluatingtheprojectistakenas10%.TheNPV(in€)oftheprojectisclosestto:A. ‐2,363.B. 1,586.C. 2,458.

2. TheIndiangovernmentwishestoinvestinaprojectthatshallrequireaninitialinvestment

of$20million,andwillproducepositivecashflowsof$5millionforthefirstthreeyears,and$4millionforthenexttwoyears.Whatistheapproximateinternalrateofreturn(IRR)fortheinvestment?A. 3%.B. 4%.C. 5%.

3. As a projectmanager, Ronald Parker has to choose between threemutually exclusive

projects:A,B,andC.Hehasthefollowinginformationfromhisstaffregardingthethreeprojects:

NPV IRRA $11,000 8%B $15,000 10%C $10,000 12%

Basedon the informationgiven,whichprojectwouldbemostappropriate forParker’sdepartment?A. ProjectA.B. ProjectB.C. ProjectC.

4. NancyMillerpurchased100sharesofacompanyataprice$15pershareon1January.

Shesoldallthestockson30Juneofthesameyearatprice$18pershare.Shealsoreceiveddividendstotaling$80on30June.Theholdingperiodreturnontheinvestmentisclosestto:A. 20%.B. 25%.C. 30%.

Page 129: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 128

5. Aninvestorpurchasesoneshareofacompanyfor$50.Exactlyoneyearlater,thecompanypaysadividendof$5.00pershare.Thisisfollowedbytwomoreannualdividendsof$6.00and$6.50 in successiveyears.Uponreceiving the thirddividend, the investor sells thesharefor$60.Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnonthisinvestmentisclosestto:A. 15%.B. 16%.C. 17%.

6. Aninvestorpurchases100sharesofacompany.Thetablebelowoutlinesthehistoryofhis

investment:

Time Activity PriceperShare DividendperShare

StartofYear1 Buy100shares $10

EndofYear1 Buy10shares $11 $1EndofYear2 $13 $1.5EndofYear3 Sell110shares $12

Assumingthattheinvestordoesnotreinvesthisdividends,whicharetax‐free,thetime‐weightedrateofreturnontheinvestmentisclosestto:A. 12.2%.B. 13.7%.C. 14.8%.

7. AT‐Billwithaparvalueof$1,000and120daystomaturityistradingatapriceof$980.

ThebankdiscountyieldoftheT‐Billisclosestto:A. 5%.B. 6%.C. 7%.

8. A 180‐day U.S. Treasury bill with a face value of $1,000 sells for $990 when issued.

Assuming an investor holds the bill tomaturity, the investor’s moneymarket yield isclosestto:A. 1.19%.B. 2.02%.C. 3.50%.

9. ATreasury bill offers a bank discount yield of 5% and has 180 days tomaturity. The

effectiveannualyieldontheinstrumentisclosestto:A. 4.88%.B. 5.26%.C. 5.79%.

Page 130: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 129

Solutions1. Aiscorrect.

NPV of a project = Present value of the expected cash inflows – Present value of theexpectedcashoutflows.EnterthegivencashflowsandthegivendiscountrateintoafinancialcalculatorandsolveforNPV.CF0=–100,000,CF1=50,000,CF2=40,000,CF3=20,000,CF=6,000,i=10%.ComputePV.TheNPVis–2,363.

2. Ciscorrect.IRRisdefinedastherateofreturnthatequatesthePVofthecashinflowsto

thePVofthecashoutflows.Ciscorrect.EnterthegivencashflowsinthefinancialcalculatorCF0=‐20millionCF1=5millionCF2=5millionCF3=5millionCF4=4millionCF5=4millionIRRComputed=5.07%

3. Biscorrect.ProjectBhasthehighestNPVamongthethreeprojectsandthusresultsinthe

greatestadditiontoshareholderwealth.WhilethereisaconflictbetweentheNPVandIRRrulesforprojectsBandC,NPVruleistobegivenpreferenceforitssuperiorityoverIRRandhenceBwouldbethemostappropriatechoice.

4. Biscorrect.

HPRP P D

P

(18–15+80/100)/15=0.2533=25.33%.5. Ciscorrect.Themoney‐weightedrateofreturnistheinternalrateofreturn(IRR)ofthe

cashflowsassociatedwiththeinvestment.Usethecashflow(CF)functionofafinancialcalculatorandenterCF0=–50,CF1=5,CF2=6,andCF3=66.5.Calculate the IRR.Theansweris17.15%

6. Biscorrect.TWR=3√{[(11+1)/10]x[(13+1.5)/11]x[(12/13)]}–1=0.1344=13.45%.7. Biscorrect.Thebankdiscountyield=Discount/FaceValuex360/Noofdaystomaturity

=20/1000x360/120=0.06=6%.8. Biscorrect.Themoneymarketyieldis:2.02%=[(1,000/990)–1]x(360/180).

Page 131: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R07 Discounted Cash Flow Applications 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 130

MMY HPY360t

9. Biscorrect.First,calculatetheinitialprice(P0)oftheT‐bill:

0.05=D/100x360/180D=2.5P0=100–2.5=97.5Then, calculate the holding period yield (HPY) (recall that T‐bills are pure discountinstrumentsanddonotpaycoupons):HPY=(P1–P0)÷P0HPY=(100–97.5)÷97.5=0.0256Finally,converttheHPYintoeffectiveannualyield:EAY=(1+HPY)365/t–1EAY=(1+0.0256)365/180–1=0.05259=5.26%.

Page 132: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 131

R08StatisticalConceptsandMarketReturn

1.Introduction

Statisticsisapowerfultoolforanalyzingdataanddrawingconclusions.Asinvestors,weareconcernedaboutthereturnsonourinvestmentsandthedistributionofthosereturns.Weneedthisinformationtoevaluateourinvestments.

Forexample,weoftenlookforcentraltendency.Let’ssaythatthestockmarkethasreturnedonaverage14%overthelast10years.Obviously,weareconcernedwiththisaveragenumberbutwearealsoconcernedwiththedispersionwhichtellsushowspreadoutthereturnshavebeen.Oneofthesimplestmeasuresofdispersionisrange.Let’ssaythatoverthelast10yearsthestockmarkethasrangedbetween‐20%and+35%.Thistellsusabouttheriskinessofourinvestments.

Inthisreading,wewillstudystatisticalmethodsthatallowustosummarizereturndistributions.

Specifically,wewillexplorefourpropertiesofreturndistributions: Wherethereturnsarecentered(centraltendency). Howfarreturnsaredispersedfromtheircenter(dispersion). Whetherthedistributionofreturnsissymmetricallyshapedorlopsided(skewness). Whetherextremeoutcomesarelikely(kurtosis).

2.SomeFundamentalConcepts

2.1TheNatureofStatistics

Thetermstatisticscanhavetwobroadmeanings,onereferringtodataandtheothertoamethodusedtoanalyzedata.Statisticalmethodsinclude:

Descriptivestatistics:Itreferstohowlargedatasetscanbesummarizedeffectivelytodescribetheirimportantcharacteristics.

Inferentialstatistics:Itreferstomakingforecasts,estimatesorjudgmentsaboutalargedatasetbasedonasmallrepresentativeset.

Thefocusofthisreadingisondescriptivestatistics.Wewillcoverinferentialstatisticsinalaterreading.

2.2PopulationsandSamples

A‘population’isdefinedasallmembersofaspecifiedgroup.A‘parameter’describesthecharacteristicsofapopulation.

A‘sample’isasubsetdrawnfromapopulation.A‘samplestatistic’describesthecharacteristicofasample.

Allstockslistedontheexchangeofacountryisanexampleofpopulation.If30stocksareselectedfromamongthelistedstocks,thenthisisasample.

Page 133: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 132

2.3MeasurementScales

Thedifferenttypesofmeasurementscalesare:

Nominalscales:Thesescalescategorizedatabutdonotrankthem.Hence,theyareoftenconsideredtheweakestlevelofmeasurement.Anexamplewouldbetheclassificationofmutualfundsaccordingtotheinvestmentstrategyfollowed–growthfund,valuefund,incomefund,emergingequityfundetc.

Ordinalscales:Thesescalessortdataintocategoriesthatareorderedwithrespecttosomecharacteristic.AnexampleisStandard&Poor’sstarratingsformutualfunds.Onestarrepresentsthegroupofmutualfundswiththeworstperformance.Similarly,groupswithtwo,three,four,andfivestarsrepresentgroupswithincreasinglybetterperformance.

Intervalscales:Thesescalesnotonlyrankdata,butalsoensurethatthedifferencesbetweenscalevaluesareequal.TheCelsiusandFahrenheitscalesareexamplesofsuchscales.Thedifferenceintemperaturebetween10oCand11oCisthesameamountasthedifferencebetween40oCand41oC.However,thesescalesdonothaveatruezero.Forexample,0oCdoesnotrepresenttheabsenceoftemperature.Itissimplythefreezingpointofwater;itisnotatruezero.

Ratioscales:Thesescaleshaveallthecharacteristicsofintervalscalesaswellasatruezeropointastheorigin.Thisisthestrongestlevelofmeasurement.Therateofreturnonaninvestmentismeasuredonaratioscale.Areturnof0%meanstheabsenceofanyreturn.

3.SummarizingDataUsingFrequencyDistributions

Afrequencydistributionisatabulardisplayofdatasummarizedintoarelativelysmallnumberofintervals.Inordertoconstructafrequencydistribution,wecanfollowthefollowingprocedure:

1. Definetheintervals.2. Tallytheobservationsi.e.assignobservationstointervals.3. Counttheobservationsineachinterval.

Example

Sayyouareevaluating100stockswithpricesrangingfrom46to65thataredividedintothefollowingfourintervalsofstockpriceeachhavingawidthof5:

46‐50,51‐55,56‐60and61‐65.Assumethenumberofstockswhosepricesfallineachoftheseintervalsare25,35,29,and11respectively.

Calculatethecumulativefrequency,relativefrequency,andthecumulativerelativefrequencyforthestockpricesgiventhesetofintervalsabove.

Solution:

Page 134: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 133

StockPrice AbsoluteFrequency

CumulativeFrequency

RelativeFrequency

CumulativeRelativeFrequency

46‐50 25 25 0.25 0.2551‐55 35 60 0.35 0.6056‐60 29 89 0.29 0.8961‐65 11 100 0.11 1.00

Absolutefrequency:Theactualnumberofobservationsinagivenintervaliscalledtheabsolutefrequency,orsimplythefrequency,whichisgivenhere.

Cumulativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftheabsolutefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.

Relativefrequency:Itistheabsolutefrequencyofeachintervaldividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.

Cumulativerelativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftherelativefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.

4.TheGraphicPresentationofData

4.1TheHistogram

Itisabarchartofdatathathasbeengroupedtogetherintoafrequencydistribution.Theheightofeachbarisequaltotheabsolutefrequencyofeachinterval.

Theadvantageofthevisualdisplayisthatwecanquicklyseewheremostoftheobservationslie.

Page 135: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 134

4.2TheFrequencyPolygonandtheCumulativeFrequencyDistribution

AfrequencypolygonplotsthemidpointsofeachintervalontheX‐axisandtheabsolutefrequencyofthatintervalontheY‐axis.Eachpointisthenconnectedwithastraightline.

Anothergraphicaltoolisthecumulativefrequencydistribution.Suchagraphcanploteitherthecumulativefrequencyorcumulativerelativefrequencyagainsttheupperintervallimit.Thecumulativefrequencydistributionallowsustoseehowmanyorwhatpercentoftheobservationsliebelowacertainvalue.Thefigurebelowisanexampleofacumulativefrequencydistribution.

Page 136: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 135

5.MeasuresofCentralTendency

5.1TheArithmeticMean

Thearithmeticmeanisthesumoftheobservationsdividedbythenumberofobservations.Itisthemostfrequentlyusedmeasureofthemiddleorcenterofdata.

ThePopulationMean

Thepopulationmeanisthearithmeticmeancomputedforapopulation.Itisexpressedas:

μ∑ XN

where:NisthenumberofobservationsintheentirepopulationandXiistheithobservation

Considerthestockreturnsofacompanyoverthelast10years:2%,5%,4%,7%,8%,8%,12%,10%,8%,and5%.

Forthisdataset,thepopulationmeancanbecomputedas:

μ2 5 4 7 8 8 12 10 8 5

106.9%

TheSampleMeanThesamplemeaniscalculatedlikethepopulationmean,exceptthatweusethesamplevalues.Itisexpressedas:

X∑ Xn

where:nisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.

Ifthesampledatais:8,12,10,8and5,thesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:

X8 12 10 8 5

58.6

5.2TheMedian

Themedianisthemidpointofadatasetthathasbeensortedintoascendingordescendingorder.

Foroddnumberofobservations:2,5,7,11,14Median=7

Forevennumberofobservations:3,9,10,20Median=(9+10)/2=9.5

Ascomparedtoamean,amedianislessaffectedbyextremevalues(outliers).

5.3TheMode

Themodeisthemostfrequentlyoccurringvalueinadistribution.

Page 137: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 136

Forthefollowingdataset:2,4,5,5,7,8,8,8,10,12Mode=8

Adistributioncanhavemorethanonemode,orevennomode.Whenadistributionhasonemodeitissaidtobeunimodal.Ifadistributionhastwoorthreemodes,itiscalledbimodalortrimodalrespectively.

5.4OtherConceptsofMean

TheWeightedMeanHeredifferentobservationsaregivendifferentproportionalinfluenceonthemean.Theformulafortheweightedmeanis:

X w X

where:thesumoftheweightsequals1;thatis∑ w 1

ExampleConsideraninvestorwithaportfolioofthreestocks.$40isinvestedinA,$60inB,and$100inC.Ifreturnswere5%onA,7%onB,and9%onC,computetheportfolioreturnusingtheweightedmean.

Solution:

40200

x5% 60200

x7% 100200

x9% 7.6%

Anarithmeticmeanisaspecialcaseofaweightedmeanwhereallobservationsareequallyweightedbythefactor1/n.

TheGeometricMeanThemostcommonapplicationofthegeometricmeanistocalculatetheaveragereturnofaninvestment.Theformulais:

R 1 R 1 R … 1 R – 1

ExampleThereturnoverthelastfourperiodsforagivenstockis:10%,8%,‐5%and2%.Calculatethegeometricmean.

Solution:

1 0.10 1 0.08 1– 0.05 1 0.02 – 1 0.0358 3.58%

Giventhereturnsshownabove,$1investedatthestartofperiod1grewto:

$1.00x1.10x1.08x0.95x1.02 $1.151.Iftheinvestmenthadgrownat3.58%everyperiod,$1.00investedatthestartofperiod1wouldhaveincreasedto:

$1.00x1.0358x1.0358x1.0358x1.0358 $1.151.Asexpected,bothscenariosgivethesameanswer.3.58%issimplytheaveragegrowthrateperperiod.

Page 138: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 137

 

Instructor’sNoteInthereadingonDiscountedCashFlowApplications,weusedthegeometricmeantocalculatethetime‐weightedrateofreturn.

TheHarmonicMean

Theharmonicmeanisaspecialtypeofweightedmeaninwhichanobservation’sweightisinverselyproportionaltoitsmagnitude.Theformulaforaharmonicmeanis:

Xn

where:Xi>0fori=1,2…n,andnisthenumberofobservations

Theharmonicmeanisusedtofindaveragepurchasepriceforequalperiodicinvestments.

ExampleAninvestorpurchases$1,000ofasecurityeachmonthforthreemonths.Thesharepricesare$10,$15and$20atthethreepurchasedates.Calculatetheaveragepurchasepricepershareforthesecuritypurchased.

Solution:

Theaveragepurchasepriceissimplytheharmonicmeanof$10,$15and$20.

Theharmonicmeanis:

3

$ $ $

$13.85.

Amoreintuitivewayofsolvingthisistotalmoneyspentpurchasingthesharesdividedbythetotalnumberofsharespurchased.

Totalmoneyspentpurchasingtheshares=$1,000x3=$3,000

Totalsharespurchased=sumofsharesboughteachmonth

$1,00010

$1,00015

$1,00020

=100+66.67+50=216.67

Averagepurchasepricepershare$3,000216.67

$13.85

ComparisonofAM,GMandHM Ifthereturnsareconstantovertime:AM=GM=HM. Ifthereturnsarevariable:AM>GM>HM. Thegreaterthevariabilityofreturnsovertime,themorethearithmeticmeanwill

exceedthegeometricmean.

Page 139: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 138

6.OtherMeasuresofLocation:Quantiles

Aquantileisavalueatorbelowwhichastatedfractionofthedatalies.Someexamplesofquantilesinclude:

Quartiles:Thedistributionisdividedintoquarters. Quintiles:Thedistributionisdividedintofifths. Deciles:Thedistributionisdividedintotenths. Percentile:Thedistributionisdividedintohundredths.

Theformulaforthepositionofapercentileinadatasetwithnobservationssortedinascendingorderis:

Ln 1 y100

where:yisthepercentagepointatwhichwearedividingthedistribution.nisthenumberofobservations.Lyisthelocation(L)ofthepercentile(Py)inanarraysortedinascendingorder.

Someimportantpointstorememberare: Whenthelocation,Ly,isawholenumber,thelocationcorrespondstoanactual

observation. WhenLyisnotawholenumberorinteger,Lyliesbetweenthetwoclosestinteger

numbers(oneaboveandonebelow)andweuselinearinterpolationbetweenthosetwoplacestodeterminePy.

ExampleConsiderthedataset:

47 35 37 32 40 39 36 34 35 3144

1. Findthe75thpercentilepoint2. Findthe1stquartilepoint3. Findthe5thdecilepoint4. Findthe6thdecilepoint.

Solutionto1:Firstarrangethedatainascendingorder:

31,32,34,35,35,36,37,39,40,44,47

Locationofthe75thpercentileisthe:L75=(11+1)(75/100)=9thvalue.i.e.P75=40

Withasmalldataset,suchasthisone,thelocationandthevalueisapproximate.Asthedatasetbecomeslarger,thelocationandpercentilevalueestimatesbecomemoreprecise.

Solutionto2:

Page 140: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 139

Locationofthe1stquartileisthe:

L25=(11+1)(25/100)=3rdvalue.i.e.P25=34

Solutionto3:Locationofthe5thdecileisthe:

L50=(11+1)(50/100)=6thvalue.i.e.P50=36

Solutionto4:L60=(11+1)(60/100)=7.2

Uselinearinterpolation,whichestimatesanunknownvalueonthebasisoftwoknownvaluesthatsurroundit.

Inthiscase,the7thvalueis37andthe8thvalueis39.The6thdecileis:P60=37+0.4(0.2timesthelineardistancebetween37and39).P60=37.4

7.MeasuresofDispersion

Inthissegmentwelookatmeasuresthattellushowspreadoutordispersedourdatamightbe.

7.1TheRange

Therangeisthedifferencebetweenthemaximumandminimumvaluesinadataset.Itisexpressedas:

Range=Maxvalue–MinValue

Iftheannualreturnsdatais:10%,‐5%,10%,25%.Whatistherange?

Herethemaximumreturnis25%andtheminimumreturnis‐5%.Therangeis25%–(‐5%)=30%.

7.2TheMeanAbsoluteDeviation

Itistheaverageoftheabsolutevaluesofdeviationsfromthemean.Itisexpressedas:

MAD |X X| /n

where:Xisthesamplemeanandnisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.

Example

Considerthefollowingdataset:8,12,10,8and5.Calculatethemeanabsolutedeviation.

Solution:

X=(8+12+10+8+5)/5=8.6

MAD|8 8.6| |12 8.6| |10 8.6| |8 8.6| |5 8.6|

5

Page 141: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 140

MAD0.6 3.4 1.4 0.6 3.6

51.92

7.3PopulationVarianceandPopulationStandardDeviation

Populationvarianceisthemeanofthesquareddeviationsfromthemean.Thepopulationvarianceiscomputedusingallmembersofapopulation.Itisexpressedas:

σ X μ /N

where:µisthepopulationmeanandNisthesizeofthepopulation

Populationstandarddeviationisdefinedasthepositivesquarerootofthepopulationvariance.

ExampleCalculatethepopulationvarianceandstandarddeviationforthisdataset:2%,5%,4%,7%,8%,8%,12%,10%,8%,and5%.

Solution:σ

. . . . . . . . . .

σ 7.89%

Populationstandarddeviation σ √7.89=2.81%

7.4SampleVarianceandSampleStandardDeviation

Samplevarianceapplieswhenwearedealingwithasubset,orsample,ofthetotalpopulation.Itisexpressedas:

s X X / n 1

where:Xisthesamplemeanandnisthenumberofobservationsinthesample.

Samplestandarddeviationisdefinedasthepositivesquarerootofthesamplevariance.

Example

Calculatethesamplevarianceforthefollowingdataset:8,12,10,8and5.

Solution:

s8 8.6 12 8.6 10 8.6 8 8.6 5 8.6

5 1

s 6.80%

Page 142: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 141

Thesamplestandarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofthesamplevariance.Forthesampledatagivenabove, √6.80=2.61%

Usingafinancialcalculatortocalculatevarianceandstandarddeviations

Thepopulationandsamplestandarddeviationcaneasilybecomputedusingafinancialcalculator.Assumethefollowingdataset:10%,‐5%,10%,25%,thecalculatorkeystrokesareshownbelow:

Keystrokes Description Display[2nd][DATA] Entersdataentrymode [2nd][CLRWRK] Clearsdataregister X0110[ENTER] X01=10[↓][↓]5+/‐[ENTER] X02=‐5[↓][↓]10[ENTER] X03=10[↓][↓]25[ENTER] X04=25[2nd][STAT][ENTER] Putscalculatorintostatsmode [2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytillyousee 1‐V[↓] Numberofdatapoints N=4[↓] Mean X=10[↓] Samplestandarddeviation Sx=12.25[↓] Populationstandarddeviation σx=10.61

Noticethatthecalculatorgivesboththesampleandthepopulationstandarddeviation.Ontheexamwewillhavetodeterminewhetherwearedealingwithpopulationorsampledataandchoosetheappropriatevalue.

7.5Semivariance,Semideviation,andRelatedConcepts

Instructor’sNote:SemivarianceandsemideviationarenotemphasizedinthelearningoutcomesandhaveaverylowprobabilityofbeingtestedontheLevelIexam.Nevertheless,abriefexplanationisgivenbelow.

Varianceandstandarddeviationofreturnstakeaccountofreturnsaboveandbelowthemean,butofteninvestorsareconcernedonlywithdownsiderisk,forexamplereturnsbelowthemean.Asaresult,analystshavedevelopedsemivariance,semideviationandrelateddispersionmeasuresthatfocusondownsiderisk.Semivarianceisdefinedastheaveragesquareddeviationbelowthemean.Semideviationisthepositivesquarerootofsemivariance.

7.6Chebyshev’sInequality

AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservationswithinkstandard

deviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast: – forallk>1.

Page 143: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 142

Tofindoutwhatpercentoftheobservationsmustbewithintwostandarddeviationsofthe

meanwesimplyplugintotheformulaandget: – – ¼ 0.75=75%.Hence,at

least75%ofthedatawillbebetweentwostandarddeviationsofthemean.

Chebyshev’sinequalitycanbeusedtomeasuremaximumamountofdispersion,regardlessoftheshapeofthedistribution.Noticethatherewedonotmakeanyassumptionsaboutwhetherthedistributionisnormalornotnormal.Thisinequalityappliesacrossalldistributions.

7.7CoefficientofVariation

Coefficientofvariationexpresseshowmuchdispersionexistsrelativetothemeanofadistributionandallowsfordirectcomparisonofdispersionacrossdifferentdatasets.Itisusedininvestmentanalysistocomparerelativerisks.Whenevaluatinginvestments,alowervalueisbetter.Coefficientofvariationisexpressedas:

CVsX

where:s=samplestandarddeviationofasetofobservationsandX=samplemean

ExampleInvestmentAhasameanreturnof7%andastandarddeviationof5%.InvestmentBhasameanreturnof12%andastandarddeviationof7%.Calculatethecoefficientsofvariation.

SolutionThecoefficientsofvariationcanbecalculatedasfollows:

CV5%7%

0.71

CV7%12%

0.58

ThismetricshowsthatInvestmentAisriskierthanInvestmentB.

7.8TheSharpeRatio

TheSharperatioistheratioofexcessreturntostandarddeviationofreturnforaportfolio.Excessreturnreferstothereturnabovetherisk‐freerate.Whenevaluatinginvestments,ahighervalueisbetter.TheformulaforcalculatingtheSharperatiois:

S R R

s

where:R =MeanreturntotheportfolioR =Meanreturntoarisk‐freeassets =Standarddeviationofreturnontheportfolio

Page 144: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 143

Example

Thetablebelowprovidesdatafortwoportfolios.Giventhatthemeanannualriskfreerateis10.5%,whichportfoliohasthehigherSharperatio?Portfolio Arithmeticmeanreturn(%) Varianceof(%)PortfolioA 16.4% 4.9%PortfolioB 12.6% 3.5%

Solution:

PortfolioA:16.4 10.5

√4.92.665

PortfolioB:12.6 10.5

√3.51.122

PortfolioAoffersahigherexcessreturnperunitofriskrelativetoPortfolioB.

8.SymmetryandSkewnessinReturnDistributions

SymmetricaldistributionAdistributionissaidtobesymmetricalwhenthedistributiononeithersideofthemeanisamirrorimageoftheother.

Inanormaldistribution,mean=median=mode.

Ifadistributionisnon‐symmetrical,itissaidtobeskewed.Skewnessisameasureoftheasymmetryoftheprobabilitydistribution.Skewnesscanbenegativeorpositive.

PositivelyskeweddistributionApositivelyskeweddistributionhasalongtailontherightside,whichmeansthattherewillbefrequentsmalllossesandfewlargegains.

Herethemean>median>mode.Theextremevaluesaffectthemeanthemostwhichispulledtotheright.Theyaffectthemodetheleast.

Page 145: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 144

Negativelyskeweddistribution

Anegativelyskeweddistributionhasalongtailontheleftside,whichmeansthattherewillbefrequentsmallgainsandfewlargelosses.

Herethemean<median<mode.Theextremevaluesaffectthemeanthemostwhichispulledtotheleft.Theyaffectthemodetheleast.

9.KurtosisinReturnDistributions

Kurtosisisameasureofthecombinedweightofthetailsofadistributionrelativetotherestofthedistribution.

Excesskurtosis=kurtosis‐3.Anexcesskurtosiswithanabsolutevaluegreaterthanoneisconsideredsignificant.

Aleptokurticdistributionhasfattertailsthananormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosisgreaterthan0.

Aplatykurticdistributionhasthinnertailsthananormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosislessthan0.

Amesokurticdistributionisidenticaltoanormaldistribution.Ithasanexcesskurtosisequalto0.

Thefollowingfigureshowsaleptokurticdistribution.Ascomparedtoanormaldistribution,aleptokurticdistributionismorelikelytogenerateobservationsinthetailregion.Itisalso

Page 146: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 145

morelikelytogenerateobservationsnearthemean.However,tohavethetotalprobabilitiessumto1,itwillgeneratefewerobservationsintheremainingregions(i.e.regionsbetweenthecentralandthetwotailregions)

10.UsingGeometricandArithmeticMeans

Thegeometricmeanisappropriatetomeasurepastperformanceovermultipleperiods.

ExampleTheportfolioreturnsforthepasttwoyearswere100%inyear1and‐50%inyear2.Whatwasthemeanreturn?

Solution:Pastreturn=geometricmean=(2x0.5)0.5–1=0%

Thearithmeticmeanisappropriateforforecastingsingleperiodreturns.

ExampleTwopossiblereturnsforthenextyearare100%and‐50%.Whatistheexpectedreturn?

Solution:Expectedreturn=Arithmeticmean=(100–50)/2=25%

Page 147: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 146

Summary

LO.a:Distinguishbetweendescriptivestatisticsandinferentialstatistics,betweenapopulationandasample,andamongthetypesofmeasurementscales.

TheNatureofStatistics Descriptivestatistics:Itreferstohowlargedatasetscanbesummarizedeffectivelyto

describetheirimportantcharacteristics. Inferentialstatistics:Itreferstomakingforecasts,estimates,orjudgmentsabouta

largedatasetbasedonasmallrepresentativeset.

PopulationandSample Population:Itincludesallmembersofaparticulargroup. Sample:Itisasubsetdrawnfromapopulation.

MeasurementScales:Datacanbemeasuredusingthefollowingscales: Nominalscale:Theyputdataincategoriesbutdonotrankthem. Ordinalscale:Nominalscale+datacanberankedwithrespecttosomecharacteristic. Intervalscale:Ordinalscale+thedifferencesinthedatavaluesaremeaningful. Ratioscale:Intervalscale+theratiosofvalue,suchastwiceorhalfasmuchare

meaningful.

LO.b:Defineaparameter,asamplestatistic,andafrequencydistribution.

Parameter:Adescriptivemeasureofapopulationiscalledaparameter.

Samplestatistic:Adescriptivemeasureofasampleiscalledasamplestatistic.

Frequencydistribution:Afrequencydistributionisatabulardisplayofdatacategorizedintoarelativelysmallnumberofintervalsorclasses.Itallowsustoevaluatehowdataisdistributed.

LO.c:Calculateandinterpretrelativefrequenciesandcumulativerelativefrequencies,givenafrequencydistribution.

Relativefrequency:Itiscalculatedastheabsolutefrequencyofanintervaldividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.

Cumulativerelativefrequency:Foraninterval,itiscalculatedasthesumoftherelativefrequenciesofallintervalslowerthanandincludingthatinterval.

LO.d:Describethepropertiesofadatasetpresentedasahistogramorafrequencypolygon.

Histogramisabarchartofdatathathasbeengroupedtogetherintoafrequencydistribution.Theheightofeachbarisequaltotheabsolutefrequencyofeachinterval.

AfrequencypolygonplotsthemidpointsofeachintervalontheX‐axisandtheabsolutefrequencyofthatintervalontheY‐axis.Eachpointisthenconnectedwithastraightline.

Page 148: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 147

LO.e:Calculateandinterpretmeasuresofcentraltendency,includingthepopulationmean,samplemean,arithmeticmean,weightedaverageormean,geometricmean,harmonicmean,median,andmode.

Arithmeticmeanissimplythesumofalltheobservationsdividedbythetotalnumberofobservations.

Medianisthemidpointofadatasetthathasbeensortedfromlargesttosmallestorvise‐versa.

Modeisthevaluethatoccursmostfrequentlyinadataset.

Thegeometricmeanisusedtocalculatecompoundgrowthrate.Itiscomputedas:

R 1 R 1 R …… . 1 R / 1

Inaweightedmean,differentobservationsaregivendifferentweightsaspertheirproportionalinfluenceonthemean.Itiscomputedas:

X w X

Harmonicmeanisusedtofindaveragepurchasepriceforequalperiodicinvestments.Itiscomputedas:

X n/1X

LO.f:Calculateandinterpretquartiles,quintiles,deciles,andpercentiles.

Aquantileisavalueatorbelowwhichastatedfractionofthedatalies.Someexamplesofquantilesinclude:

Quartiles:Thedistributionisdividedintoquarters. Quintiles:Thedistributionisdividedintofifths. Deciles:Thedistributionisdividedintotenths. Percentile:Thedistributionisdividedintohundredths.

Theformulaforthepositionofapercentileinadatasetwithnobservationssortedinascendingorderis:

Ly=(n+1)y/100

LO.g:Calculateandinterpret1)arangeandameanabsolutedeviationand2)thevarianceandstandarddeviationofapopulationandofasample.

Rangeisthedifferencebetweenthemaximumandminimumvaluesinadataset.Itiscalculatedas:

Range=Maximumvalue–Minimumvalue

Page 149: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 148

Meanabsolutedeviation(MAD)istheaverageoftheabsolutevaluesofdeviationsfromthemean.Itisexpressedas:

MAD |X X| /n

Varianceisdefinedasthemeanofthesquareddeviationsfromthearithmeticmean.Itiscalculatedas:

PopulationVarianceσ ∑ X μ /N

SampleVariances ∑ X X / n 1

Standarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofthevariance.Itisoftenusedasameasureofrisk.

LO.h:CalculateandinterprettheproportionofobservationsfallingwithinaspecifiednumberofstandarddeviationsofthemeanusingChebyshev’sinequality.

AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservationswithinkstandarddeviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast1‐1/k2forallk>1.

LO.i:CalculateandinterpretthecoefficientofvariationandtheSharperatio.

Coefficientofvariationmeasurestheriskperunitofreturn.Whenevaluatinginvestments,alowervalueisbetter.Itisexpressedas:

CVsX

Sharperatiomeasuresexcessreturnperunitofrisk.Whenevaluatinginvestments,ahighervalueisbetter.Itisexpressedas:

S R R

s

LO.j:Explainskewnessandthemeaningofapositivelyornegativelyskewedreturndistribution.

Skewdescribesthedegreetowhichadistributionisnotsymmetricaboutitsmean.Areturndistributionwithpositiveskewnesshasfrequentsmalllossesandafewextremegains.Areturndistributionwithnegativeskewnesshasfrequentsmallgainsandafewextremelosses.Zeroskewnessindicatesasymmetricdistributionofreturns.

LO.k:Describetherelativelocationsofthemean,median,andmodeforaunimodal,nonsymmetricaldistribution.

Forthepositivelyskewedunimodaldistribution,themodeislessthanthemedian,whichislessthanthemean.Forthenegativelyskewedunimodaldistribution,themeanislessthanthemedian,whichislessthanthemode.

Page 150: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 149

LO.l:Explainmeasuresofsampleskewnessandkurtosis.

Kurtosisisameasureofthecombinedweightofthetailsofadistributionrelativetotherestofthedistribution.

Excesskurtosis=kurtosis‐3.Anexcesskurtosiswithanabsolutevaluegreaterthanoneisconsideredsignificant.

Aleptokurticdistributionhasfattertailsthananormaldistribution. Aplatykurticdistributionhasthinnertailsthananormaldistribution. Amesokurticdistributionisidenticaltoanormaldistribution.

LO.m:Comparetheuseofarithmeticandgeometricmeanswhenanalyzinginvestmentreturns.

Toestimatetheaveragereturnsovermorethanoneperiod(timeseriesdata),youshouldusethegeometricmeanbecauseitcaptureshowthetotalreturnsarelinkedovertime.Ifyouwanttoestimatetheaveragereturnofmultipleinvestmentsoveraone‐periodhorizon(cross‐sectionaldata),youshouldusethearithmeticmean.

Page 151: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 150

PracticeQuestions

1. Ananalystratesstocksasunderweight,marketweight,oroverweight,referringtothesuggestedweightingofthestockinaportfolio.Themeasurementscaleusedbytheanalystcanbestbedescribedas:A. nominalscale.B. ordinalscale.C. intervalscale.

2. Aparameterdescribesthecharacteristicofa:

A. population.B. sample.C. populationandasample.

3. Forthefollowingfrequencydistribution,thenumberofintervals,thesamplesize,andthe

relativefrequencyofthethirdintervalareclosestto:

Returns Frequency‐10%upto0% 40%upto10% 1310%upto20% 520%upto30% 3

A. 4,25,20%.B. 1,20,10%.C. 3,30,15%.

4. Thefollowingtenobservationsareasampledrawnfromanormalpopulation:20,15,12,

6,4,‐11,19,14,‐3,and19.Thearithmeticmeanofthesampleisclosestto:A. 8.6.B. 9.5.C. 10.2.

5. Aportfolio has the following annual returns: 6%, 10%, ‐5%, 0%. The geometricmean

acrossthefour‐yearperiodisclosestto:A. 2.37%.B. 2.48%.C. 2.59%.

6. Considerthefollowingsetofnumbers:

‐20 ‐11 ‐3 0 13 5 6 9 10

Page 152: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 151

12 18 21 23 2528 39 40 54 60

Themedianvalueoftheaboveitemsisclosestto:A. 10.B. 11.C. 12.

7. Considerthefollowingsetofnumbers:

20 24 21 35 20 2424 22 20 26 28 2219 21 20 21 22 28

Themodeofthesampleisclosetto:A. 20.B. 21.C. 22.

8. Followingdataisprovidedonreturnsofaseriesoffunds:

Fund Returns(%)Fund1 6.15%Fund2 7.25%Fund3 8.95%Fund4 9.65%Fund5 10.35%Fund6 11.10%Fund7 12.35%Fund8 13.55%Fund9 14.05%Fund10 15.75%Fund11 16.95%Fund12 17.25%Fund13 18.30%

Thevalueofthesecondquintileisclosestto:A. 10.35%B. 10.80%.C. 11.30%.

9. Theannualreturnsofaportfolioaregivenbelow:

Year Portfolioreturn

Year1 6.5%

Page 153: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 152

Year2 8.2%

Year3 10.5%Year4 ‐5.4%

Year5 7.7%

Theportfolio’srangeandmeanabsolutedeviationforthefive‐yearperiodareclosestto:A. 15.90%and5.10%.B. 5.10%and4.36%.C. 15.90%and4.36%.

10. Thefollowingobservationsaredrawnfromanapproximatelynormalpopulation:

Observation 1 2 3 4 5Value 11 8 ‐6 4 ‐5

Thesamplestandarddeviationisclosestto:A. 6.83and46.65.B. 7.64and58.37.C. 7.64and2.76.

11. Asampleof240observationsisrandomlyselectedfromapopulation.Themeanofthe

sample is 120 and the standard deviation is 8. Based on Chebyshev’s inequality, theendpointsoftheintervalthatmustcontainatleast75%oftheobservationsareclosestto:A. 96and144.B. 112and128.C. 104and136.

12. GeorgeBaker, an equity fundmanagerhas the following information about a common

stockportfolio:

Arithmeticmeanreturn 11.8%Geometricmeanreturn 10.6%Portfoliobeta 1.2Risk‐freerateofreturn 4.25%Varianceofreturns 196

Fromthegiveninformation,thecoefficientofvariationisclosestto:A. 1.32.B. 1.24.C. 1.18.

13. Followinginformationaboutthreeportfoliosisgiven:

Portfolio Meanreturnonportfolio(%)

Standarddeviationofthereturns(%)

Page 154: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 153

A 15 28B 12 19C 10 7

Iftherisk‐freerateis4%,whichportfoliohasthehighestSharperatio?A. A.B. B.C. C.

14. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelytobetrueforapositivelyskeweddistribution?

A. Mode>Median>Mean.B. Median>Mode>Mean.C. Mean>Median>Mode.

15. Adistributionlesspeakedthanthenormaldistributionisbestdescribedasbeing:

A. platykurtic.B. mesokurtic.C. leptokurtic.

Page 155: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 154

Solutions

1. Biscorrect.Thisisanordinalscale.Theratingofunderweight,marketweightor

overweightorderstheratedsecuritiesintermsoflevelsofexpectedperformance.2. Aiscorrect.Aparameterdescribesthecharacteristicofapopulation,whileasample

statisticdescribesthecharacteristicofasample.3. Aiscorrect.Anintervalisthesetofreturnvaluesthatanobservationfallswithin.There

arefourintervals.Thesamplesizeisthesumofallofthefrequenciesinthedistribution:4+13+5+3=25.Therelativefrequencyisfoundbydividingthefrequencyoftheintervalbythetotalnumberoffrequencies:5/25=20%.

4. Biscorrect.Thesumofthetennumbersis95.Dividingby10givesthemeanof9.5.5. Ciscorrect.Thegeometricmeanreturniscalculatedas[(1+0.06)×(1+0.1)×(1‐0.05)

×(1+0.00)]1/4–1=0.0259≈2.59%.6. Biscorrect.Themedianisthevalueofthemiddleitemofasetofitems.Thetotalnumber

ofitemsare20,hencethemedianisthevaluebetween10thand11thobservation.Thevalueofthe10thitemis10;thevalueofthe11thitemis12.Theaverageof10and12is11.

7. Aiscorrect.Themodeisthemostfrequentvalueinthesetofitemsandthusisequalto

20.8. Biscorrect.Quintilesdividedataintofiveparts.Hencethefirstquintilecorrespondsto

the20thpercentileandthesecondquintilecorrespondstothe40thpercentile.Thelocationcanbedeterminedusing:Ly=(n+1)×(y/100)L40=(13+1)×(40/100)=5.6.Thevaluecorrespondingtolocation5(Fund5)is10.35%.Thevaluecorrespondingtolocation6(Fund6)is11.10%.Theapproximatevaluecorrespondingtolocation5.6canbeestimatedusinglinearinterpolation:10.35%+(0.6×(11.10%–10.35%))=10.80%

9. Ciscorrect.Range=Highestvalue–Lowestvalue=10.5%‐(‐5.4%)=15.9%

TocalculateMAD,firstcomputethemean:(6.5+8.2+10.5–5.4+7.7)/5=5.5%andcomputeMAD,(|6.5–5.5|+|8.2–5.5|+|10.5–5.5|+|–5.4–5.5|+|7.7–5.5|)/5=4.36%.

10. Biscorrect.Thesamplestandarddeviationcanbefoundas:

Page 156: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 155

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][DATA] Enterdataentrymode

[2nd][CLRWRK] Cleardataregisters X01

11[ENTER] X01=11

[↓][↓]8[ENTER] X02=8

[↓][↓]6+/‐[ENTER] X03=‐6

[↓][↓]4[ENTER] X04=4

[↓][↓]5+/‐[ENTER] X05=‐5

[2nd][STAT] Putscalculatorintostats

[2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytill 1‐V

[↓] Numberofdatapoints N=5

[↓] Mean X=2.4

[↓] Samplestandard Sx=7.64

[↓] Populationstandard σx=6.83

Thesamplevarianceissimplythesquareofsamplestandarddeviation:7.642=58.37.11. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoChebyshev’sinequality,theproportionoftheobservations

withinkstandarddeviationsofthearithmeticmeanisatleast1–1/k2forallk>1.Fork=2,thatproportionis1–1/22,whichis75%.Thelowerendpointis,therefore,themean(120)minus2times8(thestandarddeviation)andtheupperendpointis120plus2times8.120–(2x8)=104;120+2(8)=136.

12. Ciscorrect.Thecoefficientofvariationis:Standarddeviationofreturn/Meanreturn=

sqrt(196)/11.8=1.1813. Ciscorrect.TheSharperatioisdefinedasSp=( p‐ F)/ p

SA=(15–4)/28=0.3928SB=(12–4)/19=0.4210SC=(10–4)/7=0.8571

SharpeRatio i.e.excessreturnsperunitofrisk.Ahighernumberispreferred.

14. Ciscorrect.Forapositivelyskeweddistribution,themeanisgreaterthanthemedian,

whichisgreaterthanthemode.

Page 157: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R08 Statistical Concepts and Market Return 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 156

15. Aiscorrect.Platykurticdescribesadistributionthatislesspeakedthananormal

distribution.Leptokurticdescribesadistributionthatismorepeakedthanthenormaldistribution.Mesokurticisadistributionaspeakedasthenormaldistribution.

Page 158: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 157

R09ProbabilityConcepts

1.Introduction

Sincemanyinvestmentdecisionsaremadeinanenvironmentofuncertainty,itisessentialforportfoliomanagersandinvestmentmanagerstohaveafundamentalgraspofprobabilityconcepts.Inthisreading,wewillfocuson:

• Definitionsandrulesrelatedtoprobability.• Expectedvalueandvariance.• Covarianceandcorrelation.

2.Probability,ExpectedValue,andVariance

FundamentalConcepts

Arandomvariableisanuncertainquantity/number.Forexample,whenyourolladie,theresultisarandomvariable.

Anoutcomeistheobservedvalueofarandomvariable.Forexample,ifyourolla2,itisanoutcome.

Aneventcanbeasingleoutcomeorasetofoutcomes.Forexample,youcandefineaneventasrollinga2orrollinganevennumber.

Mutuallyexclusiveeventsareeventsthatcannothappenatthesametime.Forexample,rollinga2androllinga3areexamplesofmutuallyexclusiveevents.Theycannothappenatthesametime.

Exhaustiveeventsarethosethatcoverallpossibleoutcomes.Forexample,‘rollinganevennumber’or’rollinganoddnumber’areexhaustiveevents.Theycoverallpossibleoutcomes.

Thetwodefiningpropertiesofprobabilityare:• Theprobabilityofanyeventhastobebetween0and1.• Thesumoftheprobabilitiesofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveeventsisequalto

1.WaysofEstimatingProbability

Themethodsofestimatingprobabilitiesare:• Empiricalprobability:Basedonanalyzingthefrequencyofanevent’soccurrencein

thepast.• Aprioriprobability:Basedonformalreasoningandinspectionratherthan

personaljudgment.• Subjectiveprobability:Informedguessbasedonpersonaljudgment.

Empiricalandaprioriprobabilitiesareoftengroupedasobjectiveprobabilitiesbecausetheydonotvaryfrompersontoperson.

Page 159: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 158

ProbabilityStatedasOdds

Oddsforaneventaredefinedastheprobabilityoftheeventoccurringtotheprobabilityoftheeventnotoccurring.OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)].

GivenoddsforEof“atob”,theimpliedprobabilityofEisa/(a+b).

Example

Iftheprobabilityofaneventis0.2,whataretheoddsofitoccurring?Alternatively,iftheoddsare1to4,whatistheprobabilityofthisevent?

Solution:

Theoddsoftheeventoccurringare= ..=1/4.Thisisstatedasoddsof1to4.

Giventheodds,theprobabilityoftheeventoccurringis

=0.20.

Oddsagainstaneventaredefinedastheprobabilityoftheeventnotoccurringtotheprobabilityoftheeventoccurring.OddsagainstE=[1–P(E)]/P(E).

GiveoddsagainstEof“atob”,theimpliedprobabilityofEisb/(a+b).

Example

IfP(E)=0.2,whataretheoddsagainsttheeventoccurring?Iftheoddsagainstaneventare4to1,whatistheprobabilityoftheevent?

Solution:

P(E)= ..= .HencetheoddsagainstEare4to1.

Giventheoddsagainstanevent,theprobabilityoftheeventis =0.2

Conditionalv/sUnconditionalprobabilities

Unconditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringirrespectiveoftheoccurrenceofotherevents.ItisdenotedasP(A).Unconditionalprobabilityisalsocalled‘marginal’probability.

Conditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringgiventhatanothereventhasoccurred.ItisdenotedasP(A|B),whichistheprobabilityofeventAgiventhateventBhasoccurred.

JointProbabilityandMultiplicationRule

Multiplicationruleisusedtodeterminethejointprobabilityoftwoevents.Itisexpressedas:

P(AB)=P(A|B)P(B)

Rearrangingtheequationwegettheformulaforcomputingconditionalprobabilities:

P(A|B)=P(AB)/P(B)

Page 160: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 159

Example

P(interestrateswilldecrease)=P(D)=40%P(stockpriceincreases)=P(S)P(stockpricewillincreasegiveninterestratesdecrease)=P(S|D)=70%

Computeprobabilityofastockpriceincreaseandaninterestratedecrease.

Solution:

P(SD)=P(S|D)xP(D)=0.7x0.4=0.28=28%

AdditionRuleforProbabilities

Additionruleisusedtodeterminetheprobabilitythatatleastoneoftheeventswilloccur.Itisexpressedas:

P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)

Example

P(priceofAincreases)=P(A)=0.5P(priceofBincreases)=P(B)=0.7P(priceofAandBincreases)=P(AB)=0.3

ComputetheprobabilitythatthepriceofstockAorthepriceofstockBincreases.

Solution

P(AorB)=0.5+0.7–0.3=0.9

IndependentandDependentEvents

Iftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotinfluencetheoccurrenceoftheotherevent,thenthetwoeventsarecalledindependentevents.

i.e.P(A|B)=P(A)orP(B|A)=P(B)

Multiplicationruleforindependentevents:P(AB)=P(A)P(B)

Additionruleforindependentevents:P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB).(Theadditionruledoesnotchange.)

Iftheprobabilityofaneventisaffectedbytheoccurrenceofanothereventthenitiscalledadependentevent.

TotalProbabilityRule

Thetotalprobabilityruleisusedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofanevent,givenconditionalprobabilities.

Ininvestmentanalysis,weoftenformulateasetofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustivescenariosandthenestimatetheprobabilityofaparticularevent.Forexample,let’ssaythatwehavetwoscenariosSandnon‐Sthataremutuallyexclusiveandexhaustive.

Page 161: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 160

Accordingtothetotalprobabilityrule,theprobabilityofanyeventP(A)canbeexpressedas:

P(A)=P(AS)+P(ASC)

Usingthemultiplicationruleweget,

P(A)=P(A|S)P(S)+P(A|SC)P(SC)

Ifwehavemorethantwoscenarios,wecangeneralizethisequationto:

P(A)=P(AS1)+P(AS2)+…+P(ASn)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)

ExpectedValueofaRandomVariable

Theexpectedvalueofarandomvariablecanbedefinedastheprobability‐weightedaverageofthepossibleoutcomesoftherandomvariable.ForarandomvariableX,theexpectedvalueofXisdenotedasE(X)andiscalculatedas:

E X P X X

where:Xi=OneofnpossibleoutcomesoftherandomvariableXP(Xi)=ProbabilityofXi

VarianceofaRandomVariable

Theexpectedvalueisourforecast,butwecannotcountontheindividualforecastbeingrealized.Thisiswhyweneedtomeasuretheriskweface.Varianceandstandarddeviationareexamplesofhowwecanmeasurethisrisk.Thevarianceofarandomvariableistheprobability‐weightedsumofthesquareddifferencesbetweeneachpossibleoutcomeandtheexpectedvalueoftherandomvariable.Itisexpressedas:

σ X P X X E X

Varianceisanumbergreaterthanorequalto0becauseitisthesumofsquaredterms.Ifvarianceis0,thereisnodispersionorrisk.TheoutcomeiscertainandthequantityXisnotrandomatall.Standarddeviationisthepositivesquarerootofvariance.

Wecancalculatetheexpectedvalueandvarianceofarandomvariableusingafinancialcalculatorasshownbelow:

Example

Aproject’scashflowfortheupcomingyeardependsonthestateoftheeconomy,asshowninthetablebelow.Whatisthevarianceofthecashflow?Whatisthestandarddeviation?

StateofEconomy Probability CashFlow

Page 162: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 161

Good 0.3 50

Average 0.5 40

Weak 0.2 20Solution:

Usingafinancialcalculator:

Keystrokes Explanation Display

[2nd][DATA] Entersdataentrymode

[2nd][CLRWRK] Clearsdataregister X01

50[ENTER] 1stpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X01=50

[↓]30[ENTER] Probabilityof30%forX01 Y01=30

[↓]40[ENTER] 2ndpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X02=40

[↓]50[ENTER] Probabilityof50%forX02 Y02=50

[↓]20[ENTER] 3rdpossiblevalueofrandomvariable X03=20

[↓]20[ENTER] Probabilityof20%forX03 Y03=20

[2nd][STAT] Putscalculatorintostatsmode

[2nd][SET] Pressrepeatedlytillyousee 1‐V

[↓] Totalnumberofentries N=100

[↓] Expectedvalueofrandomvariable X=39

[↓] Samplestandarddeviation Sx=10.49

[↓] Populationstandarddeviation σx=10.44

Wecanthensquarethepopulationstandarddeviationof10.44togetthevariancei.e.10.442=109.00

TotalProbabilityRuleforExpectedValue

Justlikethetotalprobabilityrulestatesunconditionalprobabilitiesintermsofconditionalprobabilities,thetotalprobabilityruleforexpectedvaluesstatesunconditionalexpectedvaluesintermsofconditionalexpectedvalues.

E(X|S)=P(X1|S)X1+P(X2|S)X2+…+P(Xn|S)Xn

Instructor’sNoteNoticethatthisformulaisexactlysimilartothetotalprobabilityruleformula.

P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)

Page 163: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 162

Example

What is the expectedpriceof a stockat theendof the currentperiodgiven the followinginformation:probabilitythatinterestrateswilldecline=0.4.Ifinterestratesdeclinethereisa75%chancethatstockpricewillbe$100versusa25%chancethatthestockpricewillbe$90. If interestratesdonotdecline there isa50%chance that thestockpricewillbe$80versusa50%chancethatstockpricewillbe$70.

Solution:

Wecanplottheprobabilitiesusingatreediagram.

Considerthefirstnode(topright).Itreferstotheprobabilitythatthestockpricewillbe$100given a decline in interest rates. We can calculate the probability of that happening bymultiplyingtheprobabilityofadeclineininterestrates(0.4)bytheprobabilityofthestockpricebeing$100ifthathappens(0.75).Thisgivesusaconditionalprobabilityof0.30.Inshort,it is the joint probability of the stock price being $100 given a decline in interest rates.Similarly,probabilitiesarecalculatedforeachoftheotherthreenodes.Wecanthencalculate:

E(Price│declineininterestrates)=0.75($100)+0.25($90)=$97.50

E(Price│nodeclineininterestrates)=0.50($80)+0.50($70)=$75.00

Nowweusethetotalprobabilityruleforexpectedvalueofstockpriceattheendofthecurrentperiod:

E(Price)=E(Price│declineininterestrates)P(declineininterestrates)+E(Price│nodeclineininterestrates)P(nodeclineininterestrates)

E(Price)=$97.50(0.40)+$75.00(0.60)E(Price)=$84.00

Page 164: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 163

3.PortfolioExpectedReturnandVarianceofReturn

ExpectedReturn

Aportfolio’sexpectedreturncanbecalculatedas:

E R w E R w E R … w E R

where:wn=portfolioweightofnthsecurityintheportfolioRn=expectedreturnofnthsecurityintheportfolion=numberofsecuritiesintheportfolio

Wewilldiscussportfolioexpectedreturnandvarianceofreturnusingatwo‐stockportfolio.

Example

40%oftheportfolioisinvestedinStockAand60%isinvestedinStockB.Asshowninthetablebelow,theexpectedreturnofeachstockdependsontheeconomicscenario.

Scenario P(Scenario) ExpectedreturnsofA ExpectedreturnsofB

Recession 0.25 2% 4%

Normal 0.50 8% 10%

Boom 0.25 12% 16%ThisinformationcanalsobepresentedasajointprobabilityfunctionofA’sandB’sreturns: RB=4% RB=10% RB=16%RA=2% 0.25 0 0RA=8% 0 0.50 0RA=12% 0 0 0.25

Row1andColumn1representthereturnsofAandBrespectively.Theothercellscontainprobabilities.CalculatetheexpectedreturnofAandB.

Solution:

Giventhedatapresentedabove:

TheexpectedreturnofAis:0.25x2+0.50x8+0.25x12=7.5%.

TheexpectedreturnofBis:0.25x4+0.50x10+0.25x16=10%.

Expectedreturnoftheportfolio=weightofAintheportfolioxexpectedreturnofA+weightofstockBintheportfolioxexpectedreturnofB=0.4x7.5+0.6x10=9%

Theexpectedportfolioreturnis9%.Asthetermimplies,thisistheexpectedreturn.Theactualreturnwillvaryaround9%.Theamountofvariabilityismeasuredbythevariance.Inordertodeterminethevarianceofreturn,wemustfirstcalculatethecovariance.

Page 165: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 164

Covariance

Covariancetellsushowmovementsinarandomvariablevarywithmovementsinanotherrandomvariable,whereasvariancetellsushowarandomvariablevarieswithitself.AssumetherearetworandomvariablesRiandRj.ThecovariancebetweenRiandRj(usedtomeasurehowtheymovetogether)isgivenby:

Cov R , R E R –ER R –ER

where:ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj

Example

Continuingwithourpreviousexample,calculatethecovarianceofreturnsbetweenAandB.

Solution:

SayRirepresentsthereturnonAandRjrepresentsthereturnonB,wehavealreadycalculatedtheexpectedreturnsofAandBas7.5%and10%respectively.Thecovarianceofreturnsis:

E Ri– 7.5 Rj– 10

=0.25(2%‐7.5%)(4%‐10%)+0.5(8%‐7.5%)(10%‐10%)+0.25(12%‐7.5%)(16%‐10%)

=0.000825+0+0.000675=0.0015

Correlation

Theproblemwithcovarianceisthatitcanvaryfromnegativeinfinitytopositiveinfinitywhichmakes it difficult to interpret. To address this problem, we use another measure calledcorrelation. Correlation is a standardizedmeasure of the linear relationship between twovariableswithvaluesrangingbetween‐1and+1.

Acorrelationof0(uncorrelatedvariables)indicatesanabsenceofanylinear(straight‐line)relationshipbetweenthevariables.

Acorrelationof+1indicatesaperfectpositiverelationship. Acorrelationof‐1indicatesaperfectnegativerelationship.

Itiscomputedas:

ρ R , R Cov R , R /σ R σ R

WewillnowapplythisformulatocalculatethecorrelationbetweenthereturnsofAandBfromourexample.Wehavealreadyshownthatthecovarianceofreturnsis0.0015.Inorderto calculate the correlation,we need the standard deviation of A and B. Using a financialcalculator,we can determine that the standard deviation of A is 0.0357 and the standard

deviationofBis0.0424.Thecorrelation,ρ A, B , =0.0015/ 0.0357x0.0424 =0.99.

Page 166: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 165

Thecorrelationof0.99 (almost1) impliesaverystrongpositive relationshipbetween thereturnsofAandB.Thisismoremeaningfulthanthecovariancenumberof0.0015whichtellsusthatthereisapositiverelationshipbetweenthereturnsofAandBbutdoesnotgiveasenseforthestrengthoftherelationship.

Definitionof Independence forRandomVariables. Two random variables X and Y areindependentifandonlyifP(X,Y)=P(X)P(Y).

For example, given independence, P(5,6) = P(5)P(6). Joint probabilities are obtained bymultiplying the individual probabilities. Independence is a stronger property thanuncorrelatednessbecausecorrelationaddressesonlylinearrelationships.

Thefollowingconditionholdsforindependentrandomvariablesand,therefore,alsoholdsforuncorrelatedrandomvariables.

Multiplication Rule for Expected Value of the Product of Uncorrelated RandomVariables.Theexpectedvalueoftheproductofuncorrelatedrandomvariablesistheproductoftheirexpectedvalues.

E(XY)=E(X)E(Y)ifXandYareuncorrelated.

Manyfinancialvariables,suchasrevenue(pricetimesquantity),aretheproductofrandomquantities.

Varianceofreturns

Onceweknowthecovariance,wecancalculatethevarianceofaportfoliousingthisformula:

σ R w σ R w σ R 2w w Cov R R

Example

Continuingwithourexample,thevarianceoftheportfoliois Weightofthefirstasset,w1=0.40 Weightofthesecondasset,w2=0.60 Standarddeviationoffirstasset=0.0357 Standarddeviationofsecondasset=0.0424 Covariancebetweenthetwoassets=0.0015

Varianceoftheportfolio=0.42x0.03572+0.62x0.04242+2x0.4x0.6x0.0015=0.00157

Standarddeviationoftheportfolio=√0.00157 0.0396

4.TopicsinProbability

4.1.Bayes’Formula

Bayes’formulaisarationalmethodforupdatingoradjustingtheprobabilityofaneventbasedonnewinformation.AccordingtoBayes’formula,theupdatedprobabilityofaneventgivennewinformationis:

Page 167: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 166

P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)

P(Information) P(Event)

Example

Considerafactorythathasthreeassemblylines.Thepercentageofoutputproducedateachassemblylineisasfollows:LineA=45%,LineB=35%,LineC=20%.Theoutputdefectivefromeach line is estimated tobe3%,5%, and4%, respectively.Given that theproduct isdefective,whatistheprobabilitythatitcamefromLineC?

Solution:

WhendealingwithquestionsrelatedtoBayes’formula,thefirststepistoreproducetheinformationinprobabilitynotation:

P(LineA)=0.45;P(NotLineA)=0.55

P(LineB)=0.35;P(NotLineB)=0.65

P(LineC)=0.20;P(NotLineC)=0.80

P(Defective|LineA)=0.03,P(Defective|LineB)=0.05,P(Defective|LineC)=0.04

P(Defective)=0.45x0.03+0.35x0.05+0.20x0.04=0.039

NextwritedowntheBayesformula:

P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)

P(Information)xP(Event)

Wethenhavetodistinguishbetweentheeventandtheinformationandplugtherelevantvaluesintotheformula.Inthiscase,theinformationisthattheproductisdefective.Hence,theformulacanbewrittenas:

P LineC|Defective | ∗

. ∗ .

.=20.51%

4.2.PrinciplesofCounting

Incounting,enumeration(countingtheoutcomesonebyone)isthemostbasicresource.Thisprocessisdifficultandispronetoerror.Wewilldiscussshortcutsandprinciplesofcounting,whichmaketheprocesseasier.

MultiplicationRuleofCounting

Thefirstoftheseprinciplesisthemultiplicationrule.Itstatesthat‘ifonetaskcanbedoneinn1ways,andasecondtask,giventhefirst,canbedoneinn2ways,andathirdtask,giventhefirsttwotasks,canbedoneinn3waysandsoonforktasks,thenthenumberofwaysthektaskscanbedoneis(n1)(n2)(n3)…(nk).Sothemultiplicationruleforcountingcanbeexpressedas:

Numberofwaysofdoingktasks=n xn xn …n

Page 168: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 167

where:n =numberofwaysofdoingthefirsttask,n =numberofwaysofdoingthesecondtaskandsoon

Example

Considerasimpleexample.Supposewehavethreestepsinaninvestmentdecisionprocess.Thefirststepcanbedonein2ways,thesecondstepcanbedonein4waysandthethirdin3ways.Inhowmanywayscantheinvestmentdecisionbemade?

Solution:

Followingthemultiplicationrule,thereare(2)(4)(3)=24waysofmakingtheinvestmentdecision.

Noticethattherearethreegroupingsinthisproblem.Fromeachgroup,onlyonestepcanbeselected.

Factorial

Another counting principle relates to the assignment of members of a group to an equalnumberofpositions.Thenumberofwayswecanassigneverymemberofagroupofsizentonslots isn!(readasnfactorial)=n(n‐1)(n‐2)(n‐3)…1.Byconvention,0!=1.Thedifferencebetweenthemultiplicationruleandfactorial isthatthereisonlyonegroupinafactorial.Itinvolvesarrangingthesetofitemswithinthegroupandtheorderinwhichtheitemsarearrangedmatters.Theformulais:

Numberofwaysofassigninggroupofsizentontasks=n!

Example

Therearefiveequityanalystscoveringfiveemergingcountries.Inhowmanywayscanthecountriesbeassignedtotheanalysts?

Solution:

Thetotalnumberofwaystheassignmentscanbemade=5!=120

Labeling

Labelingreferstothenumberofwaysthatnitemscanbelabelledwithkdifferentlabelswithn,ofthefirsttype,nofthesecondtype,andsoon.Thiscanbeexpressedas:

Numberofwaysinwhichnitemscanbelabelledusingklabels=n!

n ! n ! … n !

Page 169: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 168

Example

Aportfolioconsistsofeightstocks.Thegoalistodesignatefourofthestocksas"long‐termholds,"threeofthestocksas"short‐termholds,"andonestocka"sell."Howmanywayscantheselabelsbeassignedtotheeightstocks?

Solution:

Noticethatthereareeightitems(stocks)thataretobelabelledinthreedifferentways.8!

4! 3! 1!280

Combination

Aspecialcaseofthelabellingisthecombinationformula.Itisthenumberofwaystochooserobjects froma totalofnobjects,whentheorder inwhich therobjectsare listeddoesnotmatter.Thiscanbeexpressedas:

C n!/ n r ! r!

where:n=numberofobjectsr=numberofobjectschosenfromnobjects

C =numberofwaystochooserobjectsfromnobjectswhereorderdoesnotmatter

Example

Aportfoliomanagerwantstoeliminatefourstocksfromaportfoliothatconsistsofsixstocks.HowmanywayscanthefourstocksbesoldwhentheorderofthesaleisNOTimportant?

Solution:

Usingtheformulaforcombination,wegetthenumberofwaysthefourstockscanbesold

=6!/[(6–4)!4!]=15.

Permutation

Permutationisthenumberofwaystochooserobjectsfromatotalofnobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesmatter.Itisexpressedas:

P n!

n r !

where:n=numberofobjectsr=numberofobjectschosenfromnobjects

Page 170: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 169

Instructor’sNote:givenaproblem,usethefollowingpointerstoidentifythecorrectcountingmethodtoapply. Factorial:ifthereisonegroupofsizenandnitems/taskstobeassigned,numberofways

=n! Labeling:usedwhentherearethreeormorelabels.Eachitem/memberofagroupmust

beappliedalabel. Combination: used when there are two groups of a certain size, say n and r. Use

combinationwhentheorderofchoosingrobjectsfromnobjectsdoesNOTmatter. Permutation: used when there are two groups of a certain size, say n and r. Use

permutationwhentheorderofchoosingrobjectsfromnobjectsdoesmatter.

Combination and permutation functions are available on the financial calculator andshouldbeusedratherthantheformula.

Example

Assumethatinaportfolioofeightstocks,wedecidetosellthreestocks.Howmanywayscanwechoosethreeoftheeighttoselliftheorderofsaledoesmatter?

Solution:

Usingtheformulaforpermutation,wecanfindthenumberofwaystosellthreeoftheeightstockswhereordermatters:8!

8– 3 !336

Page 171: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 170

Summary

LO.a:Definearandomvariable,anoutcome,anevent,mutuallyexclusiveevents,andexhaustiveevents.

Arandomvariableisanuncertainquantity/number. Anoutcomeistheobservedvalueofarandomvariable. Aneventcanbeasingleoutcomeorasetofoutcomes. Mutuallyexclusiveeventsareeventsthatcannothappenatthesametime. Exhaustiveeventsarethosethatincludeallpossibleoutcomes.

LO.b:Statethetwodefiningpropertiesofprobabilityanddistinguishamongempirical,subjective,andaprioriprobabilities.

Thetwodefiningpropertiesofaprobabilityare: TheprobabilityofanyeventEisanumberbetween0and1:0≤P(E)≤1. Thesumof theprobabilitiesofanysetofmutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveevents

equals1.

Themethodsofestimatingprobabilitiesare: Empiricalprobability:Basedonanalyzingthefrequencyofanevent’soccurrenceinthe

past. Aprioriprobability:Basedonformalreasoningandinspectionratherthanpersonal

judgment. Subjectiveprobability:Informedguessbasedonpersonaljudgment.

LO.c:Statetheprobabilityofaneventintermsofoddsforandagainsttheevent.

OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)].

OddsagainstE=[1–P(E)]/P(E).

LO.d:Distinguishbetweenunconditionalandconditionalprobabilities.

Unconditional probability (marginal probability) is the probability of an event occurringirrespectiveoftheoccurrenceofotherevents.ItisdenotedasP(A).

Conditionalprobabilityistheprobabilityofaneventoccurringgiventhatanothereventhasoccurred.ItisdenotedasP(A|B),whichistheprobabilityofeventAgiventhateventBhasoccurred.

LO.e:Explainthemultiplication,addition,andtotalprobabilityrules.

Multiplicationruleisusedtodeterminethejointprobabilityoftwoevents.Itisexpressedas:

P(AB)=P(A|B)P(B)

Additionruleisusedtodeterminetheprobabilitythatatleastoneoftheeventswilloccur.Itisexpressedas:

Page 172: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 171

P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)

Thetotalprobabilityruleisusedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofanevent,givenconditionalprobabilities.Itisexpressedas:

P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)

LO.f:Calculateandinterpret1)thejointprobabilityoftwoevents,2)theprobabilitythatat leastoneoftwoeventswilloccur,giventheprobabilityofeachandthe jointprobabilityofthetwoevents,and3)ajointprobabilityofanynumberofindependentevents.

ConsidertheexamplethatyouhavetwostocksAandB.TheprobabilitythatstockAwillpayoutadividendthisquarteris60%andtheprobabilitythatstockBwillpayoutadividendthisquarteris50%.Assumethatthetwoeventsareindependent.ThejointprobabilityofAandBi.e.bothAandBissueadividendthisquarteris0.6x0.5=0.3.

Theprobabilitythatatleastoneoftwoevents,AorB,willoccurisP(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)=0.6+0.5–0.6x0.5=0.8.

LO.g:Distinguishbetweendependentandindependentevents.

Iftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotinfluencetheoccurrenceoftheotherevent,thentheeventsarecalledindependentevents.

i.e.P(A|B)=P(A)orP(B|A)=P(B)

Iftheprobabilityofaneventisaffectedbytheoccurrenceofanothereventthenitiscalledadependentevent.

LO.h:Calculateandinterpretanunconditionalprobabilityusingthetotalprobabilityrule.

UsingthetotalprobabilityruletheunconditionalprobabilityofAcanbecomputedas:

P(A)=P(A|S1)P(S1)+P(A|S2)P(S2)+…+P(A|Sn)P(Sn)

WhereS1,S2..Snaremutuallyexclusiveandexhaustiveevents.

LO.i:Explaintheuseofconditionalexpectationininvestmentapplications.

The expected value is heavily used in investment applications e.g. forecasting EPS of acompany, estimating rewards of alternative investments, etc. When you refine yourexpectationsorforecasts,youaretypicallymakingadjustmentsbasedonnewinformationorevents;thisisactuallytheuseofconditionalexpectedvalues.

LO.j:Explaintheuseofatreediagramtorepresentaninvestmentproblem.

The tree diagram in an investment problem can help plot the probabilities of variousoutcomesanddepictexpectedvaluesbasedonthepathschosenandselectionmadeateachnode.Forexample:

Page 173: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 172

LO.k:Calculateandinterpretcovarianceandcorrelation.

Covarianceisameasureofhowtwovariablesmovetogether.GiventworandomvariablesRiandRj,thecovariancebetweenRiandRjisgivenby:

Cov(Ri,Rj)=E[(Ri–ERi)(Rj–ERj)]Where,ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj

Correlationisastandardizedmeasureofthelinearrelationshipbetweentwovariableswithvaluesrangingbetween‐1and+1.Theformulaisgivenby:

ρ(A,B)=Cov(A,B)/σ(A)σ(B)

LO.l:Calculateandinterprettheexpectedvalue,variance,andstandarddeviationofarandomvariableandofreturnsonaportfolio.

Theformulaforcalculatingtheexpectedportfolioreturnis:

E(RP)=w1E(R1)+w2E(R2)+…+wnE(Rn)

Variancecanbecomputedas:

σ R w σ R w σ R 2w w Cov R R

LO.m:Calculateandinterpretcovariancegivenajointprobabilityfunction.

GiventworandomvariablesRiandRj,thecovariancebetweenRiandRjisgivenby:

Cov(Ri,Rj)=E[(Ri–ERi)(Rj–ERj)]

where:ERi=expectedreturnforvariableRiERj=expectedreturnforvariableRj

Page 174: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 173

LO.n:CalculateandinterpretanupdatedprobabilityusingBayes’formula.

Bayes’formulaisarationalmethodforupdatingoradjustingtheprobabilityofaneventbasedonnewinformation.AccordingtoBayes’formula,theupdatedprobabilityofaneventgivennewinformationis:

P(Event│Information)=P(Information│Event)

P(Information) P(Event)

LO.o:Identifythemostappropriatemethodtosolveaparticularcountingproblem,andsolvecountingproblemsusingfactorial,combination,andpermutationconcepts.

Thenumberofwayswecanassigneverymemberofagroupofsizentonslotsisn!

Numberofwaysinwhichnitemscanbelabelledusingklabels= !

! ! … !

The combination formula gives the number ofways to choose r objects from a total of nobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesnotmatter.

nr

n!

n r ! r!

The permutation formula gives the number ofways to choose r objects from a total of nobjects,whentheorderinwhichtherobjectsarelisteddoesmatter.

P n!

n r !

Page 175: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 174

PracticeQuestions

1. IfeventsAandBaremutuallyexclusive,thenwhichofthefollowingistrue?A. P(A|B)=P(A).B. P(AB)=P(A)xP(B).C. P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B).

2. Whichofthefollowingvaluescanbetheprobabilityofanevent?

A. ‐0.23.B. 0.68.C. 1.36.

 

3. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelyanempiricalprobability?A. The probability of a particular outcome when exactly 6 equally likely possible

outcomesexist.B. TheprobabilitythatUSstockreturnsexceedlong‐termcorporatebondreturnsovera

5yearperiod,basedonZellerFinancialdata.C. AnupdatedprobabilityofaneventarrivedatusingBayes’formulaandtheperceived

priorprobabilityoftheevent. 

4. Theprobabilitythatthestockmarketwillincreasetomorrowis3/5.Theprobabilityofanincreaseinthestockmarketstatedas'oddsfor’is:A. three‐to‐two.B. two‐to‐three.C. three‐to‐five.

 

5. Afundmanagerhasnotedthatduringthepastfiveyears60percentofthestocksinhisportfoliohavepaidacashdividendand20percentofthestockshavepaidastockdividend.If65percentofthestockshavepaidadividendofanykind,thejointprobabilityofastockpayingbothacashdividendandastockdividendisclosestto:A. 10%.B. 15%.C. 20%.

 

6. Twoeventsaresaidtobeindependentiftheoccurrenceofoneevent:A. impliesthatthesecondeventcannotoccur.B. impliesthatthesecondeventiscertaintooccur.C. doesnotaffecttheprobabilityoftheoccurrenceoftheotherevent.

 

7. ThecorrelationofreturnsbetweenStocksAandBis0.60.Thecovariancebetweenthesetwosecuritiesis0.0056andthestandarddeviationofthereturnsofStockBis18%.ThevarianceofreturnsforStockAis:

Page 176: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 175

A. 0.0027.B. 0.0035.C. 0.0048.

   

8. Thefollowinginformationontwoportfoliosisgiven:

FundA FundBPortfolioweights(%) 40 60Expectedreturns(%) 15 10Standarddeviations(%) 20 16Correlation between the returnsofFundAandFundB

0.5

Theexpectedreturnandthestandarddeviationoftheportfolioarerespectivelyclosestto:A. 12.5%and22.3%.B. 12%and15.2%.C. 13%and16.5%.

 

9. ThejointprobabilitiesforXandYareP(X=10,Y=3)=0.4,andP(X=20,Y=6)=0.6,thentheCovarianceofXYisclosestto:A. 7.2B. 6.5.C. 6.6.

 

10. Aresearcherisstudyingthelinkbetweenexchangeratemovementsandthediscountrateset by the country’s bank. He uses historical data to determine that the probability ofexchangeraterisingorfallingoverthenextmonthis60%and30%respectivelywhiletheprobability that theexchangerate stays thesame is10%.Somedays later,he receivesinformationthatthecentralbankwillincreasethediscountrate.Theresearchercomesup with the following subjective probabilities that the central bank will increase thediscountrategiventhescenariosthatexchangeraterises,fallsorstaysthesame:

P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangerateincreases)=65% P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratestayssame)=15% P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)=20%

Whatistheprobabilitythattheexchangeratewillfallgiventhenewinformationthatthecentralbankwillincreasethediscountrate?A. 18.79%.B. 15.65%.C. 12.90%

 

11. Aninvestorwantstopurchase7stocksforhisportfoliofromauniverseof10stocks.Iftheorderinwhichhebuysthestocksisnotimportant,thenhowmanypotential7stockcombinationsdowehave?

Page 177: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 176

A. 120.B. 140.C. 160.

 

12. Afundmanagerwantstosell3bondsfromhisportfolioof8bonds.Iftheorderinwhichhesellsthebondsisimportant,thenhowmanypotential3‐bondcombinationsdowehave?A. 56.B. 336.C. 512.

Page 178: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 177

Solutions 

1. Ciscorrect.Mutuallyexclusiveeventsarethoseeventswhichcannothappentogether,i.e.thereisnointersectionbetweenthetwoevents.Therefore,bothP(A|B)andP(AB)mustbeequaltozero.

 

2. Biscorrect.Theprobabilityofaneventhastobebetween0and1. 

3. B is correct. This is an example of empirical probability since it is basedonpast data.OptionAisAprioriprobabilitysinceitisbasedonlogicalreasoning.OptionCissubjectiveprobabilitysinceitisbasedonpersonaljudgment.

 

4. Aiscorrect.OddsforE=P(E)/[1–P(E)]=(3/5)/(2/5)=3/2=threetotwo.

 

5. Biscorrect.Theprobabilitythatat leastoneoftwoeventswilloccuristhesumoftheprobabilitiesoftheseparateeventslessthejointprobabilityofthetwoevents.P(AorB)=P(A)+P(B)–P(AB)65%=60%+20%–P(AB);thereforeP(AB)=15%

 

6. Ciscorrect.Twoeventsaresaidtobeindependentiftheoccurrenceofoneeventdoesnotaffecttheprobabilityoftheoccurrenceoftheotherevent.

 

7. Aiscorrect.

Corr A, BCov A, Bσ A σ B

0.60.0056σ A 0.18

Therefore 0.0518.ThevarianceofreturnsforstockA=0.0518 0.0027 

8. Biscorrect.Theexpectedreturnontheportfoliois0.4x15%+0.6x10%=12%Calculatetheportfoliostandarddeviationofreturnsasfollows:√(.402x.202+.602x.162+2x.40x.60x.5x.20x.16)=0.152and15.2%

 

9. Aiscorrect.Thejointprobabilitiesinthequestionaregivenasfollows:

X,Y 3 610 0.4 20 0.6

E[X]=0.4(10)+0.6(20)=16E[Y]=0.4(3)+0.6(6)=4.8Cov[XY]=0.4(10‐16)(3‐4.8)+0.6(20‐16)(6‐4.8)=7.2

Page 179: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R09 Probability Concepts 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 178

 

10. Ciscorrect.AccordingtoBayes’Theorem:Updatedprobabilityofeventgiventhenewinformation= (Probability of new information given event ÷ unconditional probability of newinformation)xpriorprobabilityofeventInordertoproceedwiththegivendata,weneedtocalculatetheunconditionalprobabilityofnewinformationi.e.theprobabilityofanincreaseinthediscountrate.P(increaseddiscountrate)=P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangerateincreases)xP(exchangerateincreases)+P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratestayssame)xP(exchangeratestayssame)+P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)xP(exchangeratedecreases)=(0.65x0.60)+(0.15x0.1)+(0.2x0.3)=0.465=46.5%

P E/I P E /

Using the unconditional probability and Bayes’ Theorem, we can calculate updatedprobabilityoftheeventgiventhenewinformationaboutdiscountratesas:P(exchangeratedecreases|increaseddiscountrate)==[P(increaseddiscountrate|exchangeratedecreases)÷P(increaseddiscountrate)]xP(exchangeratedecreases)=(0.20÷0.465)x0.30=12.90

 

11. Aiscorrect.Sincetheorderisnotimportantwewillusecombination.10C7=120 

12. Biscorrect.Sincetheorderisimportantwewillusepermutation.8P3=336.

Page 180: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 179

R10CommonProbabilityDistributions

1.Introduction

Innearlyallinvestmentdecisions,weworkwithrandomvariables.Tomakeprobabilitystatementsaboutarandomvariable,weneedtounderstanditsprobabilitydistribution.Aprobabilitydistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesofallpossibleoutcomesofarandomvariable.Inthisreading,wewilllookatthefollowingfourprobabilitydistributions:

Uniform Binomial Normal Lognormal

2.DiscreteRandomVariables

Arandomvariableisavariablewhoseoutcomecannotbepredicted.Therearetwobasictypesofrandomvariables:

Adiscreterandomvariableisonewherewecanlistallthepossibleoutcomes.Forexample,thestockstradedontheNewYorkStockExchangearequotedinticksof$0.01.Quotedstockpriceisthereforeadiscreterandomvariable.

Acontinuousrandomvariableiswherethenumberofpointsbetweenthelowerandupperboundsareessentiallyinfinite.Rateofreturnisanexampleofacontinuousrandomvariable.

Probabilitydistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesofallthepossibleoutcomesforarandomvariable.

Probabilityfunctionspecifiestheprobabilitythatarandomvariabletakesonaspecificvalue.

Probabilitydensityfunctionisusedforcontinuousrandomvariables.

2.1.TheDiscreteUniformDistribution

Thediscreteuniformdistributionhasafinitenumberofspecifiedoutcomesandeachoutcomeisequallylikely.Considerarollofadice.Theoutcomeisarandomvariableanditcantakeavalueof1to6.Theprobabilitythattherandomvariabletakesonanyofthesevaluesisthesameforalloutcomes.Withsixoutcomes,p(x)=1/6forallvaluesofX(X=1,2,3,4,5,6).Thetablebelowsummarizesthetwoviewsofthisrandomvariable–theprobabilityfunctionandthecumulativedistributionfunction.

X=x ProbabilityFunctionp(x)=P(X=x)

CumulativeDistributionFunctionF(x)=P(X≤x)

1 1/6 1/62 1/6 2/63 1/6 3/6

Page 181: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 180

4 1/6 4/65 1/6 5/66 1/6 6/6

2.2.TheBinomialDistribution

ThebuildingblockofthebinomialdistributionistheBernoullirandomvariable.ABernoullitrialisonewherethereareonlytwopossibleoutcomes:successorfailure.FlippingacoinisanexampleofaBernoullitrial–youeithergetheadsortails,butnothingelse.Thiscanbeexpressedas:

P(Y=1)=pP(Y=0)=1–p

where:p=probabilitythatthetrialisasuccess

Inabinomialdistribution,therandomvariable,X,isthenumberofsuccessesinagivennumberofBernoullitrials.Continuingwiththecoinexample,sayweflipthecoin10timesandwedefinesuccessas‘Heads’.Clearlywith10flipswecanget0to10successes.

Theprobabilitydistributionofabinomialrandomvariablefortheprobabilityof"x"successin"n"trialsiscalculatedusingthefollowingformula:

P x P X x C p 1 p –

where:p=theprobabilityofsuccessoneachtrial

Example

Usingthetableabove,findthefollowingprobabilities:1. F(4)2. P(3≤X<6)3. F(9)Solutionto1:

TofindF(4),wemustfindthecumulativeprobabilityofP(X≤4)usingthecumulativedistributionfunction(thirdcolumn).Fromthetable,wecanseethatP(X≤4)=4/6=2/3.Therefore,theprobabilityis2/3.

Solutionto2:

TofindP(3≤X<6),weneedtofindthesumofthreeprobabilities:p(3),p(4),p(5).Thisis1/6+1/6+1/6=3/6=1/2.

Solutionto3:

TofindF(9),wemustfindthecumulativeprobabilityofP(X≤9).Thisincludesallpossibleoutcomes,hencetheprobabilityis1.

Page 182: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 181

x=numberofsuccessesn=numberoftrials

Instructor’sNote:

Twoimportantpointshelpillustratetheintuitionbehindtheformula: Thesuccessescanbeinanyorder.Thatiswhyweusethecombinationfunctionandnot

thepermutationfunction. Theeventsareindependent.Thatiswhywesimplymultiplytheprobabilityofeach

event.ExampleIfweflipafaircoin(p=0.5)tentimes(n=10),whatistheprobabilityofsevensuccesses?

Solution:P(7)=P(X=7)=10C70.570.53=0.117

Meanandvarianceofabinomialvariable

Themeanandvarianceofabinomialvariablecanbecalculatedas:

Forourcoin‐flipexample,themeanvalueofthebinomialrandomvariableisnp=10x0.5=5.Theintuition:ifweperformthebinomialexperimentseveraltimes,whereeachexperimentrefersto10coin‐flips,onaveragewewillhave5successes.Theactualnumberofsuccesseswillbedistributedequallyoneithersideofthemeanvalue.Therandomvalueforeverytrialmovesclosertotheexpectedvalueasthenumberoftrialsgrows.

Example

Overthelast10years,Abrocorporation’sEPSincreasedyearoveryearsixtimesanddecreasedyearoveryearfourtimes.YoudecidetomodelthenumberofEPSincreasesforthenextdecadeasabinomialrandomvariable.1. IfsuccessisdefinedasanincreaseintheannualEPS,determinetheprobabilityof

success.2. WhatistheprobabilitythatEPSwillincreaseinexactly5ofthenext10years?3. CalculatetheexpectednumberofyearlyEPSincreasesduringthenext10years.4. CalculatethevarianceandstandarddeviationofthenumberofyearlyEPSincreases

duringthenext10years.

Solutionto1:Thereareonlytwopossibleoutcomes:increaseintheEPSandnoincreaseintheEPS.Probabilityofsuccess:p=6/10=0.6Probabilityoffailure:1–p=1–0.6=0.4

RandomVariable Mean VarianceBernoulli,B(1,p) p p(1‐p)Binomial,B(n,p) np np(1‐p)

Page 183: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 182

Solutionto2:Usingthebinomialmodel:P X 5 C p q P X 5 C 0.6 0.4 P X 5 252 0.07776 0.01024 20.06%

Solutionto3:ExpectednumberofyearlyEPSincreases:E x np 10 0.6 6

Solutionto4:Variance=np 1– p 6 0.4 2.4StandardDeviation=√2.4=1.549 Thevarianceofthedistributioniscalculatedasnp(1–p)=10x0.5x(1–0.5)=2.5

Binomialtree

Abinomialtreecanbeusedtomodelstockpricemovements.Refertothetreediagrambelow.‘S’representstheinitialstockprice.‘u’representsanupmoveand‘d’representsadownmove.Thenodesshoweachpossiblevalueofthestockafter1,2and3timeperiods.

Theexpectedstockpriceaftereachperiodisequaltothesumofpossiblestockpricesattheendoftheperiodmultipliedbytheirrespectiveprobabilities.

Example

Consideraninitialstockpriceof$100.Inonetimeperiod,thestockcaneitherrisebyafactorof1.1orgodownbyafactorof1/1.1.Inanygiventimeperiod,theprobabilityofanupmoveis0.6andtheprobabilityofadownmoveis0.4.Aftertwoperiods,whatarethepossiblestockpricesandtheirrespectiveprobabilities?Whatistheexpectedstockprice?

Solution:

uuS=1.1x1.1x100=121withprobability0.6x0.6=0.36udS=1.1x1/1.1x100=100withprobability0.6x0.4=0.24duS=1/1.1x1.1x100=100withprobability0.4x0.6=0.24

Page 184: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 183

ddS=1/1.1x1/1.1x100=82.64withprobability0.4x0.4=0.16Expectedstockprice=121x0.36+100x0.24+100x0.24+82.64x0.16=$104.78

3.ContinuousRandomVariables

3.1.ContinuousUniformDistribution

Thecontinuousuniformdistributionisdefinedoverarangefromalowerlimit‘a’toanupperlimit‘b’.Theselimitsserveastheparametersofthedistribution.

Theprobabilitythattherandomvariablewilltakeavaluebetweenx1andx2,wherex1andx2bothliewithintherangeisgivenby:

P x X x x xb a

Example

Xisauniformlydistributedcontinuousrandomvariablebetween10and20.CalculatetheprobabilitythatXwillfallbetween12and18.

Solution:

P 12 X 18 18 1220 10

0.6

Thecumulativedistributionfunctionforacontinuousrandomvariableisshownbelow:

Example

Acommodityanalystpredictsthatthepriceperounceofgoldthreeyearsfromnowwillbebetween$1,500and$1,700.Assumegoldpricesfollowacontinuousuniformdistribution.Whatistheprobabilitythatthepricewillbelessthan$1,600threeyearsfromnow?

Page 185: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 184

Solution:

F(1,600)= , – ,

, ,=50%Theprobabilitythatgoldpricewillbelessthan$1,600per

ouncethreeyearsfromnowis50%.

3.2.TheNormalDistribution

Thenormaldistributionisthemostextensivelyusedprobabilitydistributioninquantitativework.Anormaldistributionissymmetricalandbell‐shapedasshowninthegraphbelow:

Inthisfigure‘m’standsformean,1smeansonestandarddeviation,2smeanstwostandarddeviations,andsoon.Wecanmakethefollowingprobabilitystatementsforanormaldistribution:

Approximately68%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±1s. Approximately95%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±2s. Approximately99%ofallobservationsfallintheintervalm±3s.

Theintervalsindicatedaboveareeasytorememberbutareonlyapproximateforthestatedprobabilities.Morepreciseintervals(confidenceintervals)are:

90%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.65s. 95%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.96s. 99%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±2.58s.

Thecharacteristicsofanormaldistributionareasfollows: Thenormaldistributioniscompletelydescribedbytwoparameters–itsmean,µ,and

variance,σ2.WeindicatethisasX~N(µ,σ2). Thenormaldistributionhasaskewnessof0(itissymmetric)andakurtosis

(measureofpeakedness)of3.Duetothesymmetry,themean,medianandmodeareallequalforanormalrandomvariable.

Alinearcombinationoftwoormorenormalrandomvariablesisalsonormallydistributed.

Standardnormaldistribution

Page 186: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 185

Thenormaldistributionwithmean(µ)=0andstandarddeviation(σ)=1iscalledthestandardnormaldistribution.

TheformulaforstandardizingarandomvariableXis:

ZX μσ

where:μisthepopulationmean.σisthepopulationstandarddeviation.

TheZ‐tableisusedtofindtheprobabilitythatXwillbelessthanorequaltoagivenvalue.Supposewehaveanormalrandomvariable,X,withµ=10andσ=2.IfthevalueofXis11,westandardizeXwithZ=(11–10)/2=0.5.

Theprobabilitythatwewillobserveavaluelessthan11forX~N(10,2)isexactlythesameastheprobabilitythatwewillobserveavaluelessthan0.5forZ~N(0,1).

WecananswerprobabilityquestionsaboutXusingstandardizedvaluesandprobabilitytablesforZ.Asnapshotofatableshowingcumulativeprobabilitiesforastandardnormaldistributionisshownbelow.

Tofindtheprobabilitythatastandardnormalvariableislessthanorequalto0.5,forexample,locatetherowthatcontains0.50,lookatthe0column,andfindtheentry0.6915.Thus,P(Z≤0.5)=0.6915or69.15%.

Theprobabilitythatastandardnormalvariableislessthanorequalto0is0.5000.Thisistruebydefinitionbecausethemeanofastandardnormaldistributionis0.Thetableabovevalidatesthisfact.

Foranon‐negativenumberx,wecanuseN(x)directlyfromthetable.Foranegativenumber–x,N(‐x)=1.0–N(x).Essentially,weareusingthefactthatthenormaldistributionissymmetricaroundthemean.

Example

Aportfoliohasameanreturnof15%andastandarddeviationofreturnof20%peryear.Whatistheprobabilitythattheportfolioreturnwouldbebelow18%?Wearegiventhe

Page 187: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 186

followinginformationfromthez‐table:P(Z<0.15)=0.5596,P(Z>0.15)=0.4404,P(Z<0.18)=0.5714,P(Z>0.18)=0.4286.

Solution:

P ZX μσ

P Z0.18 0.15

0.20P Z 0.15 0.5596

Univariatev/smultivariatedistribution

Univariatedistribution

Aunivariatedistributiondescribestheprobabilitydistributionofasinglerandomvariable.Forexample,thedistributionofexpectedreturnofonestockfromaportfolio.

Multivariatedistribution

Amultivariatedistributiondescribestheprobabilitydistributionforagroupofrelatedrandomvariables.Forexample,thedistributionofexpectedreturnofaportfoliowithmultiplestocks.

Amultivariatenormaldistributionforthereturnsonnstocksiscompletelydefinedbythefollowingthreesetsofparameters:

Meanreturnsontheindividualstocks(nmeansintotal). Variancesoftheindividualstocks(nvariancesintotal). Pairwisereturncorrelationsbetweenthestocks(n(n‐1)/2distinctcorrelationsin

total).

3.3.ApplicationsoftheNormalDistribution

Shortfallrisk

Shortfallriskistheriskthatportfolio’sreturnwillfallbelowaspecifiedminimumlevelofreturnoveragivenperiodoftime.

Safetyfirstratio

Safetyfirstratioisusedtomeasureshortfallrisk.Itiscalculatedas:

SFRatioR –Rσ

where:Rp=ExpectedportfolioreturnRL=Thresholdlevel=Standarddeviationofportfolioreturns

TheportfoliowiththehighestSF‐Ratioispreferred,asithasthelowestprobabilityoffallingbelowthetargetreturn.

Example

Page 188: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 187

AninvestorisconsideringtwoportfoliosAandB.PortfolioAhasanexpectedreturnof10%andastandarddeviationof2%.PortfolioBhasanexpectedreturnof15%andastandarddeviationof10%.Theminimumacceptablereturnfortheinvestoris8%.AccordingtoRoy’ssafetyfirstcriteria,whichportfolioshouldtheinvestorselect?

Solution:

SF 10 82

1

SF 15 810

0.7

SinceAhasahighersafetyfirstratio,theinvestorshouldselectportfolioA.

Roy’ssafetyfirstcriteria

Itstatesthatanoptimalportfoliominimizestheprobabilitythattheactualportfolioreturnwillfallbelowthetargetreturn.

3.4.TheLognormalDistribution

Ifxisarandomvariablethatisnormallydistributed,thentocreatealognormaldistributionofxwetakeexandplotthevaluesonagraph.

NormalDistribution LognormalDistribution

Thepropertiesofalognormaldistributionare: Itcannotbenegative. Theupperendofitsrangeextendstoinfinity. Itispositivelyskewed.

Instructor’sNote:Anormaldistributionismoresuitableasamodelforreturnsthanforassetprices,becausereturnsgenerallyvaryaboutthemean,withahighprobabilityofreturnsbeingclosetothemean.However,assetpricesdonotvaryequallyaboutameanprice,sincetheprobabilityofextremechangesinpricedecreasesasthepriceapproacheszero.Thismeansassetpriceswillnotformasymmetricalgraphlikethatofthenormaldistribution.Instead,assetpricesfollowalognormaldistribution,whichisskewedtotherightandcannotbenegative.

Discretelyversuscontinuouslycompoundedratesofreturn

Page 189: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 188

Discretelycompoundedratesofreturnshavedefinedcompoundingperiodssuchasquarterly,monthlyetc.Aswedecreasethelengthofthecompoundingperiod,theeffectiveannualraterises.Forcontinuouscompounding,theEARisgivenby:

EAR=er–1

Ifwearegiventheholdingperiodreturnoveranytimeperiod,wecancalculatetheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnforthatperiodas:

r=ln(HPR+1)

Example

Iftheholdingperiodreturnofastockwas10%foraperiodofoneyear.Whatistheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnfortheyear?

Solution:r=ln(0.1+1)=0.0953=9.53%

4.MonteCarloSimulation

MonteCarlosimulationisacomputersimulationusedtosimulatepossiblesecuritypricesbasedonriskfactors.Asinput,itusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesforriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.Itprocessesthisinformationasperthespecifiedmodelandrunsthousandsofiterations.Thenitgivesthedistributionoftheexpectedvalueofthesecurityasoutput.

Majorapplicationsinclude: financialplanning developingVARestimates valuingcomplexsecurities

Limitationsinclude: Itisfairlycomplexandwillprovideanswersthatarenobetterthantheassumptions. Simulationisnotananalyticalmethodbutastatisticalone.

MonteCarlosimulationversushistoricalsimulation

Thehistoricalsimulationusesactualpastdistributionofriskfactorsasinput.Whereas,MonteCarlosimulationusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesoftheriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.

Thelimitationsofhistoricalsimulationare: Itcannottakeintoaccounttheeffectofsignificanteventsthatdidnotoccurduring

thesampleperiod.

Itcannotperforma‘whatif’analysiswhenthe‘if’scenariohasnothappenedinthepast.

Page 190: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 189

Summary

LO.a:Defineaprobabilitydistributionanddistinguishbetweendiscreteandcontinuousrandomvariablesandtheirprobabilityfunctions.

Arandomvariableisavariablewhoseoutcomecannotbepredicted.Aprobabilitydistributionlistsallpossibleoutcomesofarandomvariablealongwiththeirassociatedprobabilities.

Adiscreterandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossibleoutcomescanbecounted.Ithasmeasurableprobabilitiesassociatedwitheachspecificoutcome.

Acontinuousrandomvariableisoneforwhichwecannotcountthenumberofpossibleoutcomes.Therefore,probabilitiescannotbeassociatedwithspecificoutcomes,instead,ithastobeassignedtoaparticularrange.

LO.b:Describethesetofpossibleoutcomesofaspecifieddiscreterandomvariable.

Thesetofpossibleoutcomesofadiscreterandomvariableisfinite. p(x)=0meansthatxcannotoccur. p(x)>0meansthatxcanoccur. p(x)=1meansthatxistheonlypossibleoutcome.

LO.c:Interpretacumulativedistributionfunction.

Thecumulativedistributionfunctiongivestheprobabilitythattherandomvariablewillbelessthanorequaltoaspecificvalue.

ItisdenotedbyF(x)=P(X≤x).

LO.d:Calculateandinterpretprobabilitiesforarandomvariable,givenitscumulativedistributionfunction.

Theprobabilitythatanoutcomewillbelessthanorequaltoaspecificvalueisrepresentedbytheareaunderthecumulativeprobabilitydistributiontotheleftofthatvalue.

LO.e:Defineadiscreteuniformrandomvariable,aBernoullirandomvariable,andabinomialrandomvariable.

Adiscreteuniformrandomvariableisonewheretheprobabilityofallthepossibleoutcomesisequal.Forexample,therollofadice.

ABernoullitrialisanexperimentthathasonlytwopossibleoutcomes:asuccessorafailure.Forexample,thetossofacoin.

Iftheexperimentiscarriedoutntimes,thenumberofsuccess(denotedbyX)iscalledaBernoullirandomvariable.

ThedistributionthatXfollowsisknownasthebinomialdistribution.

Page 191: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 190

LO.f:Calculateandinterpretprobabilitiesgiventhediscreteuniformandthebinomialdistributionfunctions.

Probabilitiesforadiscreteuniformdistribution:Ifthetotalnumberofoutcomesisn,thentheprobabilityofeachoutcome=1/n.

Probabilitiesforauniformrandomvariable:Theprobabilitydistributionofabinomialrandomvariablefortheprobabilityofxsuccessesinntrialsiscalculatedusingthefollowingformula:

P(x)=P(X=x)=nCxpx(1‐p)n–x

LO.g:Constructabinomialtreetodescribestockpricemovement.

Abinomialtreecanbeusedtomodelstockpricemovements.‘S’representstheinitialstockprice.‘u’representsanupmoveand‘d’representsadownmove.Thenodesshoweachpossiblevalueofthestockafter1,2and3timeperiods.

LO.h:Definethecontinuousuniformdistributionandcalculateandinterpretprobabilities,givenacontinuousuniformdistribution.

Thecontinuousuniformdistributionisdefinedoverarangefromalowerlimit‘a’toanupperlimit‘b’.Theprobabilitythattherandomvariablewilltakeavaluebetweenx1andx2,wherex1andx2bothliewithintherangeisgivenby:

P x X x x xb a

LO.i:Explainthekeypropertiesofthenormaldistribution.

Anormaldistributionisabell‐shapedcurve,withtwoidenticalhalves.

Itiscompletelydescribedbytwoparametersitsmean(µ)anditsvariance(σ2).ThisisstatedasX~N(µ,σ2).

Ithasaskewnessof0andakurtosisof3.

Page 192: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 191

Alinearcombinationoftwoormorerandomvariablesisalsonormallydistributed.

LO.j:Distinguishbetweenaunivariateandamultivariatedistribution,andexplaintheroleofcorrelationinthemultivariatenormaldistribution.

Aunivariatedistributiondescribesasinglerandomvariable.Anexampleistheexpectedreturnonaparticularstock.Amultivariatedistributionspecifiestheprobabilitiesforagroupofrelatedrandomvariables.Anexampleistheexpectedreturnonaportfolioofmultiplestocks.

Amultivariatenormaldistributionforthereturnsonnstocksiscompletelydefinedbythreelistsofparameters:

Thelistofthemeanreturnsontheindividualsecurities(nmeansintotal). Thelistofthesecurities’variancesofreturn(nvariancesintotal). Thelistofallthedistinctpairwisereturncorrelations(n(n‐1)/2distinct

correlationsintotal).

LO.k:Determinetheprobabilitythatanormallydistributedrandomvariableliesinsideagiveninterval.

Thepropertyofnormaldistributiongivesusintervalsstatedbelow: 90%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.65s. 95%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±1.96s. 99%ofallobservationsareintheintervalm±2.58s.

Thisimpliesthatifarandomvariableislessthanorequaltom±1.65s,thentheprobabilityofitlyinginsidethedistributionis90%.

LO.l:Definethestandardnormaldistribution,explainhowtostandardizearandomvariable,andcalculateandinterpretprobabilitiesusingthestandardnormaldistribution.

Thenormaldistributionwithµ=0andσ=1iscalledthestandardnormaldistribution.TheformulaforstandardizingarandomvariableXis:

Z X μσ

LO.m:Defineshortfallrisk,calculatethesafety‐firstratio,andselectanoptimalportfoliousingRoy’ssafety‐firstcriterion.

Shortfallriskistheriskthatportfoliovaluewillfallbelowsomeminimumacceptableleveloversometimehorizon.

SFRatioE R –R

σ

ToselecttheoptimalportfolioaccordingtoRoy’scriterion,wefollowthefollowingsteps:

Page 193: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 192

Calculateeachportfolio’sSF‐Ratio. ChoosetheportfoliowiththehighestSF‐Ratio.

LO.n:Explaintherelationshipbetweennormalandlognormaldistributionsandwhythelognormaldistributionisusedtomodelassetprices.

Ifxisarandomvariablethatisnormallydistributed,thentocreatealognormaldistributionofxwetakeexandplotthevaluesonagraph.

Alognormaldistributionisoftenusedtomodelassetpricesbecausetheassetpricesneedtobepositive,theycannotbenegative.

LO.o:Distinguishbetweendiscretelyandcontinuouslycompoundedratesofreturn,andcalculateandinterpretacontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturn,givenaspecificholdingperiodreturn.

Discretelycompoundedratesofreturnshavedefinedcompoundingperiodssuchasquarterly,monthly.Aswedecreasethelengthofthecompoundingperiod,theeffectiveannualraterises.Forcontinuouscompounding,theEARisgivenby:EAR=er–1.

Ifwearegiventheholdingperiodreturnoveranytimeperiod,wecancalculatetheequivalentcontinuouslycompoundedrateofreturnforthatperiodas:r=ln(HPR+1)

LO.p:ExplainMonteCarlosimulationanddescribeitsapplicationsandlimitations.

MonteCarlosimulationisacomputersimulationthatproducesadistributionofpossiblesecuritypricesusingrandomlygeneratedvaluesforriskfactors,basedontheirassumeddistributions.

Limitationsinclude: Itisfairlycomplexandwillprovideanswersthatarenobetterthantheassumptions. Simulationisnotananalyticalmethodbutastatisticalone.

LO.q:CompareMonteCarlosimulationandhistoricalsimulation.

Thehistoricalsimulationusesactualpastdistributionofriskfactorsasinput.Whereas,MonteCarlosimulationusesrandomlygeneratedvaluesoftheriskfactorsbasedontheirassumeddistributions.

Thelimitationsofhistoricalsimulationare: Itcannottakeintoaccounttheeffectofsignificanteventsthatdidnotoccurduring

thesampleperiod. Itcannotperforma‘whatif’analysiswhenthe‘if’scenariohasnothappenedinthe

past.

Page 194: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 193

PracticeQuestions

1. Whichofthefollowingismostlikelyanexampleofadiscreterandomvariable?A. Thereturnsonaportfolio.B. Thetimespentbyananalystonresearch.C. Thenumberofstocksinaportfolio.

2. ForacontinuousrandomvariableX,theprobabilityofanysinglevalueofXis:

A. 0.B. 1.C. determinedbythecumulativedistributionfunction.

3. TheprobabilitydistributionofadiscreterandomvariableXisgivenbelow

X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6P(X) 0.15 0.25 0.12 0.16 0.08 0.13 0.11

Whatisthecdfof4orF(4)?A. 0.08.B. 0.76.C. 0.68.

4. ThecumulativedistributionfunctionofadiscreterandomvariableXisgivenbelow:

X CumulativeDistributionFunction

0 0.151 0.402 0.523 0.684 0.765 0.896 1

TheprobabilityofXgreaterthanorequalto2andlessthanorequalto5isclosestto:A. 0.37.B. 0.52.C. 0.89.

5. Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelyaconditionofabinomialexperiment?

A. Thetrialsareindependent.B. Thereareonlytwotrials.C. Theprobabilityofsuccess+probabilityoffailure=1.

Page 195: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 194

6. CastleHockeyClub,anemerginghockeyteam,hadatoughlastseasonwithawintolossrecordof1to4.Inordertocontestandincreaseitschancesofwinning,theteamsigned3newplayersanditisestimatedthatthechancesofwinningagameinthenextseasonare70%.Assumingthatwinningasinglegameisindependentofothergames,theprobabilitythattheteamwillwin3outofnext5gamesisclosestto:A. 0.3087.B. 0.3698.C. 0.4125.

7. Astock’spredictedpriceoverthenexttwoperiodsisasshownbelow.

Time=0 Time=1 Time=2S0=100 Su=104 Suu=108 Sd=96 Sud,du=101 Sdd=92

Theinitialvalueofthestockis100.Fromhistoricaldata, ithasbeenobservedthattheprobabilityofanupmoveinanygivenperiodis60%andtheprobabilityofadownmoveinanygivenperiodis40%.Usingtheabovedata,theprobabilitythatthestock’spricewillbeequalto101attheendofperiod2isclosestto:A. 24%.B. 36%.C. 48%.

8. Forafixedincomearbitragestrategy,thereturnsforasingletradeisuniformlydistributed

between3%and8%.Ifanewtradeisplacedtoday,whatistheprobabilitythatthereturnswillbemorethan5%?A. 0.4.B. 0.6.C. 0.8.

9. ForastandardnormaldistributionF(0)is:

A. 0.B. 0.5C. 1.0.

10. Forastandardnormaldistribution,P(0≤Z≤1.65)is:

A. 0.450.B. 0.475.C. 0.900.

Page 196: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 195

11. GiventhatXfollowsanormaldistributionwithameanof5andstandarddeviationof1.25,thestandardizedvaluecorrespondingtoX=9wouldbeclosestto:A. 3.2.B. 4.0.C. 5.0.

12. Followingdataonthethreeportfoliosisgiven:

Portfolio ExpectedReturn StandardDeviation1 10% 3%2 15% 5%3 20% 10%

Assumingtheminimumacceptablerateofreturnis5%,underRoy’ssafety‐firstcriterion,whichofthefollowingportfoliosisthemostappropriatechoice?A. Portfolio1.B. Portfolio2.C. Portfolio3.

13. Analyst1:Normaldistributionsaresuitableforassetreturns.

Analyst2:Lognormaldistributionsaresuitablefordescribingdistributionsofassetprices.A. Analyst1iscorrect.B. Analyst2iscorrect.C. Bothanalystsarecorrect.

14. Astock’spriceatthestartoftheyearwas$10anditsyear‐endpricewas$12,thenits

continuouslycompoundedannualrateofreturnis:A. 16.45%.B. 18.23%.C. 20.00%.

15. Whichofthefollowingsimulationscanbeusedfor‘whatif’analysis?

A. MonteCarlosimulation.B. Historicalsimulation.C. BothMonteCarloandhistoricalsimulation.

Page 197: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 196

Solutions1. Ciscorrect.Adiscreterandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossible

outcomescanbecounted.Acontinuousrandomvariableisoneforwhichthenumberofpossibleoutcomesisinfinite.Returnsandtimeareusuallycontinuouslyrandomvariables.Thenumberofstocksinaportfolioisadiscreterandomvariable.

2. Aiscorrect.Foracontinuousdistributionp(x)=0forallX;onlyrangesofvalueofXhave

positiveprobabilities.3. Biscorrect.Acumulativedistributionfunction(CDF)givestheprobabilitythatarandom

variablewillbelessthanorequaltospecificvalues.Therefore:F(4)=0.15+0.25+0.12+0.16+0.08=0.76.

4. Aiscorrect.P(X≤5)=0.89andP(X≤2)=0.52.Therefore,P(2≤X≤5)=0.89–0.52=

0.37.5. Biscorrect.Theremaybeanynumberofindependenttrials,eachwithonlytwopossible

outcomes.6. Aiscorrect.UsingBinomialdistributiontocalculatetheprobabilityof3winsoutof5

games:P(x)=P(X=x)=[numberofwaystochoosexfromn]×px×(1‐p)n‐xP(Win)=0.7P(Lose)=0.3P(3out5)=5C3x0.73x(0.3)2=0.3087

7. Ciscorrect.Therearefourpossibilitiesthatstockpricecantake.Itcanmoveup‐up,up‐

down,down‐upanddown‐down.Inordertoreach101,astock’spricecaneithergoupfirstandthendownortheotherway.Theprobabilityforthestockgoingupfirstandthendownis0.6x0.4=0.24Thisprobabilitywillbethesameforthestockgoingdownfirstandthenupwhichis,0.4x0.6=0.24.Therefore,theprobabilityofthestock’spricereaching101is48%(24%+24%)

8. Biscorrect.Inuniformdistribution,theprobabilitycanbefoundofarangeonlyinstead

ofapoint.Thereturnisuniformlydistributedfrom3%to8%,i.e.therangeis5%.Ifanewtradeisplacedthenreturnsgreaterthan5%leavesa3%buffer(8%‐5%=3%).Therefore,theprobabilityis3/5or0.6.

9. Biscorrect.Thenormaldistributionissymmetricaroundameanof0.F(0)=0.5since

halfofthedistributionliesoneachsideofthemean.

Page 198: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R10 Common Probability Distributions 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 197

10. Aiscorrect.FromthetableF(1.65)=0.95,andF(0)=0.5.Thereforetheansweris0.95–

0.5=0.45.Alternatively,weknowthat90%lieswithin‐1.65and+1.65andthat0isthemidpoint,therewecansaythathalfof90%i.e45%liesbetween0and+1.65.

11. Aiscorrect.IfXfollowsanormaldistributionwithparametersμandσ,Xcanbestandardizedusingtheformula:

ZX μσ

=(9–5)÷1.25=3.2

12. Biscorrect.TheportfoliowiththehighestSFRatioispreferred.TheSFRatiois

calculatedbyE R R

σ

TheSFratiosfortheportfoliosare:Portfolio1:1.66Portfolio2:2Portfolio3:1.5

13. Ciscorrect.Anormaldistributionissuitablefordescribingassetreturns.However,the

normaldistributionisnotsuitableforassetpricesbecauseassetpricescannotbenegative.Thelognormaldistributionisboundedbyzero(skewedtotheright)andissuitablefordescribingdistributionsofassetprices.

14. Biscorrect.

Ln(EndingPrice/StartingPrice)Ln(12/10)=0.1823=18.23%

15. Aiscorrect.ComparedwithMonteCarlosimulation,thehistoricalsimulationcannotbe

usedfora“whatif”analysis.

Page 199: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 198

R11SamplingandEstimation

1.Introduction

Asampleisasubsetofapopulation.Wecanstudyasampletoinferconclusionsaboutthepopulationitself.Forexample,ifallthestockstradingintheUSareconsideredapopulation,thenindicessuchastheS&P500aresamples.WecanlookattheperformanceoftheS&P500anddrawconclusionsabouthowallstocksintheUSareperforming.Thisprocessisknownassamplingandestimation.

2.Sampling

Therearevariousmethodsforobtaininginformationonapopulationthroughsamples.Theinformationweobtainusuallyconcernsaparameter,aquantityusedtodescribeapopulation.Toestimateaparameter,weusesamplestatistics.Astatisticisaquantityusedtodescribeasample.

Therearetworeasonswhysamplingisused:• Timesaving:Inmanycasesitwillbeverytimeconsumingtoexamineeverymember

ofthepopulation.• Monetarysaving:Insomecases,examiningeverymemberofthepopulation

becomeseconomicallyinefficient.

2.1.SimpleRandomSampling

Simplerandomsamplingistheprocessofselectingasamplefromalargerpopulationinsuchawaythateachmemberofthepopulationhasthesameprobabilityofbeingincludedinthesample.

Samplingdistribution

Ifwedrawsamplesofthesamesizeseveraltimesandcalculatethesamplestatistic,thesamplestatisticwillbedifferenteachtime.Thedistributionofvaluesofthesamplestatisticiscalledasamplingdistribution.

Forexample,sayyouselect100stocksfromauniverseof10,000stocksandcalculatetheaverageannualreturnsofthese100stocks.Let’ssayyougetanaveragereturnof15%.Yourepeatthisprocesswithasecondsampleof100stocks.Thistime,yougetanaveragereturnof14%.Youkeeprepeatingthisprocessandeachtimeyougetadifferentaveragereturn.Thedistributionofthesesampleaveragereturnsiscalledasamplingdistribution.

Samplingerror

Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticandthecorrespondingpopulationparameter.Thesamplingerrorofthemeanisgivenby:

Samplingerrorofthemean x μ

Page 200: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 199

Forexample,let’ssayyouwanttoestimatetheaveragereturnsof10,000stocks.Youdrawasampleof100stocksandcalculatetheaveragereturnofthese100stocksas15%.However,theactualaverageofthe10,000stockswas12%.Thenthesamplingerror=15%‐12%=3%.

2.2.StratifiedRandomSampling

Instratifiedrandomsampling,thepopulationisdividedintosubgroupsbasedononeormoredistinguishingcharacteristics.Samplesarethendrawnfromeachsubgroup,withsamplesizeproportionaltothesizeofthesubgrouprelativetothepopulation.Finally,samplesfromeachsubgrouparepooledtogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.

Theadvantageofstratifiedrandomsamplingisthatthesamplewillhavethesamedistributionofkeycharacteristicsastheoverallpopulation.Thiscanhelpreducethesamplingerror.Stratifiedrandomsamplingthereforeproducesmorepreciseparameterestimatesthansimplerandomsampling

Forexample,youdividetheuniverseof10,000stocksaspertheirmarketcapitalizationsuchthatyouhave5,000largecapstocks,3,000midcapstocks,and2,000smallcapstocks.Instratifiedrandomsampling,toselectatotalsampleof100stocks,youwillrandomlyselect50largecapstocks,30midcapstocks,and20smallcapstocksandpoolallthesesamplestogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.

Example

Paulwantstocategorizepubliclylistedstocksforhisresearchproject.Hefirstdividesthestocksinto15industries.Thenfromeachindustry,hecategorizescompaniesintothreegroups:small,medium,large.Finally,hedividestheseintovalueversusgrowthstocks.Howmanycellsorstratadoesthesamplingplanentail?A. 20B. 45C. 90

Solution:

Ciscorrect.Thisisanapplicationofthemultiplicationruleofcounting.Thetotalnumberofcellsistheproductof15,3,and2.Thustheansweris90.

2.3.Time‐SeriesandCross‐SectionalData

Time‐seriesdata

Time‐seriesdataconsistsofobservationsforasinglesubjecttakenatspecificandequallyspacedintervalsoftime.Forexample,themonthlyreturnsonMicrosoftstockfromJanuary1995toJanuary2005.

Page 201: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 200

Cross‐sectionaldata

Cross‐sectionaldataconsistsofobservationsformultiplesubjectstakenataspecificpointintime.Forexample,thesampleofreportedearningspershareofallNASDAQcompaniesfor2005.

Forbothtime‐seriesandcross‐sectionaldata,therandomsamplemustberepresentativeofthepopulationwewishtostudy.

A‘longitudinal’dataor‘panel’datakeepsthesamesampleforeachobservationovertime.

3.DistributionoftheSampleMean

Thesamplemeanisarandomvariablewithaprobabilitydistributionknownasthestatistic’ssamplingdistribution.Tounderstandthisconcept,considerthefollowingpopulation:lastyear’sreturnsoneverystocktradedintheUnitedStates.Weareinterestedinthemeanreturnofallstocksbutdonothavetimetocalculatethepopulationmean.Hence,wedrawasampleof50stocksandcomputethesamplemean.Wethendrawanothersampleof50stocksandcomputethesamplemean.Thisexercisecanberepeatedseveraltimesgivingusadistributionofsamplemeans.Thisdistributioniscalledthestatistic’ssamplingdistribution.Thecentrallimittheorem,explainedbelow,helpsusunderstandthesamplingdistributionofthemean.

3.1.TheCentralLimitTheorem

Accordingtothecentrallimittheorem,ifwedrawasamplefromapopulationwithameanµandavarianceσ2,thenthesamplingdistributionofthesamplemean:

willbenormallydistributed(irrespectiveofthetypeofdistributionoftheoriginalpopulation).

willhaveameanofµ. willhaveavarianceofσ2/n.

Forexample,supposetheaveragereturnoftheuniverseof10,000stocksis12%anditsstandarddeviationis10%.Throughcentrallimittheoremwecanconcludethatifwekeepdrawingsamplesof100stocksandplottheiraveragereturns,wewillgetasamplingdistributionthatwillbenormallydistributedwithmean=12%andvarianceof102/100=1%.

Standarderrorofthesamplemean

Thestandarddeviationofthedistributionofthesamplemeansisknownasthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.

Whenweknowthepopulationstandarddeviation,thestandarderrorofthesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:

σ σ

√n

Page 202: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 201

Whenwedonotknowthepopulationstandarddeviation(σ)wecanusethesamplestandarddeviation(s)toestimatethestandarderrorofthesamplemean:

s s

√n

Example

Themeanofapopulationis12andthestandarddeviationis3.Giventhatthepopulationcomprisesof64observations,whatisthestandarderrorofthesamplemean?A.0.375B.0.378C.0.667

Solution:

Aiscorrect.StandardError=σ/√n=3/√64=0.375

4.PointandIntervalEstimatesofthePopulationMean

Statisticalinferenceconsistsoftwobranches:1)hypothesistestingand2)estimation.Hypothesistestingaddressesthequestion‘Isthevalueofthisparameterequaltosomespecificvalue?’Thisisdiscussedindetailinthenextreading.Inthissection,wewilldiscussestimation.Estimationseekstoanswerthequestion‘Whatisthisparameter’svalue?’Inestimation,wemakethebestuseoftheinformationinasampletoformoneofseveraltypesofestimatesoftheparameter’svalue.

Apointestimateisasinglenumberthatestimatestheunknownpopulationparameter.

Intervalestimates(orconfidenceintervals)arearangeofvaluesthatbrackettheunknownpopulationparameterwithsomespecifiedlevelofprobability.

4.1.PointEstimators

Theformulasthatweusetocomputethesamplemeanandallothersamplestatisticsareexamplesofestimationformulasorestimators.Theparticularvaluethatwecalculatefromsampleobservationsusinganestimatoriscalledanestimate.Forexample,thecalculatedvalueofthesamplemeaninagivensampleiscalledapointestimateofthepopulationmean.

Thethreedesirablepropertiesofanestimatorare: Unbiasedness:Itsexpectedvalueisequaltotheparameterbeingestimated. Efficiency:Ithasthelowestvarianceascomparedtootherunbiasedestimatorsofthe

sameparameter. Consistency:Assamplesizeincreases,thesamplingerrordecreasesandthe

estimatesgetclosertotheactualvalue.

Page 203: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 202

4.2.ConfidenceIntervalsforthePopulationMean

Aconfidenceintervalisarangeofvalues,withinwhichtheactualvalueoftheparameterwillliewithagivenprobability.Confidenceintervaliscalculatedas:

Confidenceinterval=pointestimate±(reliabilityfactorxstandarderror)

where:pointestimate=apointestimateoftheparameterreliabilityfactor=anumberbasedontheassumeddistributionofthepointestimateandthedegreeofconfidence(1‐α)fortheconfidenceintervalstandarderror=standarderrorofthesamplestatisticprovidingthepointestimate

Calculatingconfidenceintervals

Tocalculateaconfidenceintervalforapopulationmean,refertothetablebelowandselecttstatisticorzstatisticasperthescenario.

SamplingfromSmallsamplesize(n<30)

Largesamplesize(n≥30)

Normaldistribution

Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)

Non–normaldistribution

Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)

Usethefollowingformulaetocalculatetheconfidenceinterval:

Confidenceinterval X z / σ

√n

Confidenceinterval X t / s

√n

SamplingfromanormaldistributionwithknownvarianceThemostbasicconfidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanariseswhenwearesamplingfromanormaldistributionwithknownvariance.

Theconfidenceintervalwillbecalculatedas:

ConfidenceInterval X z / σ

√n

where:X=samplemeanz / =reliabilityfactor

σ/√n=standarderrorThereliabilityfactor(z / )dependspurelyonthedegreeofconfidence.Ifthedegreeofconfidence(1–α)is95%or0.95,thelevelofsignificance(α)is5%or0.05.α/2=0.025.α/2istheprobabilityineachtailofthestandardnormaldistribution.Thisisshowninblueinthefigurebelow:

Page 204: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 203

Thereliabilityfactorsthataremostfrequentlyusedwhenweconstructconfidenceintervalsbasedonthestandardnormaldistributionare:

• 90%confidenceintervals:α=0.1,α/2=0.05.Reliabilityfactor=z0.05=1.65• 95%confidenceintervals:α=0.05,α/2=0.025.Reliabilityfactor=z0.025=1.96• 99%confidenceintervals:α=0.01,α/2=0.005.Reliabilityfactor=z0.005=2.58

Memorizetheseconfidenceintervalsandthecorrespondingreliabilityfactors.

Example

YoutakearandomsampleofstocksontheNationalStockExchange(NSE).Thesamplesizeis100andtheaverageSharperatiois0.50.AssumethattheSharperatiosofallstocksontheNSEfollowanormaldistributionwithastandarddeviationof0.30.Whatisthe90%confidenceintervalforthemeanSharperatioofallstocksontheNSE?

Solution:

ConfidenceInterval X z / σ

√n 0.50 1.65

0.30

√100=0.50 0.0495

Therefore,the90%confidenceintervalforthemeanSharperatioofallstocksontheNSEis:0.4505to0.5495.

Asweincreasethedegreeofconfidence,theconfidenceintervalbecomeswider.Ifweusea95%confidenceinterval,thereliabilityfactoris1.96.Andtheconfidenceintervalrangesfrom0.50–1.96x0.03to0.50+1.96x0.03whichis:0.4412to0.5588.Thisrangeiswiderthanwhatwehadwitha90%confidenceinterval.

Samplingfromanormaldistributionwithunknownvariance

Ifthedistributionofthepopulationisnormalwithunknownvariance,wecanusethet‐distributiontoconstructaconfidenceinterval.Letusfirstunderstandwhatat‐distributionisandcontrastitwithanormaldistribution.

Student’st‐distributionhasthefollowingproperties: Itissymmetrical,bell‐shapedandsimilartoanormaldistribution. Ithasalowerpeakandfattertailsascomparedtoanormaldistribution. Itisdefinedbyasingleparameter,degreesoffreedom(df)=n–1.

Page 205: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 204

Thevalueofdegreesoffreedom,isusedtodescribehowwellthetstatisticrepresentsaz‐score.Also,thevalueofdfwilldeterminehowwellthedistributionoftapproximatesanormaldistribution.Forlargevaluesofdf,thetdistributionwillbenearlynormal,butwithsmallvaluesfordf,thetdistributionwillbeflatterandmorespreadoutthananormaldistribution.Refertothefigurebelow.

Theconfidenceintervalcanbecalculatedusingthefollowingformula:

ConfidenceInterval X t / s

√n

Thisrelationshipissimilartowhatwe’vediscussedbeforeexcepthereweusethet‐distribution.Sincethepopulationstandarddeviationisnotknown,wehavetousethesamplestandarddeviationwhichisdenotedbythesymbol‘s’.Wewillnowseehowtoreadthet‐distributiontableusinganexample.

Example

Givenasamplesizeof20,whatisthereliabilityfactorfora90%confidencelevel?

Solution:

Inordertoanswerthisquestion,weneedtorefertothet‐table.Asnapshotofthetableisgivenbelow.Thistableshowsthelevelofsignificanceforone‐tailedprobabilities.df P=0.10 P=0.05 P=0.025 P=0.01 P=0.0051 3.078 6.314 12.706 31.821 63.6572 1.886 2.920 4.303 6.965 9.9253 1.638 2.353 3.182 4.541 5.8414 1.533 2.132 2.776 3.747 4.6045 1.476 2.015 2.571 3.365 4.0326 1.440 1.943 2.447 3.143 3.707

Page 206: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 205

7 1.415 1.895 2.365 2.998 3.4998 1.397 1.860 2.306 2.896 3.3559 1.383 1.833 2.262 2.821 3.25010 1.372 1.812 2.228 2.764 3.16911 1.363 1.796 2.201 2.718 3.10612 1.356 1.782 2.179 2.681 3.05513 1.350 1.771 2.160 2.650 3.01214 1.345 1.761 2.145 2.624 2.97715 1.341 1.753 2.131 2.602 2.94716 1.337 1.746 2.120 2.583 2.92117 1.333 1.740 2.110 2.567 2.89818 1.330 1.734 2.101 2.552 2.87819 1.328 1.729 2.093 2.539 2.86120 1.325 1.725 2.086 2.528 2.845Thedegreesoffreedominthiscasearen–1=20–1=19.Thelevelofsignificanceiscalculatedas:100(1‐α)%=90%andα=0.10.Inordertocalculatethereliabilityfactor

/ = . / = . ,welookattherowwithdf=19.Wethenlookatthecolumnwithp=0.05.Thevaluethatsatisfiesthesetwocriteriais1.729.Thisisthereliabilityfactor.Example

AnanalystwantstoestimatethereturnontheHangSengIndexforthecurrentyearusingthefollowingdataandassumptions: Samplesize=64stocksfromtheindex Meanreturnforthestocksinthesampleforthepreviousyear=0.12 Variance=0.081

Itisgiventhatthereliabilityfactorfora95%confidenceintervalwithunknownpopulationvarianceandsamplesizegreaterthan64is1.96.Assumingthattheindexreturnthisyearwillbethesameasitwaslastyear,whatistheestimateofthe95%confidenceintervalfortheindex’sreturnthisyear?

Solution:

ConfidenceInterval X t / √=0.12 1.96 √ .

√0.12 0.07=0.05to0.19

Instructor’sNote:Aconservativeapproachtoconfidenceintervalsreliesonthet‐distributionratherthanthenormaldistribution,anduseofthet‐distributionwillincreasethereliabilityoftheconfidenceinterval.

Page 207: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 206

4.3.SelectionofSampleSize

Thechoiceofsamplesizeaffectsthewidthofaconfidenceinterval.Alargersamplesizedecreasesthewidthofaconfidenceintervalandimprovestheprecisionwithwhichwecanestimatethepopulationparameter.Thisisobviouswhenweconsidertheconfidenceintervalrelationship,shownbelow:

ConfidenceInterval X t / s

√n

Allelsebeingequal,whenthesamplesize(n)isincreased,thestandarderror(s/√ )decreasesandwehaveamoreprecise(narrower)confidenceinterval.Basedonthisdiscussionitmightappearthatweshoulduseaslargeasamplesizeaspossible.However,wemustconsiderthefollowingissues:

Increasingthesamplesizemayresultinsamplingfrommorethanonepopulation. Increasingthesamplesizemayinvolveadditionalexpensesthatoutweighthevalue

ofadditionalprecision.

5.MoreonSampling

Therearemanyissuesinsampling.Herewediscussfourmainissues.

5.1Data‐MiningBias

Data‐miningisthepracticeofanalyzingthesamedataagainandagain,tillapatternthatworksisidentified.

Therearetwosignsthatcanwarnanalystsaboutthepotentialexistenceofdatamining:• Toomuchdigging/toolittleconfidence:Manydifferentvariablesweretested,until

significantoneswerefound.Unfortunately,manyresearchersdonotdisclosethenumberofvariablesexaminedindevelopingamodel.

• Nostory/nofuture:Withoutareasonableeconomicrationaleorstoryforwhyavariableshouldwork,thevariableisunlikelytohavepredictivepower.

Thebestwaytoavoidthisbiasistotestthepatternonout‐of‐sampledatatocheckifitholds.

5.2SampleSelectionBias

Whendataavailabilityleadstocertainassetsbeingexcludedfromtheanalysis,theresultingproblemisknownassampleselectionbias.Forexample,manymutualfunddatabasesprovidehistoricalinformationaboutonlythosefundsthatcurrentlyexist.Atypeofsampleselectionbiasisthesurvivorshipbias,inwhichcompaniesareexcludedfromanalysisbecausetheyhavegoneoutofbusiness.Asamplecanalsobebiasedbecauseoftheremoval(ordelisting)ofacompany’sstockfromanexchange.

Page 208: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 207

5.3Look‐AheadBias

Atestdesignissubjecttolook‐aheadbiasifitusesinformationthatwasnotavailabletomarketparticipantsatthetimethemarketparticipantsactinthemodel.Forexample,ananalystwantstousethecompany’sbookvaluepersharetoconstructtheP/Bvariableforthatparticularcompany.Althoughthemarketpriceofastockisavailableforallmarketparticipantsatthesamepointintime,fiscalyear‐endbookequitypersharemightnotbecomepubliclyavailableuntilsometimeinthefollowingquarter.

5.4Time‐PeriodBias

Atestdesignissubjecttotime‐periodbiasifitisbasedonatimeperiodthatmaymaketheresultstime‐periodspecific.Ashorttimeseriesislikelytogiveperiod‐specificresultsthatmaynotreflectalongerperiod.Ifatimeseriesistoolong,fundamentalstructuralchangesmayhaveoccurredinthattimeperiod.

Page 209: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 208

Summary

LO.a:Definesimplerandomsamplingandasamplingdistribution.

Simplerandomsamplingistheprocessofselectingasamplefromalargerpopulationinsuchawaythateachelementofthepopulationhasthesameprobabilityofbeingincludedinthesample.

Ifwedrawsamplesofthesamesizeseveraltimesandcalculatethesamplestatistic,thesamplestatisticwillbedifferenteachtime.Thedistributionofvaluesofthesamplestatisticiscalledasamplingdistribution.

LO.b:Explainsamplingerror.

Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticandthecorrespondingpopulationparameter.

Samplingerrorofthemean x μ

LO.c:Distinguishbetweensimplerandomandstratifiedrandomsampling.

Instratifiedrandomsampling,thepopulationisdividedintosubgroupsbasedononeormoredistinguishingcharacteristics.Samplesarethendrawnfromeachsubgroup,withsamplesizeproportionaltothesizeofthesubgrouprelativetothepopulation.Finally,samplesfromeachsubgrouparepooledtogethertoformastratifiedrandomsample.

LO.d:Distinguishbetweentimeseriesandcross‐sectionaldata.

Timeseriesdataconsistsofobservationsforasinglesubjecttakenatspecificandequallyspacedintervalsoftime.

Cross‐sectionaldataconsistsofobservationsformultiplesubjectstakenataspecificpointintime.

LO.e:Explainthecentrallimittheoremanditsimportance.

Accordingtothecentrallimittheorem,ifwedrawasamplefromapopulationwithameanµandavarianceσ2,thenthesamplingdistributionofthesamplemean:

willbenormallydistributed(irrespectiveofthetypeofdistributionoftheoriginalpopulation).

willhaveameanofµ. willhaveavarianceofσ2/n.

LO.f:Calculateandinterpretthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.

Thestandarddeviationofthedistributionofthesamplemeansisknownasthestandarderrorofthesamplemean.

Whenweknowthepopulationstandarddeviation,thestandarderrorofthesamplemeancanbecalculatedas:σ

Page 210: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 209

Whenwedonotknowthepopulationstandarddeviation(σ)wecanusethesamplestandarddeviation(s)toestimatethestandarderrorofthesamplemeans

LO.g:Identifyanddescribedesirablepropertiesofanestimator.

Thethreedesirablepropertiesofanestimatorare: Unbiasedness:Itsexpectedvalueisequaltotheparameterbeingestimated. Efficiency:Ithasthelowestvarianceascomparedtootherunbiasedestimatorsofthe

sameparameter. Consistency:Assamplesizeincreases,thesamplingerrordecreasesandthe

estimatesgetclosertotheactualvalue.

LO.h:Distinguishbetweenapointestimateandaconfidenceintervalestimateofapopulationparameter.

Apointestimateisasinglevalueestimatethatservesasanapproximationfortheactualvalueoftheparameter.

Aconfidenceintervalisarangeofvalues,withinwhichtheactualvalueoftheparameterwillliewithagivenprobability.

Confidenceinterval=Pointestimate±(reliabilityfactorxstandarderrorofpointestimate)

LO.i:DescribepropertiesofStudent’st‐distributionandcalculateandinterpretitsdegreesoffreedom.

Student’st‐distributionhasthefollowingproperties: Itissymmetrical,bell‐shaped,andsimilartoanormaldistribution. Ithasalowerpeakandfattertailsascomparedtoanormaldistribution. Itisdefinedbyasingleparameter:degreesoffreedom(df)=n‐1 Asthedegreesoffreedomincrease,theshapeofthet‐distributionstartsapproaching

theshapeofthenormaldistribution.

LO.j:Calculateandinterpretaconfidenceintervalforapopulationmean,givenanormaldistributionwith1)aknownpopulationvariance,2)anunknownpopulationvariance,or3)anunknownpopulationvarianceandalargesamplesize.

Refertothetablebelowandselecttstatisticorzstatisticasperthescenario.

Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)

Largesamplesize(n≥30)

Normaldistribution

Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)

Non–normaldistribution

Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)

Usethefollowingformulaetocalculatetheconfidenceinterval:

Confidenceinterval X z / σ

√n

Page 211: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 210

Confidenceinterval X t / s

√n

LO.k:Describetheissuesregardingselectionoftheappropriatesamplesize,data‐miningbias,sampleselectionbias,survivorshipbias,look‐aheadbias,andtime‐periodbias.

Increasingthesamplesizereducesthestandarderrorandgivesusnarrowerconfidenceintervals.However,whileincreasingsamplesizewemustconsidertwothings:

Costinvolved:Comparethecostofgettingmoredatatothepotentialbenefitsofincreasingprecision.

Riskofsamplingfromadifferentpopulation:Intheprocessofincreasingsamplesizeifwegetdatafromadifferentpopulation,thentheaccuracywillnotimprove.

Biasesobservedinsamplingmethodsare: Data‐miningbias:Analyzingthesamedataagainandagain,tillapatternthatworksis

identified.Thebestwaytoavoidthisbiasistotestthepatternonout‐of‐sampledatatocheckifitholds.

Sampleselectionbias:Excludingcertainassetsfromtheanalysisduetounavailabilityofdata.Atypeofsampleselectionbiasisthesurvivorshipbias,inwhichcompaniesareexcludedfromanalysisbecausetheyhavegoneoutofbusinessanddataforthemwasnoteasilyavailable.

Look‐aheadbias:Usinginformationthatbecameavailableatlaterperiodsintimeintheanalysis.

Time‐periodbias:Iftheselectedtimeperiodistooshort,theresultsmayonlyholdforthattimeperiod.Ifthetimeperiodistoolong,thentheresultsmightnotconsidermajorstructuralchangesintheeconomy.

Page 212: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 211

PracticeQuestions

1. A simple random sample is a sample drawn in such a way that each member of thepopulationhas:A. somechanceofbeingselectedinthesample.B. anequalchanceofbeingselectedinthesample.C. isincludedinthesample.

2. Supposewetakearandomsampleof40companiesinanindustrywith100companies.

Wecalculatethesamplemeanofthedebt‐to‐equityratiofortheprioryear.Wefindthatthisratiois2.5percent.Subsequently,welearnthatthepopulationdebt‐to‐equityratio(takingaccountofall100companies) is2.What is theexplanation for thediscrepancybetweenthesamplemeanof2.5percentandthepopulationmeanof2?A. Samplingerror.B. Bias.C. Alackofconsistency.

3. AnanalystcompilesEPSdataforasampleofcompaniesrandomlydrawnfromtheS&P

500.Hegathersthedatafromthecompanies’fiscalyear2015annualreports.Thisdataisbestcharacterizedas:A. time‐seriesdata.B. longitudinaldata.C. cross‐sectionaldata.

4. Thepopulationdistributionofhedgefundreturnsinacountryisfoundtobenegatively

skewedinaparticularyear.Giventhatthesamplesizeislarge,thesamplingdistributionofthesamplemeanreturnswouldbecharacterizedby:

Distribution Mean VarianceA Negativeskewed Lessthanpopulation

meanEqualtopopulationvariance

B Normaldistribution

Equaltopopulationmean Lessthanpopulationvariance

C Normaldistribution

Lessthanpopulationmean

Equaltopopulationvariance

5. Asampleof50observationshasameanof10andastandarddeviationof2.Thestandard

errorofthesamplemeanisclosestto:A. 0.04B. 0.28.C. 1.41.

Page 213: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 212

6. Ananalystwhilegeneratinganestimateofapopulationparameterisconsideringdrawinga larger sample size. In doing so, a larger sample size will most likely improve theestimator’s:A. efficiency.B. consistency.C. unbiasedness.

7. JohnClarkisunsureoftheunderlyingpopulationdistributionandwantstoincreasethe

reliabilityoftheparameterestimates.Whichofthefollowingisleastlikelytoachievehisobjective?A. Increaseinthesamplesize.B. Useofpointestimatesratherthanconfidenceintervals.C. Useof thet‐distributionratherthanthenormaldistributiontoestablishconfidence

intervals.

8. Analyst1:Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,at‐distributionwillbecomemorepeaked.Analyst2:Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,thetailsofthet‐distributionwillbecomelessfat.A. Analyst1iscorrect.B. Analyst2iscorrect.C. Bothanalystsarecorrect.

9. Robert Scottwants to calculate the confidence intervals for thepopulationmeanof an

approximately normal distribution. Assuming the sample size is small, the Student’s t‐distributionisthepreferredmethodwhenthevarianceis:A. unknown.B. tooLarge.C. negative.

10. Arandomsampleof100coffeeshopcustomersspentanaverageof25minsatthestore.

Assumingthedistributionisnormalandthepopulationstandarddeviationis4mins,the95%confidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanisclosestto:A. 21.00to29.00.B. 24.25to25.78.C. 23.78to26.04.

11. Asampleof25recentordersatarestaurantshowedthatthemeantimetoserveadish

was19minswithasamplestandarddeviationof3mins.Assumingthepopulationisnormallydistributed,the99%confidenceintervalforthepopulationmeanis:A. 17.32to20.67.B. 16.21to21.96.

Page 214: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 213

C. 15.24to22.38.12. DavidJonesisconductingaresearchonS&P500stocks.Inhisresearch,heuseshistorical

datathatwasnotpubliclyavailableatthetimeperiodbeingstudied.Hissamplewillmostlikelyhavea:A. look‐aheadbias.B. time‐periodbias.C. sampleselectionbias.

Page 215: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 214

Solutions 

1. B is correct. In a simple random sample, eachmember of the populationhas an equalprobabilityofbeingselected.

 

2. Aiscorrect.Thediscrepancyarisesfromsamplingerror.Samplingerroristhedifferencebetweenasamplestatisticanditscorrespondingpopulationparameter.Asamplingerrorexistswheneveronefailstoobserveeveryelementofthepopulation,becauseasamplestatisticcanvaryfromsampletosample.Wedonotexpectthesamplemeantoexactlyequalthepopulationmeaninanyonesamplewemaytake.

 

3. Ciscorrect.Dataonsomecharacteristicsofcompaniesatasinglepointintimearecross‐sectionaldata.

 

4. Biscorrect.AccordingtotheCentralLimitTheorem,thesamplingdistributionofsamplemeansisapproximatelyanormaldistributionwithitsmeanequaltothepopulationmean.Itsvarianceisequaltopopulationvariancedividedbythesamplesizeandhencewouldbelessthanpopulationvariance.TheCentralLimitTheoremisindependentoftheprobabilitydistributionofthegivenpopulationwhenthesamplesizeislargeandthustheskewnessofpopulationdoesnotmatter.

 

5. Biscorrect.Thestandarderrorofthesamplemean,whenweknowthesamplestandarddeviation,issamplestandarddeviationdividedbysquarerootofsamplesize:2/√50=0.28

 

6. B is correct. Unbiasedness and efficiency are properties of an estimator’s samplingdistribution that hold for any size sample.A consistent estimator is one forwhich theprobabilityofestimatesclosetothevalueofthepopulationparameterincreasesassamplesizeincreases.

 

7. B is correct. Point estimates are not as reliable as confidence interval estimates. Aconservativeapproachtoconfidenceintervalsreliesonthet‐distributionratherthanthenormal distribution, and use of the t‐distribution will increase the reliability of theconfidenceinterval.Increasingthesamplesizeincreasesthereliabilityoftheconfidenceintervals.

 

8. Ciscorrect.Asdegreesoffreedomincrease,thet‐distributionwillmorecloselyresembleanormaldistribution,becomingmorepeakedandhavinglessfattails.

 

9. Aiscorrect.TheStudent’st‐distributionisthepreferredoptionwhenthesamplesizeissmallandthevarianceisunknownBelowtableprovidestheappropriatetestgivenascenario:

Page 216: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R11 Sampling and Estimation 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 215

SamplingFromStatisticforSmallSampleSize

StatisticforLargeSampleSize

Normaldistributionwithaknownvariance

z z

Normaldistributionwithunknownvariance

t torz

Non‐normaldistributionwithknownvariance

NotAvailable z

Non‐normaldistributionwithunknownvariance

NotAvailable torz

 

10. Biscorrect.Sincethepopulationvarianceisknownandn≥30,theconfidenceintervalisdeterminedas ̅ / /√ Z0.025=1.96Confidenceinterval=25±1.96(4/sqrt(100)=24.216to25.784

 

11. Aiscorrect.Sincethepopulationvarianceisunknownandn<30,theconfidenceintervalisdeterminedas̅ / /√ .Thecriticalvalueoft0.005anddf=n‐1=24is2.797.Sotheconfidenceintervalis19±2.797(3/5)=17.32to20.67

 

12. Aiscorrect.Thisisanexampleoflook‐aheadbias.

Page 217: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 216

R12HypothesisTesting

1.Introduction

Hypothesistestingistheprocessofmakingjudgmentsaboutalargergroup(apopulation)onthebasisofobservingasmallergroup(asample).Theresultsofsuchatestthenhelpusevaluatewhetherourhypothesisistrueorfalse.

Forexample,let’ssayyouarearesearcherandyoubelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasgreaterthan2%.TotestthisbeliefyoucandrawsamplesfromapopulationofallAsianstocksandemployhypothesistestingprocedures.Theresultsofthistestcantellyouifyourbeliefisstatisticallyvalid.

2.HypothesisTesting

Ahypothesisisdefinedasastatementaboutoneormorepopulations.Inordertotestahypothesis,wefollowthesesteps:

1. Statingthehypothesis.2. Identifyingtheappropriateteststatisticanditsprobabilitydistribution.3. Specifyingthesignificancelevel.4. Statingthedecisionrule.5. Collectingthedataandcalculatingtheteststatistic.6. Makingthestatisticaldecision.7. Makingtheeconomicorinvestmentdecision.

Instructor’sNoteThoughthecurriculumsuggestsasevenstepprocessforhypothesistesting,youcanarriveatadecisionquicklyusingthesefoursteps:1. Statethehypothesis.2. Computetheteststatistic.3. Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonsignificancelevel.4. Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueanddeterminewhetherornottoreject

thenullhypothesis.

Let’sunderstandthesestepswiththehelpofafewexamples.

RightTailedTest

SupposeyouarearesearcherandbelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasgreaterthan2%.Inthiscase,youaremakingastatementaboutthepopulationmean(µ)ofallAsianstocks.

Step1:Statingthehypothesis

Thefirststepisstatingthetwohypotheses:thenullhypothesis(H0)andthealternativehypothesis(Ha).

Nullhypothesis(H0):Itisthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoreject.

Page 218: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 217

Alternativehypothesis(Ha):Itisthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoprove.Ifthenullhypothesisisrejectedthenthealternativehypothesisisconsideredvalid.

Forourexample,thenullandalternativehypothesesare:

H0:µ≤2%

Ha:µ>2%

(Thevalue2%isknownasµ0,thehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationmean.)

Instructor’sNote:Aneasywaytodifferentiatebetweenthetwohypothesesistorememberthatthenullhypothesisalwayscontainssomeformoftheequalsign.

Step2:Computetheteststatistic.

Ateststatisticiscalculatedfromsampledataandiscomparedtoacriticalvaluetodecidewhetherornotwecanrejectthenullhypothesis.Theformulaforcomputingteststatisticis:

teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH

standarderrorofthesamplestatistic

Continuingwithourexample,let’sfurthersupposethatthesamplemeanof36observationsofAsianstocksis4andthestandarddeviationofthepopulationis4.Therefore,

teststatisticX μ

4 2

3

Step3:Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonsignificancelevel

ContinuingwithourexampleofAsianstocks,supposewewanttotestourhypothesisatthe5%significancelevel.Thisisaone‐tailedtestbecausewearetryingtoassesswhetherthepopulationmeanisgreaterthan2%ornot.Hence,weareonlyinterestedintherighttailofthedistribution.Ifweweretryingtoassesswhetherthepopulationmeanislessthan2%wewouldbeinterestedinthelefttail.

Instructor’sNoteThesigninthealternativehypothesispointstothedirectionofthetailthatweshoulduseinourtest.Sinceinourexamplethealternativehypothesishasa‘>’signitpointstotheright,thereforeweareinterestedintherighttail.

Thecriticalvalueisalsoknownastherejectionpointfortheteststatistic.Graphically,thispointseparatestheacceptanceandrejectionregionsforasetofvaluesoftheteststatistic.Thisisshownbelow:

Page 219: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 218

Theregiontotheleftoftheteststatisticisthe‘acceptanceregion’.Thisrepresentsthesetofvaluesforwhichwedonotreject(accept)thenullhypothesis.Theregiontotherightoftheteststatisticisknownasthe‘rejectionregion’.

UsingtheZ–tableand5%levelofsignificance,thecriticalvalue=Z0.05=1.65

Step4:Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueanddeterminewhetherornottorejectthenullhypothesis

Iftheteststatistic>criticalvalue,i.e.iftheteststatisticliesintherejectionregionwewillrejectH0.

Ontheotherhand,iftheteststatistic<criticalvalue,i.e.iftheteststatisticliesintheacceptanceregion,thenwecannotrejectH0.

Inourexample,becausetheteststatisticz=3isgreaterthanthecriticalvalueof1.645,werejectthenullhypothesisinfavorofthealternativehypothesisthattheaveragereturnonallAsianstocksisgreaterthan2%.

LeftTailedTest

Weusealefttailedtesttodeterminewhethertheestimatedvalueofapopulationparameterislessthanahypothesizedvalue.

ExampleAnanalystbelievesthattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswaslessthan2%.Thesamplesizeis36observationswithasamplemeanof‐3.Thestandarddeviationofthepopulationis4.Willherejectthenullhypothesisatthe5%levelofsignificance?

Solution:Inthiscase,ournullandalternativehypothesesare:

H0:µ≥2

Ha:µ<2

Page 220: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 219

Thestandarderrorofthesampleis:σ √

0.67

Theteststatisticis:

teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH

standarderrorofthesamplestatistic3 20.67

7.5

Thecriticalvaluescorrespondingtoa5%levelofsignificanceis‐1.65.

Whenweconsiderthelefttailofthedistribution,ourdecisionruleisasfollows:Rejectthenullhypothesisiftheteststatisticislessthanthecriticalvalueandviceversa.Sinceourcalculatedteststatisticof‐7.5islessthanthecriticalvalueof‐1.65,werejectthenullhypothesis.

Two‐tailedtest

Weuseatwo‐tailedhypothesistesttodeterminewhethertheestimatedvalueofapopulationparameterisdifferentfromthehypothesizedvalue.Inatwo‐tailedtest,werejectthenullinfavorofthealternativeiftheevidenceindicatesthatthepopulationparameteriseithersmallerorlargerthanthevalueoftheparameterunderH0.

Forexample,webelievethattheaveragereturnonallAsianstockswasnot0%.Wetakeasampleof36observationswithasamplemeanof1andapopulationstandarddeviationof4.Inthiscaseournullandalternativehypothesesare:

H :µ=0

H :µ≠0

Thestandarderrorofthesampleisunchangedat0.67:

σ σ

√n4

√360.67

Theteststatisticis:

teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH

standarderrorofthesamplestatistic1 00.67

1.5

Inatwo‐tailedtest,twocriticalvaluesexist,onepositiveandonenegative.Foratwo‐sided

testatthe5%levelofsignificance,wecalculatethez‐valuesthatcorrespondto . =0.025

levelofsignificance.Theseare+1.96and‐1.96.Therefore,werejectthenullhypothesisifwefindthattheteststatisticislessthan‐1.96orgreaterthan+1.96.Wefailtorejectthenullhypothesisif‐1.96≤teststatistic≤+1.96.Graphically,thiscanbeshownas:

Page 221: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 220

Relationshipbetweenconfidenceintervalandhypothesistests

Theabovefigurealsoillustratestherelationshipbetweenconfidenceintervalsandhypothesistests.Aconfidenceintervalspecifiestherangeofvaluesthatmaycontainthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameter.The5%levelofsignificanceinthehypothesistestscorrespondstoa95%confidenceinterval.Whenthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameterisoutsidethecorrespondingconfidenceinterval,thenullhypothesisisrejected.Whenthehypothesizedvalueofthepopulationparameterisinsidethecorrespondingconfidenceinterval,thenullhypothesisisnotrejected.

Summary:One‐tailedtestversustwo‐tailedtests

One‐tailedtestsareusedtotestifthepopulationparameterisgreaterthanorlessthanahypothesizedvalue.Theycanbeeitherright‐tailedtestsorleft‐tailedtests.

Two‐tailedtestsareusedtotestifthepopulationparameterisnotequaltothehypothesizedvalue.Theyhavetworejectionpoints:onepositiveandonenegative,becausehereweareinterestedinbothtails.

p‐value

Thep‐valueisthesmallestlevelofsignificanceatwhichthenullhypothesiscanberejected.Itcanbeusedinthehypothesistestingframeworkasanalternativetousingrejectionpoints.

Ifthep‐valueislowerthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.

Ifthep‐valueisgreaterthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.

Forexample,ifthep‐valueofatestis4%,thenthehypothesiscanberejectedatthe5%levelofsignificance,butnotatthe1%levelofsignificance.

Relationshipbetweentest‐statisticandp‐value

Ahightest‐statisticimpliesalowp‐value.

Page 222: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 221

Alowtest‐statisticimpliesahighp‐value.

TypeIandTypeIIerrors

Inreachingastatisticaldecision,wecanmaketwopossibleerrors: TypeIerror:Wemayrejectatruenullhypothesis. TypeIIerror:Wemayfailtorejectafalsenullhypothesis.

Thefollowingtableshowsthepossibleoutcomesofatest.

DecisionTruecondition

H0true H0falseDonotrejectH0 Correctdecision TypeIIerrorRejectH0(acceptHa) TypeIerror Correctdecision

Thesignificancelevel“α”istheprobabilityoftypeIerror.

Powerofatest

Thepowerofatestistheprobabilityofcorrectlyrejectingthenull(rejectingthenullwhenitisfalse).Itisexpressedas:

Powerofatest=1–P(TypeIIerror)

Statisticalresultv/seconomicallymeaningfulresult

Astatisticaldecisionsimplyconsistsofrejectingornotrejectingthenullhypothesis.Whereas,aneconomicdecisiontakesintoconsiderationalleconomicissuesrelevanttothedecision,suchastransactioncosts,risktolerance,andtheimpactontheexistingportfolio.Sometimesatestmayindicateastatisticallysignificantresultwhichmaynotbeeconomicallysignificant.

3.HypothesisTestsConcerningtheMean

3.1.TestsConcerningaSingleMean

Oneofthedecisionsweneedtomakeinhypothesistestingisdecidingwhichteststatisticandwhichcorrespondingprobabilitydistributiontouse.Weusethefollowingtabletomakethisdecision:

Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)

Largesamplesize(n≥30)

Normaldistribution

Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)

Non–normaldistribution

Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)

Inthehypothesistestswesawsofar,thepopulationvariancewasknownandoursamplesizewaslarge(n≥30),henceweusedthez‐statisticandz‐distributiontocomputethecriticalvalue.

Page 223: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 222

However,ifwedonotknowthepopulationvarianceandwehaveasmallsamplesize,thenwehavetousethet‐statisticandt‐distributiontocomputethecriticalvalues.

ExampleFundAlphahasbeeninexistencefor20monthsandhasachievedameanmonthlyreturnof2%withasamplestandarddeviationof5%.Theexpectedmonthlyreturnforafundofthisnatureis1.60%.Assumingmonthlyreturnsarenormallydistributed,aretheactualresultsconsistentwithanunderlyingpopulationmeanmonthlyreturnof1.60%?

Solution:Thenullandalternativehypothesesforthisexamplewillbe:

H0:µ=1.60versusHa:µ≠1.60

teststatistic X μ

2 1.60

0.36

Usingthisformula,weseethatthevalueoftheteststatisticis0.36.

Thecriticalvaluesata0.05levelofsignificancecanbecalculatedfromthet‐distributiontable.Sincethisisatwo‐tailedtest,weshouldlookata0.05/2=0.025levelofsignificancewithdf=n‐1=20–1=19.Thisgivesustwovaluesof‐2.1and+2.1.

Sinceourteststatisticof0.35liesbetween‐2.1and+2.1,i.e.,theacceptanceregion,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.

3.2.TestsConcerningDifferencesbetweenMeans

Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.

Inthissection,wewilllearnhowtocalculatethedifferencebetweenthemeansoftwoindependentandnormallydistributedpopulations.Wecanusetwokindsoft‐tests.Inonecasethepopulationvariances,althoughunknown,canbeassumedtobeequal.Inthesecondcasethepopulationvariancesareassumedtobeunknownandunequal.

UnknownButEqualVariance

Whenweassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareequal,thet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:

t X X μ μ

/

Theterm isknownasthepooledestimatorofthecommonvariance.Itiscalculatedbythefollowingformula:

s n 1 s n 1 s

n n 2

Page 224: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 223

Thenumberofdegreesoffreedomisn1+n2–2.

UnknownandUnequalVariance

Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareunequal,anapproximatet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:

t X X μ μ

/

Inthisformula,weusethetablesofthet‐distributionusingthe‘modified’degreesoffreedom.The‘modified’degreesoffreedomarecalculatedusingthefollowingformula:

df

/ /

ExampleYoubelievethemeanreturnonNYSEstockswasdifferentfromthemeanonNSEstockslastmonth.Totestyourhypothesisyoucollectthefollowingdata: SampleSize(n) SampleMean(X) SampleStandardDeviationNSE 20 2% 4NYSE 40 3% 5Determinewhethertorejectthenullhypothesisatthe0.10levelofsignificance.

Solution:Thefirststepistoformulatethenullandalternativehypotheses.Sincewewanttotestwhetherthetwomeanswereequalordifferent,wedefinethehypothesesas:H0:µ1‐µ2=0Ha:µ1‐µ2≠0

Sincethepopulationstandarddeviationisunknownandwecannotassumethatitisequal,weusethefollowingformulatocalculatetheteststatistic:

t X X μ μ

/2 3 0

/0.84

Next,wecalculatethemodifieddegreesoffreedom:

df

/ /

/ / 48

Page 225: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 224

Fora0.10levelofsignificance,wefindthet‐valuefor0.10/2=0.05usingdf=48.Thet‐valueisthereforeta/2=‐1.677and+1.677.Sinceourteststatisticof‐0.84liesintheacceptanceregion,wefailtorejectthenullhypothesis.

3.3.TestsconcerningMeanDifferences

Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.

Intheprevioussection,inordertoperformhypothesistestsondifferencesbetweenmeansoftwopopulations,weassumedthatthesampleswereindependent.Whatifthesamplesarenotindependent?Forexample,supposeyouwanttoconducttestsonthemeanmonthlyreturnonToyotastockandmeanmonthlyreturnonHondastock.Thesetwosamplesarebelievedtobedependent,astheyareimpactedbythesameeconomicfactors.

Insuchsituations,weconductat‐testthatisbasedondataarrangedinpairedobservations.Pairedobservationsareobservationsthataredependentbecausetheyhavesomethingincommon.

Wewillnowdiscusstheprocessforconductingsuchat‐test.SupposethatwegatherdataregardingthemeanmonthlyreturnsonstocksofToyotaandHondaforthelast20months,asshowninthetablebelow:

Month MeanreturnofToyotastock

MeanmonthlyreturnofHondastock

Differenceinmeanmonthlyreturns(di)

1 0.5% 0.4% 0.1%2 0.7% 1.0% ‐0.3%3 0.3% 0.7% ‐0.4%… … … …20 0.9% 0.6% 0.3%Average 0.750% 0.600% 0.075%

Hereisasimplifiedprocessforconductingthehypothesistest:

Step1:Definethenullandalternatehypotheses

Webelievethatthemeandifferenceisnot0.Hencethenullandalternatehypothesesare:

H :μ μ versusH :μ μ

µdstandsforthepopulationmeandifferenceandµd0standsforthehypothesizedvalueforthepopulationmeandifference.

Step2:Calculatethetest‐statistic

Determinethesamplemeandifferenceusing:

d 1n

d

Page 226: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 225

Forthedatagiven,thesamplemeandifferenceis0.075%.

Calculatethesamplestandarddeviation.Theprocessforcalculatingthesamplestandarddeviationhasbeendiscussedinanearlierreading.Thesimplestmethodistoplugthenumbers(0.1,‐0.3,‐0.4…0.3)intoafinancialcalculator.Theentiredatasethasnotbeenprovided.We’lltakeitasagiventhatthesamplestandarddeviationis0.150%.

Usethisformulatocalculatethestandarderrorofthemeandifference:

s s

√n

Forourdatathisis0.150/√20=0.03354.

Wenowhavetherequireddatatocalculatetheteststatisticusingat‐test.Thisiscalculatedusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:

t d μs

Forourdata,theteststatisticis . –

.2.24.

Step3:Determinethecriticalvaluebasedonthelevelofsignificance

Wewillusea5%levelofsignificance.Sincethisisatwo‐tailedtestwehaveaprobabilityof2.5%(0.025)ineachtail.Thiscriticalvalueisdeterminedfromat‐tableusingaone‐tailedprobabilityof0.025anddf=20–1=19.Thisvalueis2.093.

Step4:Comparetheteststatisticwiththecriticalvalueandmakeadecision

Inourcase,theteststatistic(2.23)isgreaterthanthecriticalvalue(2.093).Hencewewillrejectthenullhypothesis.

Conclusion:Thedataseemstoindicatethatthemeandifferenceisnot0.

Thehypothesistestpresentedaboveisbasedonthebeliefthatthepopulationmeandifferenceisnotequalto0.Ifμ isthehypothesizedvalueforthepopulationmeandifference,thenwecanformulatethefollowinghypotheses:

1. Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceisgreaterthan0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ

2.Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceislessthan0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ

3.Ifwebelievethepopulationmeandifferenceisnot0:H :μ μ versusH :μ μ

4.HypothesisTestsConcerningVariance

Instructor’sNote:Focusonthebasicsofthistopic,theprobabilityofbeingtestedonthedetailsislow.

Page 227: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 226

4.1.TestsConcerningaSingleVariance

Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.

Propertiesofthechi‐squaredistribution

Thechi‐squaredistributionisasymmetricalandlikethet‐distribution,isafamilyofdistributions.Thismeansthatadifferentdistributionexistsforeachpossiblevalueofdegreesoffreedom,n‐1.Sincethevarianceisasquaredterm,theminimumvaluecanonlybe0.Hence,thechi‐squaredistributionisboundedbelowby0.Thegraphbelowshowstheshapeofachi‐squaredistribution:

Therearethreehypothesesthatcanbeformulated(σ2representsthetruepopulationvarianceandσ02representsthehypothesizedvariance):

1. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceisnotequalto0,oritisdifferentfromthehypothesizedvariance.Itisatwo‐tailedtest.

2. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceislessthanthehypothesizedvariance.Itisaone‐tailedtest.

3. H :σ ≤σ versusH :σ >σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethepopulationvarianceisgreaterthanthehypothesizedvariance.Itisaone‐tailedtest.

Afterdrawingarandomsamplefromanormallydistributedpopulation,wecalculatetheteststatisticusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:

χn 1 s

σ

where:n=samplesizes=samplevariance

Wethendeterminethecriticalvaluesusingthelevelofsignificanceanddegreesoffreedom.Thechi‐squaredistributiontableisusedtocalculatethecriticalvalue.

ExampleConsiderFundAlphawhichwediscussedinanearlierexample.Thisfundhasbeeninexistencefor20months.Duringthisperiodthestandarddeviationofmonthlyreturnswas

Page 228: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 227

5%.Youwanttotestaclaimbythefundmanagerthatthestandarddeviationofmonthlyreturnsislessthan6%.

Solution:Thenullandalternatehypothesesare:H0:σ2≥36versusHa:σ2<36

Notethatthestandarddeviationis6%.Sincewearedealingwithpopulationvariance,wewillsquarethisnumbertoarriveatavarianceof36%.

Wethencalculatethevalueofthechi‐squareteststatistic:

2=(n‐1)s2/σ02=19x25/36=13.19

Next,wedeterminetherejectionpointbasedondf=19andsignificance=0.05.Usingthechi‐squaretable,wefindthatthisnumberis10.117.

Sincetheteststatistic(13.19)ishigherthantherejectionpoint(10.117)wecannotrejectH0.Inotherwords,thesamplestandarddeviationisnotsmallenoughtovalidatethefundmanager’sclaimthatpopulationstandarddeviationislessthan6%.

4.2.TestsConcerningtheEquality(Inequality)ofTwoVariances

Inordertotesttheequalityorinequalityoftwovariances,weuseanF‐testwhichistheratioofsamplevariances.

TheassumptionsforaF‐testtobevalidare: Thesamplesmustbeindependent. Thepopulationsfromwhichthesamplesaretakenarenormallydistributed.

PropertiesoftheF‐distribution

TheF‐distribution,likethechi‐squaredistribution,isafamilyofasymmetricaldistributionsboundedfrombelowby0.EachF‐distributionisdefinedbytwovaluesofdegreesoffreedom,calledthenumeratoranddenominatordegreesoffreedom.Asshowninthefigurebelow,theF‐distributionisskewedtotherightandistruncatedatzeroonthelefthandside.

Therejectionregionisalwaysintherightsidetailofthedistribution.

WhenworkingwithF‐tests,therearethreehypothesesthatcanbeformulated:

Page 229: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 228

1. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethetwopopulationvariancesarenotequal.

2. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethevarianceofthefirstpopulationisgreaterthanthevarianceofthesecondpopulation.

3. H :σ σ versusH :σ σ .Thisisusedwhenwebelievethevarianceofthefirstpopulationislessthanthevarianceofthesecondpopulation.

Thetermσ12representsthepopulationvarianceofthefirstpopulationandσ22representsthepopulationvarianceofthesecondpopulation.

TheformulafortheteststatisticoftheF‐testis:

F ss

where:=thesamplevarianceofthefirstpopulationwithnobservations=thesamplevarianceofthesecondpopulationwithnobservations

Aconventionistoputthelargersamplevarianceinthenumeratorandthesmallersamplevarianceinthedenominator.

df1=n1–1numeratordegreesoffreedomdf2=n2–1denominatordegreesoffreedom

TheteststatisticisthencomparedwiththecriticalvaluesfoundusingthetwodegreesoffreedomandtheF‐tables.

Finally,adecisionismadewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.

ExampleYouareinvestigatingwhetherthepopulationvarianceoftheIndianequitymarketchangedafterthederegulationof1991.Youcollect120monthsofdatabeforeandafterderegulation.Varianceofreturnsbeforederegulationwas13.Varianceofreturnsafterderegulationwas18.Checkyourhypothesisataconfidencelevelof99%.

Solution:Nullandalternatehypothesis:H0:σ12=σ22versusHA:σ12≠σ22

F‐statistic: 1.4

df=119forthenumeratoranddenominator

α=0.01whichmeans0.005ineachtail.FromtheF‐table:criticalvalue=1.6

SincetheF‐statislessthanthecriticalvalue,donotrejectthenullhypothesis.

Summaryoftypesofteststatistics

Hypothesistestof UseOnepopulationmean t‐statisticorz‐statistic

Page 230: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 229

Twopopulationmean t‐statisticOnepopulationvariance Chi‐squarestatisticTwo‐populationvariance F‐statistic

5.OtherIssues:NonparametricInference

Thehypothesis‐testingprocedureswehavediscussedsofarhavetwocharacteristicsincommon:

Theyareconcernedwithparameters,suchasthemeanandvariance. Theirvaliditydependsonasetofassumptions.

Anyprocedurewhichhaseitherofthetwocharacteristicsisknownasaparametrictest.

Nonparametrictestsarenotconcernedwithaparameterand/ormakefewassumptionsaboutthepopulationfromwhichthesamplearedrawn.Weusenonparametricproceduresinthreesituations:

Datadoesnotmeetdistributionalassumptions. Dataaregiveninranks.(Example:relativesizeofthecompanyanduseof

derivatives.) Thehypothesisdoesnotconcernaparameter.(Example:Isasamplerandomornot?)

TheSpearmanrankcorrelationcoefficienttestisapopularnonparametrictest.Thecoefficientiscalculatedbasedontheranksoftwovariableswithintheirrespectivesamples.

Page 231: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 230

Summary

LO.a:Defineahypothesis,describethestepsofhypothesistesting,anddescribeandinterpretthechoiceofthenullandalternativehypotheses.

Ahypothesisisastatementaboutthevalueofapopulationparameterdevelopedforthepurposeoftestingatheory.

Inordertotestahypothesis,wefollowthesesteps:1. Statethehypothesis.2. Identifytheappropriateteststatistic.3. Specifythelevelofsignificance.4. Stateadecisionruletoacceptorrejectthehypothesis.5. Collectsampledataandcalculatetheteststatistic.6. Decideifthehypothesiscanbeaccepted/rejected.7. Makeaneconomicorinvestmentdecision.

Thenullhypothesis(H0)isthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoreject.Itshouldalwaysincludesomeformofthe‘equalto’condition.

Thealternativehypothesis(Ha)isthehypothesisthattheresearcherwantstoprove.Ifthenullhypothesisisrejectedthenthealternativehypothesisisconsideredvalid.

LO.b:Distinguishbetweenone‐tailedandtwo‐tailedtestsofhypotheses.

Inone‐tailedtests,weareassessingifthevalueofapopulationparameterisgreaterthanorlessthanahypothesizedvalue.

Intwo‐tailedtests,weareassessingifthevalueofapopulationparameterisdifferentfromahypothesizedvalue.

LO.c:Explainateststatistic,TypeIandTypeIIerrors,asignificancelevel,andhowsignificancelevelsareusedinhypothesistesting.

Ateststatisticisaquantity,calculatedonthebasisofasample,andisusedtodecidewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.Theformulaforcomputingtheteststatisticis:

teststatistic samplestatistic valueoftheparameterunderH

standarderrorofthesamplestatistic

Inreachingastatisticaldecision,wecanmaketwopossibleerrors:Wemayrejectatruenullhypothesis(aTypeIerror),orwemayfailtorejectafalsenullhypothesis(aTypeIIerror).

ThelevelofsignificanceofatestistheprobabilityofaTypeIerror.

Asαgetssmallerthecriticalvaluegetslargeranditbecomesmoredifficulttorejectthenullhypothesis.

Page 232: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 231

LO.d:Explainadecisionrule,thepowerofatest,andtherelationbetweenconfidenceintervalsandhypothesistests.

Adecisionruleconsistsofcomparingthecomputedteststatistictothecriticalvalues(rejectionpoints)basedonthelevelofsignificancetodecidewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.

Thepowerofatestistheprobabilityofcorrectlyrejectingthenull(rejectingthenullwhenitisfalse).Itisexpressedas:

Powerofatest=1–P(TypeIIerror)

Aconfidenceintervalgivesustherangeofvalueswithinwhichapopulationparameterisexpectedtolie.Confidenceintervalsandhypothesistestsarelinkedthroughcriticalvalues.Thenullhypothesiswillberejectedonlyiftheteststatisticliesoutsidetheconfidenceinterval.

LO.e:Distinguishbetweenastatisticalresultandaneconomicallymeaningfulresult.

Thestatisticaldecisionconsistsofrejectingornotrejectingthenullhypothesis.Theeconomicdecisiontakesintoconsiderationalleconomicissuesrelevanttothedecision.

LO.f:Explainandinterpretthep‐valueasitrelatestohypothesistesting.

Thep‐valueisthesmallestlevelofsignificanceatwhichthenullhypothesiscanberejected.Itcanbeusedinthehypothesistestingframeworkasanalternativetousingrejectionpoints.

Ifthep‐valueislowerthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.

Ifthep‐valueisgreaterthanourspecifiedlevelofsignificance,wedonotrejectthenullhypothesis.

LO.g:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningthepopulationmeanofbothlargeandsmallsampleswhenthepopulationisnormallyorapproximatelydistributedandthevarianceis1)knownor2)unknown.

Weusethefollowingtabletodecidewhichteststatisticandwhichcorrespondingprobabilitydistributiontouseforhypothesistesting.

Samplingfrom Smallsamplesize(n<30)

Largesamplesize(n≥30)

Normaldistribution

Varianceknown z zVarianceunknown t t(orz)

Non–normaldistribution

Varianceknown NA zVarianceunknown NA t(orz)

LO.h:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningtheequalityofthepopulationmeansoftwoatleastapproximately

Page 233: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 232

normallydistributedpopulations,basedonindependentrandomsampleswith1)equalor2)unequalassumedvariances.

Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareequal,thet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:

t X X μ μ

/

Thenumberofdegreesoffreedomisn1+n2–2.Theterm isknownasthepooledestimatorofthecommonvariance.Apooledestimateisanestimatedrawnfromthecombinationoftwodifferentsamples.Itiscalculatedas:

s n 1 s n 1 s

n n 2

Whenwecanassumethatthetwopopulationsarenormallydistributedandthattheunknownpopulationvariancesareunequal,anapproximatet‐testbasedonindependentrandomsamplesisgivenby:

t X X μ μ

/

Inthisformula,weusethetablesofthet‐distributionusingthe‘modified’degreesoffreedom.The‘modified’degreesoffreedomarecalculatedas:

df

/ /

LO.i:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerningthemeandifferenceoftwonormallydistributedpopulations.

Incaseswherewehaveatestconcerningthemeandifferenceoftwonormallydistributedpopulationsthataredependent,weconductat‐testthatisbasedondataarrangedinpairedobservations.

Thehypothesisisformedonthedifferencebetweenmeansoftwopopulationse.g.H0:µd=µd0versusHa:µd≠µd0

Inordertoarriveattheteststatistic,wefirstdeterminethesamplemeandifferenceusing:

d 1n

d

Andthestandarderrorofthemeandifferenceiscomputedasfollows:

Page 234: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 233

s s

√n

Oncewehavethesetwovalues,wecancalculatetheteststatisticusingat‐test.Thisiscalculatedusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:

t d μs

Thevalueofcalculatedteststatisticiscomparedwiththet‐distributionvaluesintheusualmannertoarriveatadecisiononourhypothesis.

LO.j:Identifytheappropriateteststatisticandinterprettheresultsforahypothesistestconcerning1)thevarianceofanormallydistributedpopulation,and2)theequalityofthevariancesoftwonormallydistributedpopulationsbasedontwoindependentrandomsamples.

Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.Afterdrawingarandomsamplefromanormallydistributedpopulation,wecalculatetheteststatisticusingthefollowingformulausingn‐1degreesoffreedom:

χn 1 s

σ

Wethendeterminethecriticalvaluesusingthelevelofsignificanceanddegreesoffreedom.Thechi‐squaredistributiontableisusedtocalculatethecriticalvalue.

Inordertotesttheequalityorinequalityoftwovariances,weuseanF‐test.Thecriticalvalueiscomputedas:

F ss

TheteststatisticisthencomparedwiththecriticalvaluesfoundusingthetwodegreesoffreedomandtheF‐tables.Finally,adecisionismadewhethertorejectornottorejectthenullhypothesis.

LO.k:Distinguishbetweenparametricandnonparametrictestsanddescribesituationsinwhichtheuseofnonparametrictestsmaybeappropriate.

Aparametrictestisahypothesistestconcerningaparameterorahypothesistestbasedonspecificdistributionalassumptions.Incontrast,anonparametrictestiseithernotconcernedwithaparameterormakesminimalassumptionsaboutthepopulationfromwhichthesampleisdrawn.

Anonparametrictestisprimarilyusedinthreesituations:whendatadonotmeetdistributionalassumptions,whendataisgiveninranks,orwhenthehypothesisweareaddressingdoesnotconcernaparameter.

Page 235: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 234

PracticeQuestions

1. DavidJonesisaresearcherandwantstotestifthemeanreturnsofhisbondinvestmentsismorethan5%peryear.Inthiscase,thenullandalternativehypothesiswouldbebestdefinedas:A. H0:µ=5versusHa:µ≠5.B. H0:µ≤5versusHa:µ>5.C. H0:µ≥5versusHa:µ<5.

2. Whichofthefollowingstatementsrequiresatwo‐tailedtest?

A. Ho:µ≤0versusHa:µ>0.B. Ho:µ≥0versusHa:µ<0.C. Ho:µ=0versusHa:µ≠0.

3. Allelsebeingequal,specifyingasmallersignificancelevelinahypothesistestwillmost

likelyincreasetheprobabilityof:A. typeIerror.B. typeIIerror.C. bothtypeIandtypeIIerrors.

4. Allelsebeingequal,increasingthesamplesizeforahypothesistestwillmostlikely

decreasetheprobabilityof:A. typeIerror.B. typeIIerror.C. bothtypeIandtypeIIerrors.

5. Ifthesignificancelevelofatestis0.05andtheprobabilityofaTypeIIerroris0.2.Whatis

thepowerofthetest?A. 0.05.B. 0.80.C. 0.95.

6. Aresearcherformulatesanullhypothesisthatthemeanofadistributionisequalto10.He

obtainsap‐valueof0.02.Usinga5%levelofsignificance,thebestconclusionisto:A. rejectthenullhypothesis.B. acceptthenullhypothesis.C. decreasethelevelofsignificance.

7. Which of the following statistic is most likely used for the mean of a non‐normal

distributionwithunknownvarianceandasmallsamplesize?A. z‐teststatistic.

Page 236: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 235

B. t‐teststatistic.C. Thereisnoteststatisticforsuchascenario.

8. YoubelievethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan10%.You

drawasampleof49stocks.Theaveragereturnofthese49stocksis12%.ThestandarddeviationofreturnsofallstocksintheS&P500is4.Usinga5%levelofsignificance,whichofthefollowingconclusionsismostappropriate?A. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan

10%.B. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500islessthan10%.C. WecanconcludethattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isequalto10%.

9. Theappropriateteststatistictotestthehypothesisthatthevarianceofanormally

distributedpopulationisequalto8isthe:A. t‐test.B. F‐test.C. χ2test.

Page 237: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 236

Solutions 

1. Biscorrect.Thenullhypothesis iswhattheresearcherwantstoreject.Thealternativehypothesis is what the researcher wants to prove, and it is accepted when the nullhypothesisisrejected.

2. Ciscorrect.Atwo‐tailedtestforthepopulationmeanisstructuredas:Ho:µ=0versusHa:

µ≠0.

3. Biscorrect.SpecifyingasmallersignificanceleveldecreasestheprobabilityofaTypeIerror(rejectingatruenullhypothesis),butincreasestheprobabilityofaTypeIIerror(notrejectingafalsenullhypothesis).Asthelevelofsignificancedecreases,thenullhypothesisislessfrequentlyrejected.

4. Ciscorrect.Theonlywaytoavoidthetrade‐offbetweenthetwotypesoferrorsisto

increasethesamplesize;increasingsamplesize(allelsebeingequal)reducestheprobabilityofbothtypesoferrors.

5. Biscorrect.Thepowerofatest=1‐P(TypeIIerror).=1–0.2=0.86. Aiscorrect.Thep‐valueforahypothesisisthesmallestsignificancelevelforwhichthe

hypothesiswouldberejected.Asthep‐valueislessthanthestatedlevelofsignificance,werejectthenullhypothesis.

7. Ciscorrect.Thestatisticforasmallsamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwith

unknownvarianceisnotavailable.z‐teststatisticisusedforalargesamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwithknownvariancewhilet‐teststatisticisusedforlargesamplesizeofanon‐normaldistributionwithunknownvariance.

SamplingFrom SmallSampleSize

LargeSampleSize

NormalDistribution Varianceknown z z

Varianceunknown t t(orz)

Non–normalDistribution

Varianceknown NA z

Varianceunknown NA t(orz)

8. Aiscorrect.

Step1:StatethehypothesisH0:µ≤10%Ha:µ>10%

Page 238: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R12 Hypothesis Testing 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 237

Step2:CalculatetheteststatisticThepopulationvarianceisknownhencewewillusez‐statistic.

z statisticX μ

12 10

3.5

Step3:CalculatethecriticalvalueThisisaone‐tailedtestandwewillbelookingattherighttail.UsingtheZ–tableand5%levelofsignificanceCriticalvalue=Z0.05=1.65Step4:Decision

Sincetheteststatistic(3.5)>criticalvalue(1.65),werejectH0.Henceat5%levelofsignificance,yourbeliefthattheaveragereturnsofallstocksintheS&P500isgreaterthan10%iscorrect.

9. Ciscorrect.Intestsconcerningthevarianceofasinglenormallydistributedpopulation,

weusethechi‐squareteststatistic,denotedbyχ2.TypesofTestStatistics

Hypothesistestof UseOnepopulationmean t‐statisticorz‐statisticTwopopulationmean t‐statisticOnepopulationvariance Chi‐squarestatisticTwo‐populationvariance F‐statistic

Page 239: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 238

R13TechnicalAnalysis

1.Introduction

Technicalanalysishaslongbeenusedbytradersandanalysts,buthasonlyrecentlyreceivedacceptancefromregulatorsandtheacademiccommunity.Althoughcertainaspectsoftechnicalanalysis,suchasthecalculationofindicators,havespecificrules,theinterpretationoffindingsisoftensubjective.

2.TechnicalAnalysis:DefinitionandScope

Technicalanalysisisaformofsecurityanalysisthatusespriceandvolumedataindecisionmaking.Thedataisoftengraphicallydisplayed.

Technicalanalysisisbasedonthefollowinglogic: Supplyanddemanddetermineprices. Changesinsupplyanddemandcancausechangesinprices. Pricescanbeprojectedwithchartsandothertechnicaltools.

Technicalanalysisofanyfinancialinstrumentdoesnotrequiredetailedknowledgeofthatinstrument.Investorsandtradersoftenprefertechnicalanalysisoverfundamentalanalysisintheshorttermbecausefundamentalanalysisismoretimeconsuming.

2.1.PrinciplesandAssumptions

Fundamentaltheoristsbelievethatmarketsarerationalandefficient.Ontheotherhand,techniciansbelievethathumanbehaviorisoftenerraticanddrivenbyemotion.Therefore,theybelievethatmarkettrendsandpatternsreflectthisirrationalhumanbehavior.Theyrelyonrecognitionofsuchtrendsandpatternsinthepasttoprojectfuturepatternsofsecurityprices.

Anotherprincipleoftechnicalanalysisisthatthemarketreflectsthecollectiveknowledgeandsentimentofmanyparticipantssuchasinvestors,hedgers,insiders,andotherstakeholders.Marketparticipants,whobuyandsellsecurities,haveanimpactonprice.Thegreaterthevolumeofaparticipant’strades,themoreimpacttheparticipantwillhaveonprice.

Bystudyingmarkettechnicaldata(priceandvolumetrends),techniciansseektounderstandinvestorsentiment.

Somefinancialinstrumentshaveanassociatedincomestreamthataddstothesecurity’sintrinsicvaluesuchascouponpaymentsforbondsanddividendsforequityshares.Afundamentalanalystcanusethesecashflowstoarriveatapresentvalueofthesecurity.However,forotherassetssuchascommodities,whichdonothaveunderlyingincomestreamsorfinancialstatements,technicalanalysisiscommonlyused.

Page 240: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 239

2.2.TechnicalandFundamentalAnalysis

Technicalandfundamentalanalysesapproachthemarketindifferentways,butarebothuseful.Keydifferencesbetweenthetwoarelistedbelow:

Techniciansfocussolelyonanalyzingmarketsandthetradingoffinancialinstruments.Fundamentalanalysis,ontheotherhand,focusesonfinancialandeconomicanalysisaswellassocietalandpoliticaltrendsanalysis.

Technicalanalysisisbasedonpriceandvolumedata(i.e.tradingdata),whilefundamentalanalystsincorporateexternalmarketdata,withcompany’sfinancialstatements,topredictsecuritypricemovements.Itisimportanttonotethatthecompany’sfinancialstatementsareoftensubjective,whilepriceandvolumedataareobjective.

Fundamentalanalysisisconsideredamoretheoreticalapproach,whiletechnicalanalysisisconsideredamorepracticalapproach.

Drawbacksoftechnicalanalysisare: Techniciansarelimitedtostudyingmarketmovementsanddonotuseother

predictiveanalyticalmethods. Marketmovementsandtrendsmaytakesometimetobecomeevident.Therefore,

techniciansmaybelateinidentifyingchangesintrendsandpatterns. Inilliquidmarketsandmarketsthataresubjecttolargeoutsidemanipulation(such

asactionsofcentralbanks),theapplicationoftechnicalanalysisislimited.

3.TechnicalAnalysisTools

3.1.Charts

Thevarioustypesofchartsusedintechnicalanalysisare:

LinechartLinechartsareasimplegraphicdisplayofpricetrendsovertime.Usually,thechartisaplotofdatapoints,suchasshareprice,withalineconnectingthesepoints.Theverticalaxis(yaxis)representspricelevelandthehorizontalaxis(xaxis)istime.Anexampleofalinechartisshownbelow.Thelinechartshowsthatthepriceofthestockduringthefirstupwardmovementofthepriceishigherthanthesecondhigh.

Page 241: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 240

Barchart

Alinecharthasonlyonedatapointpertimeinterval.Abarchart,incontrast,hasfourbitsofdataineachentry‐theopeningandclosingprices,andthehighandlowpricesduringtheperiod.

BarchartnotationThefigureontheleftshowshowthedatapointforeachintervalisconstructed.Averticallineconnectsthehighandlowpricefortheday.Across‐hatchtotherightindicatestheclosingprice,andacross‐hatchtotheleftindicatestheopeningprice.

Ashortbarindicateslittlepricemovementwhilealongbarindicatesawidedivergencebetweenthehighandthelowfortheday.Anexampleofabarchartisshowninthefigurebelow:

Page 242: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 241

Candlestickchart

Acandlestickchartalsoprovidesfourpricesperdataentrypoint:theopeningandclosingprices,andthehighandlowpricesduringtheperiod.

Thebodyofthecandleiseitherwhiteorshaded.Awhitebodymeansthatthemarketclosedup.Ashadedbodymeansthatthemarketcloseddown.Anexampleofacandlestickchartisshownbelow:

Anadvantageofthecandlestickchartoverthebarchartisthatpricemovesaremuchmorevisible,whichallowsforfasteranalysis.

Pointandfigurechart

ApointandfigurechartisdrawnonagridandconsistsofcolumnsofX’salternatingwithcolumnsofO’s.XrepresentsanincreaseinpricewhileanOrepresentsadecreaseinprice.Neithertimenorvolumeisrepresentedonthischart.Instead,thefocusisonchangeinprices,whichisrepresentedonthehorizontalaxis.Anexampleofapointandfigurechartisgivenbelow.

Page 243: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 242

Thefollowingstepsneedtobefollowedinordertoconstructapointandfigurechart: Theanalystmustfirstdeterminetheboxsize.Boxsizereferstothechangeinprice

representedbytheheightofeachbox. Next,theanalystmustdeterminethereversalsize.Iftherearenosignificantchangesin

thestockprice,theanalyststaysinthesamecolumn.Onlyifthereisasubstantialreversal,theanalystmovestoanothercolumn.

AtechnicianfillsinaboxwithXeverytimethesecurity'spriceclosesupbytheamountoftheboxsize.Ifthepriceincreasesbytwicetheboxsize,thetechnicianfillsintwoboxes,oneontopoftheother.Ifthepricedoesnotincreasebyatleasttheboxsize,noindicationismadeonthechart.

Forpricedecreases,atechnicianusesthereversalsizetodeterminewhentomakeanindicationonthechart.Ifourreversalsizeis3,theboxsizeis$1,andthereisapricedeclineof$3,thenthetechnicianwillshifttothenextcolumnandbeginacolumnofO’s.

Pointandfigurechartsareparticularlyusefulformakingtradingdecisionsbecausetheyclearlyillustratepricelevelsthatmaysignaltheendofadeclineoradvance.

ScaleTheverticalaxiscanbeconstructedwitheither:

Linear/Arithmeticscale:Suitablefornarrowerranges,forexample,pricesfrom$20to$35

Logarithmicscale:Suitableforrangeofvaluesrepresentingseveralordersofmagnitude,forexample,$10to$10,000.

Thehorizontalaxisusuallyshowsthepassageoftime.Theappropriatetimeintervaldependsonthenatureoftheunderlyingdata.Wecanhave5‐min,30‐min,1‐hour,daily,weeklyorevenmonthlycharts.

VolumechartsTheyareoftendisplayedbelowaline,barorcandlestickchart.ThenumberofunitsofthesecuritytradedisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis.

Page 244: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 243

Relativestrengthanalysis

Relativestrengthanalysisisusedtocomparetheperformanceofaparticularasset,suchasastock,withthatofsomebenchmarkindexortheperformanceofanotherstock.Typically,theanalystpreparesalinechartoftheratioofthetwoprices,withtheassetunderanalysisasthenumeratorandthebenchmarkorothersecurityasthedenominator.Arisinglineshowsthattheassetisperformingbetterthanthebenchmark;adeclininglineshowsthattheassetisunderperforming.Aflatlineshowsneutralperformance.

3.2.Trend

Trendanalysisisbasedontheobservationthatmarketparticipantstendtoactinherdsandthattrendstendtostayinplaceforsometime.

UptrendAsecurityissaidtobeinanuptrendifpricesarereachinghigherhighsandhigherlows.Anupwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingtheincreasinglowpointswithastraightline.Anuptrendindicatesthatthedemandismorethansupply.

DowntrendAsecurityissaidtobeinadowntrendifpricesarereachinglowerhighsandlowerlows.Adownwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingthedecreasinghighpointswithastraightline.Adowntrendindicatesthatthesupplyismorethandemand.

Support

Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientbuyingpressuretostopafurtherdeclineinprices.

Resistance

Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientsellingpressuretostopafurtherincreaseinprices.

Page 245: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 244

Changeinpolarity

Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itoftenbecomesanewresistancelevel.Similarly,oncearesistancelevelisbreached;itoftenbecomesanewsupportlevel.

3.3.ChartPatterns

Chartpatternsareformationsthatcreatearecognizableshape;commonpatternsappearrepeatedlyandleadtosimilarsubsequentpricemovements.Chartpatternscanbedividedintotwocategories:reversalpatternsandcontinuationpatterns.

Reversalpatterns

Theysignaltheendofatrend.Thefourkindsofreversalpatternsare:

Headandshoulderspattern:

Itconsistsoftheleftshoulder,thehead,andtherightshoulder.Thispatternindicatestheendofanuptrend.Youcanprofitbygoingshortonthesecurity,thepricetargetis:

Pricetarget=neckline–(head–neckline)

Page 246: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 245

Inverseheadandshoulderspattern:

Itisamirrorimageoftheheadandshoulderspattern.Thispatternindicatestheendofadowntrend.Youcanprofitbygoinglongonthesecurity,thepricetargetis:

Pricetarget=neckline+(head–neckline)

ExampleInaninvertedheadandshoulderspattern,ifthenecklineisat€125,theshouldersat€80,andtheheadat€95,thepricetargetisclosesttowhichofthefollowing?A. €155.B. €110.C. €95.

Solution:InvertedHeadandshoulderpattertargetprice=Neckline+(Neckline–Head)

TargetPrice=125+(125–95)

TargetPrice=155

Doubletopsandbottoms:

Adoubletopisformedwhenpriceshitthesameresistanceleveltwiceandfalldown.Itindicatestheendofanuptrend.

Adoublebottomisformedwhenpricesbouncebackfromthesamesupportleveltwice.Itindicatestheendofadown‐trend.

Page 247: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 246

Tripletopsandbottoms:

Tripletopsareformedwhenpriceshitthesameresistancelevelthrice.

Triplebottomsareformedwhenpricesbouncebackfromthesamesupportlevelthrice.

Continuationpatterns

Theysignalatemporarypauseinthetrend,andthatthetrendwillcontinueinthesamedirectionasbefore.Thefourkindsofcontinuationpatternsare:

Triangles:

Onetrendlineconnectsthehighsandasecondtrendlineconnectsthelows.Asthedistancebetweenthehighsandlowsnarrows,thetrendlinesconverge,formingatriangle.Therearethreeforms‐ascendingtriangles,descendingtriangles,andsymmetrictriangles.

Page 248: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 247

Rectangles:

Onetrendlineconnectsthehighsandasecondtrendlineconnectsthelows.Asthedistancebetweenthehighsandlowsisconstant,thetrendlinesareparalleltoeachotherandformarectangle.

Flags:

Theyaresimilartoarectangleandareformedbytwoparalleltrendlines.However,theyformoveramuchshortertimeinterval.

Pennants:

Theyaresimilartoatriangleandareformedbytwoconvergingtrendlines.However,theyformoveramuchshortertimeinterval.

Page 249: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 248

3.4.TechnicalIndicators

Therearefourkindsoftechnicalindicatorsthatwewilldiscuss;price‐basedindicators,momentumoscillators,sentimentindicatorsandflow‐of‐fundsindicators.

Price‐basedindicators

Theyincorporatetheinformationcontainedinthecurrentandpastmarketprices.Thecommontypesare:

Movingaverage:

Itistheaverageoftheclosingpricesoveraspecifiednumberofperiods.Theyareusedtosmoothoutshort‐termpricefluctuationsandhelpidentifythetrend.Whenashort‐termmovingaveragecrossesfromunderneathalonger‐termaverage,thismovementisconsideredbullishandisknownasagoldencross.Whenashort‐termmovingaveragecrossesfromabovealonger‐termaverage,thismovementisconsideredbearishandisknownasadeadcross.

Bollingerbands:

Bollingerbandsconsistofamovingaverageplusahigherlinerepresentingasetnumberofstandarddeviationsandalowerlinerepresentingasetnumberofstandarddeviations.ThefigurebelowshowsaBollingerbandandamovingaverage.

Themorevolatilethesecuritybecomes,thewidertherangebecomesbetweenthetwoouterlinesorbands.AcommonuseofaBollingerbandistocreatetradingstrategiessuchasacontrarianstrategy.Inthisstrategy,aninvestorsellswhenasecurity'spricereachestheupperbandandbuyswhenitreachesthelowerband.Thecontrarianstrategyassumesthatthesecurity'spricewillstaywithinthebands.

Page 250: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 249

Momentumoscillators

Theyhelptoidentifychangesinthemarketsentiment.Thecommontypesare:

Rateofchange(ROC)oscillator:

Itoscillatesaround0(oraround100ifanalternativeformulaisusedforcalculation).WhentheROCoscillatorcrosseszerointothepositiveterritory,itisconsideredbullish.WhentheROCoscillatorcrosseszerointothenegativeterritory,itisconsideredbearish.

Relativestrengthindex(RSI):

RSIgraphicallycomparesasecurity’sgainswithitslossesoveragivenperiod.Thepopulartimeperiodis14days.ThevalueoftheRSIisalwaysbetween0and100.Avalueabove70representsanoverboughtsituationwhileavaluebelow30suggeststhatanassetisoversold.

Stochasticoscillator:

Itisbasedontheobservationthatinuptrends,pricestendtocloseatornearthehighendoftheirrecentrange.Similarly,indowntrends,theytendtoclosenearthelowend.Itiscomposedoftwolines,called%Kand%Dthatarecalculatedasfollows:

%K 100C L14H14 L14

where:

C=latestclosingpriceL14=lowestpriceinpast14daysH14=highestpriceinpast14days%D=averageofthelastthree%Kvaluescalculateddaily

%Distheaverageofthree%Kvalues.Itisslowermovingandisalsocalledthesignalline.

Page 251: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 250

Whenthe%Kmovesfrombelowthe%Dlinetoaboveit,thismoveisconsideredabullishsignal.Ontheotherhand,when%Kmovesfromabovethe%Dlinetobelowit,thispatternisconsideredbearish.

Thestochasticoscillatorhasadefaultsettingof14‐days.

Moving‐averageconvergence/divergenceoscillator:

Itisthedifferencebetweenashort‐termandalong‐termmovingaverageofthesecurity’sprice.Itiscomposedoftwolines‐MACDlineandsignalline.

MACDline:differencebetweentwoexponentiallysmoothedmovingaverages,usually12and26days.

Signalline:exponentiallysmoothedaverageofMACDline,usually9days.

Theindicatoroscillatesaround0andhasnoupperorlowerlimit.

MACDisusedintechnicalanalysisinthreeways. CrossoversoftheMACDlineandsignallinemayindicateachangeintrend. IftheMACDisoutsideitsnormalrangeforagivensecurity,thenthismayindicatea

reversal. IftheMACDistrendinginthesamedirectionasprice,thenthisindicatesa

convergencepattern.Ontheotherhand,whenthetwoaretrendinginoppositedirections,thenthisindicatesadivergencepattern.

Instructor’sNote:Themostknownuseofmomentumoscillatorsistoindicatetheoverboughtoroversoldpositionofasecurity.Thus,theyhelpinprovidingsignalforbuyingorsellingsecuritybutdonothelptosetthetargetprice.

Sentimentindicators

Theygaugeinvestoractivityforsignsofbullishnessorbearishness.Thecommontypesare:

Page 252: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 251

Opinionpolls:

Regularpollsareconductedofinvestorsandinvestmentprofessionalstogaugetheoverallmarketsentiment.

Calculatedstatisticalindices: Theput/callratioisthevolumeofputoptionstraded, dividedbythevolumeofcall

optionstraded.Ahighratioindicatesthatthemarketisbearish.Whereas,alowratioindicatesthatthemarketisbullish.

TheCBOEvolatilityindex(VIX)isameasureofnear‐termmarketvolatilitycalculatedfromoptionpricesofS&P500stocks.TheVIXriseswhenmarketparticipantsbecomefearfulofamarketdecline.

Margindebtisloanstakenbyindividualinvestorstofundtheirstockpurchases.Whenstockmargindebtisincreasing,investorsareaggressivelybuyingandthestockpriceswillrisebecauseofincreaseddemand.

Shortinterestreferstothenumberofsharesofaparticularsecuritythatarecurrentlysoldshort.Theshortinterestratioiscalculatedas:

ShortinterestratioShortinterest

Averagedailytradingvolume

Ahighratiosuggestsanoverallnegativeoutlookonthesecurity.

Flow‐of‐fundsindicators

Theyindicatethechangeinpotentialdemandandsupply.Thecommontypesare:

TheArmsindex:(alsoknownasTRIN)

Itiscalculatedas:

Armsindexnumberofadvancingissues numberofdecliningissuesvolumeofadvancingissues volumeofdecliningissues

Whenthisindexisnear1,themarketisinbalance.Avalueabove1meansthatthereismorevolumeindecliningstocksandthatthemarketisinasellingmood.Avaluebelow1meansthatthereismorevolumeinincreasingstocksandthatthemarketisinabuyingmood.

Margindebt:

Marginloansmayincreasethepurchasesofstocksanddecliningmarginbalancesmayforcethesellingofstocks.

Mutualfundscashposition:

Mutualfundsmustholdsomeoftheirassetsincashtopayformiscellaneousexpensesandtofundredemptions.Duringabullishmarket,thecashpositionstendtobelow.Duringabearishmarket,thecashpositionstendtobehigh.

Page 253: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 252

Newequityissuance:

IPOsareoftentimedwithbullishmarketstogetthebestvaluations.AlargenumberofIPOsmayindicatethatamarketisnearitspeak.

Secondaryofferings:

LikeIPOs,techniciansalsomonitorsecondaryofferingstogaugepotentialchangesinthesupplyofequities.

3.5.Cycles

Techniciansusevariouscyclestopredictfuturemovementsinsecurityprices;evencyclesinfieldssuchasastronomyandclimatecaninfluencetheeconomyandhencecapitalmarkets.Commonlyreferencedcyclesarediscussedbelow:

Kondratieffwave:Thisisthelongestofthewidelyrecognizedcycles,discoveredbyNikolaiKondratieffinthe1920s.HesuggestedthatWesterneconomieshavea54‐yearoldcycle.ThiscycleisalsoknownastheKWave.

18‐yearcycle:Three18‐yearcyclesmakeupthelonger54‐yearKondratieffWave.The18‐yearcycleisoftenmentionedinconnectionwithrealestateprices,butitcanalsobefoundinequitiesandothermarkets.

Decennialpattern:Thispatternconnectsaveragestockmarketreturnswiththelastdigitoftheyear.Yearsendingin0haveshownpoorperformancewhileyearsendingin5haveshowngoodperformance.

Presidentialcycle:ThiscycleintheUnitedStatesconnectstheperformanceofthemarketwithpresidentialelections.Inthistheory,thethirdyearfollowinganelectionshowsthebestperformance.

4.ElliotWaveTheory

Accordingtothistheory,themarketmovesinregularwavesorcycles.Inabullmarket,themarketmovesupinfivewaves1=up,2=down,3=up,4=down,and5=up.(Impulsephase)anddownwardmoveoccursinthreewaves1=down,2=up,3=down(Correctivephase).

Page 254: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 253

Eachwavecanbebrokenintosmallerwavesoverashortertimeperiod.MarketwavesfollowpatternsthatareratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequence.Hence,ratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequencecanbeusedtosetpricetargetswhiletrading.

TheFibonaccisequencestartswiththenumbers0,1,1,andtheneachsubsequentnumberinthesequenceisthesumofthetwoprecedingnumbers:

0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34…

5.Inter‐marketAnalysis

Inter‐marketanalysisisbasedontheprinciplethatallmarketsareinterrelatedandinfluenceeachother.Here,technicianslookforinflectionpointsinonemarketasawarningsigntostartlookingforachangeinanotherrelatedmarket.Toidentifytheseinter‐marketrelationships,acommonlyusedtoolistherelativestrengthanalysis.Therelativestrengthanalysiscanalsobeusedtoidentifythestrongestperformingsecuritiesinasectorandtoidentifythesectorsoftheequitymarkettoinvestin.Lastly,observationsbasedoninter‐marketanalysiscanalsohelpinallocatingfundsacrosssecuritiesfromdifferentcountries.

Page 255: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 254

Summary

LO.a:Explainprinciplesoftechnicalanalysis,itsapplications,anditsunderlyingassumptions.

Technicalanalysisisaformofsecurityanalysisthatinvolvesexaminationofpastpriceandvolumedatatopredictfuturebehaviorofthemarketorindividualsecurity.

Assumptions: Marketpricesaredeterminedbysupplyanddemand. Marketpricesreflectbothrationalandirrationalinvestorbehavior. Investorbehaviorisreflectedintrendsandpatternsthattendtorepeat. Priceandvolumeinformationcanbeusedtounderstandinvestorsentimentand

makeinvestmentdecisions.

Technicalanalysiscanalsobeusedonassetssuchascommodities,currencies,andfuturesthatdonothaveunderlyingincomestreamsorfinancialstatements.

LO.b:Describetheconstructionofdifferenttypesoftechnicalanalysischartsandinterpretthem.

Linecharts Graphicdisplayofpricesovertime. Ithasonlyonedatapointpertimeinterval–theclosingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis. Theclosingpricesforeachtradingperiodareconnectedbyaline.

Barcharts Ithasfourdatapointspertimeinterval–openingprice,highestandlowestprice,and

closingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis Theygiveabettersenseofthetrendinthemarket. Ashortbarindicateslowvolatility,alongbarindicateshighvolatility

Candlestickcharts Ithasthesamefourdatapointspertimeintervalasabarchart–openingprice,

highestandlowestprices,andclosingprice. PriceisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis. Ifthemarketclosedup,thebodyofthecandleisclear. Ifthemarketcloseddown,thebodyofthecandleisshaded.

Volumecharts Oftendisplayedbelowaline,barorcandlestickchart. NumberofunitsofthesecuritytradedisplottedontheY‐axisandtimeontheX‐axis.

Pointandfigurecharts

Page 256: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 255

DrawnasagridconsistingofcolumnsofX’salternatingwithcolumnsofO’s.XrepresentsanincreaseinpricewhileanOrepresentsadecreaseinprice.

Y‐axismeasuresboxsizeincrementsinprice,whereasX‐axismeasuresanumberofpricechanges.

Toconstructthischart,youneedtospecifyaboxsizeandareversalsize.

LO.c:Explainusesoftrend,support,resistancelines,andchangeinpolarity.

Uptrend:Asecurityissaidtobeinanuptrendifpricesarereachinghigherhighsandhigherlows.Anupwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingtheincreasinglowpointswithastraightline.

Downtrend:Asecurityissaidtobeinadowntrendifpricesarereachinglowerhighsandlowerlows.Adownwardtrendlinecanbedrawnbyconnectingthedecreasinghighpointswithastraightline.

Support:Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientbuyingpressuretostopafurtherdeclineinprices.

Resistance:Itisthepricelevelatwhichthereissufficientsellingpressuretostopthefurtherincreaseinprices.

Changeinpolarity:Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itoftenbecomesanewresistancelevel.

Similarly,oncearesistancelevelisbreached;itoftenbecomesanewsupportlevel.

LO.d:Describecommonchartpatterns.

Reversalpatterns:Theysignaltheendofatrend.Thefourkindsofreversalpatternsare: Headandshoulderspattern Inverseheadandshoulderspattern Doubletopsandbottoms Tripletopsandbottoms

Continuationpatterns:Theysignalatemporarypauseinthetrend,andthatthetrendwillcontinueinthesamedirectionasbefore.Thefourkindsofcontinuationpatternsare:

Triangles Rectangles Flags Pennants

LO.e:Describecommontechnicalanalysisindicators(price‐based,momentumoscillators,sentiment,andflowoffunds).

Price‐basedindicators:Theyincorporatetheinformationcontainedinthecurrentandpastmarketprices.Thecommontypesare:

Movingaverage Bollingerbands

Page 257: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 256

Momentumoscillators:Theyhelptoidentifychangesinthemarketsentiment.Thecommontypesare:

Rateofchange(ROC)oscillator Relativestrengthindex(RSI) Stochasticoscillator Moving‐averageconvergence/divergenceoscillator

Sentimentindicators:Theygaugeinvestoractivityforsignsofbullishnessorbearishness.Thecommontypesare:

Opinionpolls Calculatedstatisticalindices

o put/callratioo Volatilityindex(VIX)o Margindebto Shortinterest

Flow‐of‐fundsindicators:Theyindicatethechangeinpotentialdemandandsupply.Thecommontypesare:

TheArms Margindebt Mutualfundscashposition Newequityissuance Secondaryofferings

LO.f:Explainhowtechnicalanalystsusecycles.

Kondratieffwave(K‐Wave) ItstatesthatWesterneconomieshavea54‐yearoldcycle.

18‐yearcycle Three18‐yearcyclesmakeupthelonger54‐yearKondratieffwave. Thiscycleisoftenmentionedinrealestatemarkets,butitcanalsobefoundin

equitiesandothermarkets.

Decennialpattern Thispatternlinksaveragestockmarketreturnswiththelastdigitoftheyear. Yearsendingin0haveshownpoorperformance,whereasyearsendingin5have

showngoodperformance.

Presidentialcycle ThiscycleconnectstheperformanceoftheUSmarketwiththeUSpresidential

elections. Historically,thethirdyearfollowinganelectionhasshownthebestperformance.

Page 258: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 257

LO.g:DescribethekeytenetsofElliottWaveTheoryandtheimportanceofFibonaccinumbers.

Accordingtothistheory,themarketmovesinregularwavesorcycles.Inabullmarket,themarketmovesupinfivewavesinthefollowingpattern:1=up,2=down,3=up,4=down,and5=up.Thiswaveisknownastheimpulsewave.Eachwavecanbebrokenintosmallerwavesoverashortertimeperiod.MarketwavesfollowpatternsthatareratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequence.Hence,theratiosofthenumbersintheFibonaccisequencecanbeusedtosetpricetargetswhiletrading.

LO.h:Describeintermarketanalysisasitrelatestotechnicalanalysisandassetallocation.

Intermarketanalysisisbasedontheprinciplethatdifferentmarketssuchasstocks,bonds,commodities,currenciesetc.areinterrelatedandinfluenceeachother.Techniciansoftenuserelativestrengthanalysistolookfortheinflectionpointinonemarketasawarningsigntostartlookingforachangeinanotherrelatedmarket.Therelativestrengthanalysiscanalsobeusedtoidentifyattractiveassetclassesandattractivesectorswithintheseclassestoinvestin.

Page 259: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 258

PracticeQuestions

1. Technicalanalysismostlikelyreliesupon:A. priceandvolumeinformation.B. fundamentalanalysistoconfirmconclusions.C. financialstatements.

2. Which of the following charts does not show the high and lowprices for each trading

period?A. Barchart.B. Pointandfigurechart.C. Candlestickchart.

3. Anupwardtrendlineisconstructedbydrawingalineconnectingthe:

A. thehighsofthepricechart.B. thelowsofthepricechart.C. thehighesthightothelowestlowofthepricechart.

4. Whichofthefollowingstatementsmostlikelyexplainstheprincipleof‘changein

polarity’?A. Onceadowntrendisbrokenitbecomesanuptrend.B. Theshort‐termmovingaveragehascrossedthelong‐termmovingaverage.C. Onceasupportlevelisbreached,itbecomesaresistancelevel.

5. Lucy,atechnicalanalyst,observesaheadandshoulderspatterninastockshehasbeen

following.Shenotesthefollowinginformation:

HeadPrice $46.50ShoulderPrice $41.50NecklinePrice $38.25

Herestimatedpricetargetisclosestto:A. $21.00.B. $25.50.C. $30.00.

6. Whichofthefollowingwouldatechnicalanalystmostlikelyinterpretasasellsignal?

A. 100‐daymovingaveragecrossesbelowa50‐daymovingaverage.B. 50‐daymovingaveragecrossesbelowa200‐daymovingaverage.C. 30‐daymovingaveragecrossesabovea100‐daymovingaverage.

7. MomentumOscillatorsaremostlikelyusedto:

A. indicateanoverboughtoroversoldposition.

Page 260: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 259

B. setthetargetprice.C. analyzethemovementofpriceofsecuritywithrespecttoeconomicchanges.

8. Avalueof1.2intheshort‐termtradingindex(TRIN)mostlikelyindicatesthat:

A. tradingvolumeisheavierindecliningissuesthaninadvancingissues.B. tradingvolumeisheavierinadvancingissuesthanindecliningissues.C. marketisoversold.

9. Kondratieffconcludedthatwesterneconomiesgenerallyfollowedacycleofhowmany

years?A. 44years.B. 54years.C. 64years.

10. InElliotWavetheory,Fibonaccinumbersareusedtoforecastthe:

A. sizeofthewaves.B. numberofsubwaveswithinalargerwave.C. timingofthewavedirectionchange.

11. Whichofthefollowingisamostcommonlyusedtoolforintermarketanalysis?

A. Relativestrengthanalysis.B. Stochasticoscillators.C. Momentumoscillators.

Page 261: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

R13 Technical Analysis 2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 260

Solutions1. Aiscorrect.Technicalanalysisisthestudyofmarkettrendsorpatternsandreliesupon

priceandvolumedata.2. Biscorrect.Apointandfigurechartisbasicallyusedtomapthechangeindirectionof

shareprices.Onlytheopeningandclosingpriceisincorporatedintopointandfigurechart.Aboxisfilledwitheither“x”signor“o”signdependsondirectionofpricechange.Thischartdoesnotincorporatethehighandlowprices.

3. Biscorrect.Anupwardtrendlineisconstructedbydrawingalineconnectingthelowsof

thepricechart.4. Ciscorrect.5. Ciscorrect.Pricetarget=Neckline−(Head−Neckline)=38.25–(46.50–38.25)=30.006. Biscorrect.Whenusingmovingaveragestogeneratetradingsignals,a"goldencross"of

ashorter‐termaverageabovealonger‐termaverageisabuysignal,whilea"deadcross"underthelonger‐termaverageisasellsignal.

7. Aiscorrect.ThemostknownuseofMomentumOscillatorsistoindicatetheoverbought

oroversoldpositionofasecurity.Thus,ithelpsinprovidingthesignalforbuyingorsellingsecurity,butitdoesnothelptosetthetargetprice.Economicconditions,neitheraffecttechnicalanalysisnoraretheyusedintechnicalanalysis.

8. A is correct.TheTRINorArms index isa flowof funds indicator.Values less thanone

indicatemoretradingvolumeinadvancingstocksthanindecliningstocks,whilevaluesgreaterthanonemeanmorevolumeisindecliningstocksthaninadvancingstocks.

TRINNumberofadvancingissues/NumberofdecliningissuesVolumeofadvancingissues/Volumeofdecliningissues

9. B is correct. Kondratieff wave is a cycle of 54 years. This is the longest and a widely

recognizedcycle.10. Aiscorrect.InElliotWavetheory,thesizeofthewavesisbelievedtocorrespondtothe

ratioofFibonaccinumbers.

11. Aiscorrect.Relativestrengthanalysisisoftenusedtocomparetwoassetclassesortwosecurities.

Page 262: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 261

Notes

Page 263: 2019 CFA® Program Exam Prep IFT Study Notes · The CFA Program curriculum is important and all IFT products focus on its core concepts. Start your preparation as early as possible

2019 Level I Notes

© IFT. All rights reserved 262

Notes